Impresora

  • Uploaded by: Armando Agarijo Concha
  • 0
  • 0
  • March 2021
  • PDF

This document was uploaded by user and they confirmed that they have the permission to share it. If you are author or own the copyright of this book, please report to us by using this DMCA report form. Report DMCA


Overview

Download & View Impresora as PDF for free.

More details

  • Words: 67,166
  • Pages: 394
Loading documents preview...
FUJI MEDICAL DRY LASER IMAGER

DRYPIX PRIMA FM-DL 100

SERVICE MANUAL

Copyright © 2008, 2009 FUJIFILM Corporation. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without the prior written permission of FUJIFILM Corporation.

Document No. 020-201-01(1)E First Edition Sep. 20, 2008 Revised Edition May 20, 2009 Printed in Japan

0.1

1. HANDLING THIS SERVICE MANUAL 1.1

About This Service Manual

n Scope This Service Manual applies to the Fuji Medical Dry Imager DRYPIX PRIMA FM-DL 100.

n Notation of Unit Symbols For notation of unit symbols, metric units set forth in the International Systems of Units (SI) are used, as a rule. However, some metric units that are not allowed in the SI but are permitted under the Measurement Law are partially used.

1.2

Service Manual Appropriations

1. All rights are reserved by the FUJIFILM Corporation (FUJIFILM). 2. Manual usage is restricted to FUJIFILM equipment related technical and service personnel. 3. This manual contains information relating to FUJIFILM equipment and is therefore proprietary. Unauthorized disclosure is prohibited. 4. FUJIFILM's prior consent is required in regard to the following. • Manual copying in whole or in part. • Disclosure of manual contents to unauthorized personnel. • Manual uses for purposes other than technical service. 5. The contents of this manual are subject to changes for product improvement.

1.3

About Notation in the Manual

n Notation of Cautions, Warning, etc. The notation formats of "WARNING", "CAUTION", "INSTRUCTIONS", "NOTE", "REMARKS" and "REFERENCE" are shown below.

WARNING Indicated where failure to observe the instruction given may result in death or serious injuries.

CAUTION Indicated where failure to observe the instruction given may result in light or moderate injuries, or serious malfunction (unrecoverable or difficult to recover) of the equipment.

Indicated where failure to observe the instruction given may result in damage to the equipment, or other problems.

Indicated where special attention is required during a work procedure. Indicated where description of the term used or supplementary explanation is given.

n Indication of Refer To The " " mark is used to indicate the chapter or section you should refer to. Its format is as indicated below. {MC:1.1_Cover}

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

0.1

0.2 1.4

Servicing Instruments and Tools That Require Inspection/Calibration

The machine should be installed and serviced by use of servicing instruments and tools that have been regularly inspected and calibrated as appropriate. If the machine were serviced using servicing instruments and tools that have not been inspected and calibrated, proper performance of the machine could not be guaranteed. Servicing instruments and tools that require inspection/calibration are as listed below. The inspection/calibration should be planned and performed in accordance with the specifications and instruction manuals of the applicable servicing instruments and tools.

n Instruments and Tools That Require Inspection/Calibration Name

Inspection

Calibration

Digital multimeter



Densitometer



Steel ruler (300 mm)

020-201-01(1)E



FM-DL 100 Service Manual

0.2

0.3

GENERAL CONTENTS SAFETY PRECAUTION

SAFETY PRECAUTION 1. SAFETY PRECAUTION.................. SAFETY PRECAUTION-1 1.1

General Precautions.................................SAFETY PRECAUTION-1

1.2

Precautions Against Laser Radiation.......SAFETY PRECAUTION-3

2. LABELS......................................... SAFETY PRECAUTION-5 2.1

Laser Caution Labels...............................SAFETY PRECAUTION-5

2.2

Other Labels.............................................SAFETY PRECAUTION-7

2.3

Additional Protective Grounding Earth Mark..............................................SAFETY PRECAUTION-10

2.4

Power Cable Caution Label....................SAFETY PRECAUTION-10

3. PROTECTIVE HOUSING FOR LASER RADIATION EXPOSURE PREVENTION........... SAFETY PRECAUTION-11 4. CONNECTABLE PERIPHERALS... SAFETY PRECAUTION-13 5. CLASSIFICATION........................ SAFETY PRECAUTION-13

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

0.3

0.4

GENERAL CONTENTS SPECIFICATIONS

SPECIFICATIONS 1. SPECIFICATIONS................................ SPECIFICATIONS-1 1.1

Part Name.........................................................SPECIFICATIONS-1

1.2

List of Optional Parts.........................................SPECIFICATIONS-2

1.3

General Specifications......................................SPECIFICATIONS-3

1.4

Dimensions and Weight....................................SPECIFICATIONS-5

1.5

Environmental Requirements............................SPECIFICATIONS-6

1.6

Electrical Requirements....................................SPECIFICATIONS-7

1.7

Equipment Installation Space............................SPECIFICATIONS-8 1.7.1 1.7.2

1.8

020-201-01(1)E

Installation Space..........................................................SPECIFICATIONS-8 Space Required for Maintenance Work........................ SPECIFICATIONS-8

Disposing the Equipment..................................SPECIFICATIONS-8

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

0.4

0.5

GENERAL CONTENTS DESCRIPTION OF EQUIPMENT (MD)

DISCRIPTION OF EQUIPMENT (MD) 1. OUTLINE OF EQUIPMENT................................... MD-1 1.1

Functions of Equipment.............................................................MD-1

1.2

System Configuration................................................................MD-2

1.3

Overall Configuration and Names of Parts................................MD-3 1.3.1 1.3.2 1.3.3 1.3.4 1.3.5

External View........................................................................................ MD-3 Operation Panel.................................................................................... MD-4 Layout of Units...................................................................................... MD-5 Layout of I/O Parts and Description of Functions................................. MD-6 Layout of Boards................................................................................. MD-13

3.2

3.2.1 3.2.2 3.2.3 3.2.4 3.2.5 3.2.6

3.3

Power ON Operations.............................................................MD-14

2.2

Error Processing......................................................................MD-15

2.3

Power OFF Operations...........................................................MD-16

3. DESCRIPTION OF MECHANICAL OPERATIONS..................................................... MD-17 3.1

3.4

3.1.1 3.1.2 3.1.3 3.1.4 3.1.5

Film Sizes............................................................................................ MD-17 Film Tray Detection/Film Size Identification........................................ MD-17 Film Pack/Shutter Detection............................................................... MD-18 Shutter Lock Mechanism.................................................................... MD-18 Tray Detection/Tray Lock.................................................................... MD-19

3.6

Heat Development.............................................................................. MD-29 Temperature Control........................................................................... MD-29

Film Release Unit....................................................................MD-30 3.7.1 3.7.2

020-201-01(1)E

Scanner Unit....................................................................................... MD-27 Laser Exposure................................................................................... MD-27 Density Measurement Section............................................................ MD-28 Temperature Correction...................................................................... MD-28

Heat Development Unit...........................................................MD-29 3.6.1 3.6.2

3.7

Sub-scanning Conveyance................................................................. MD-26 Recording Conveyance....................................................................... MD-26

Scanning Optics Unit...............................................................MD-27 3.5.1 3.5.2 3.5.3 3.5.4

Film Loading Unit....................................................................MD-17

Conveyance........................................................................................ MD-23 Striking against Stopper...................................................................... MD-23 Gripping by Conveyor Unit Exit Roller................................................ MD-24 Film Edge Sensor................................................................................ MD-24 Pre-recording Conveyance................................................................. MD-25

Sub-scanning Unit...................................................................MD-26 3.4.1 3.4.2

3.5

Suction Cup Arm Home Position......................................................... MD-20 Film Suction........................................................................................ MD-20 Film Flapping Operations.................................................................... MD-21 Film Release....................................................................................... MD-21 Removal Conveyance......................................................................... MD-22 Returning to Home Position................................................................ MD-22

Conveyor Unit..........................................................................MD-23 3.3.1 3.3.2 3.3.3 3.3.4 3.3.5

2. STARTING UP AND ENDING THE EQUIPMENT.............................................. MD-14 2.1

Removal Unit...........................................................................MD-20

Film Discharge.................................................................................... MD-30 High Speed Discharge........................................................................ MD-30

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

0.5

0.6

GENERAL CONTENTS TROUBLESHOOTING (MT)

TROUBLESHOOTING (MT) 1. ERROR CODE TABLE........................................... MT-1

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

0.6

0.7

GENERAL CONTENTS REMOVAL AND ADJUSTMENT (MC)

REMOVAL AND ADJUSTMENT (MC) PRECAUTIONS ON INSPECTIONS, REPLACEMENTS, AND ADJUSTMENTS.................... MC-1

4. REMOVAL UNIT................................................. MC-22 4.1

Removal Unit...........................................................................MC-22

CONTENTS................................................................ MC-2

4.2

Suction Cup Arm.....................................................................MC-24

1. COVERS............................................................... MC-4

4.3

Removal Drive Cam................................................................MC-25

4.4

Suction Cup.............................................................................MC-29

4.5

Bellows....................................................................................MC-30

4.6

Removal Unit Conveyance Motor (MB2).................................MC-32

4.7

Film Removing Motor (MB1)...................................................MC-33

4.8

Film Surface Detection Sensor (SB2).....................................MC-34

4.9

Suction Cup Arm HP Detection Sensor (SB1).........................MC-35

1.1

Covers which can be Removed Individually..............................MC-4 1.1.1 1.1.2

1.2

Rear Cover............................................................................................ MC-4 Belt Cover............................................................................................. MC-4

Covers which Need to be Removed in Certain Order...............MC-5 1.2.1 1.2.2 1.2.3 1.2.4 1.2.5 1.2.6

Left Cover.............................................................................................. MC-5 Upper Cover.......................................................................................... MC-6 Film Release Unit Cover....................................................................... MC-6 Film Loading Unit Cover....................................................................... MC-7 Lower Right Cover................................................................................ MC-7 Right Cover........................................................................................... MC-8

5. CONVEYOR UNIT.............................................. MC-37 5.1

Conveyor Unit Exit Assembly..................................................MC-37

5.2

Conveyor Unit Exit Grip Roller Assembly................................MC-39

5.3

Conveyor Unit Exit Guide (Lower)...........................................MC-40

Interlock Switch Assembly.........................................................MC-9

5.4

Stopper Assembly...................................................................MC-41

3. FILM LOADING UNIT......................................... MC-11

5.5

Stopper Solenoid (SOLD1)......................................................MC-42

5.6

Conveyor Unit Exit Roller (Lower)...........................................MC-43

5.7

Film Edge Sensor (SD5).........................................................MC-44

5.8

Upper Conveyor Unit Open/Close Guide................................MC-45

5.9

Conveyor Unit Turn Roller.......................................................MC-46

5.10

Film Conveyance Motor (MD1)...............................................MC-47

5.11

Conveyance Gear...................................................................MC-49

2. FRAME................................................................. MC-9 2.1

3.1

Removal Unit/Film Loading Unit...........................................................MC-11

3.2

Film Tray..................................................................................MC-13

3.3

Tray Detection Switch (SA2)...................................................MC-14

3.4

Tray Lock Assembly................................................................MC-18

3.5

Shutter Lock Mechanism.........................................................MC-19

3.6

Squeezing Roller (Upper)........................................................MC-20

3.7

Film Pack/Shutter Detection Sensor (SA1).............................MC-21

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

0.7

0.8

GENERAL CONTENTS REMOVAL AND ADJUSTMENT (MC)

6. SUB-SCANNING UNIT....................................... MC-50

10. CONTROLLER.................................................... MC-79

6.1

Sub-Scanning Unit/Upper Conveyor Unit................................MC-50

10.1

PSU27A/PSU28B Board.........................................................MC-79

6.2

Sub-Scanning Unit Roller........................................................MC-53

10.2

PRN28A Board........................................................................MC-81

6.3

Sub-Scanning Motor (ME1).....................................................MC-56

10.3

CPU28A Board........................................................................MC-83

10.4

DIMM.......................................................................................MC-84

6.3.1 6.3.2

Removal/Reinstallation....................................................................... MC-56 Adjusting when Replacing Sub-Scanning Motor................................. MC-57

6.4

Flywheel..................................................................................MC-58

6.5

Film Leading Edge Detection Sensor (SE1)............................MC-61

7. SCANNING OPTICS UNIT........................................... MC-65 7.1

Scanner Unit............................................................................MC-65 7.1.1 7.1.2

Removal/Reinstallation....................................................................... MC-65 Adjustments in Replacement of Scanner Unit.................................... MC-67

8. HEAT DEVELOPMENT UNIT.............................. MC-68 8.1

Film Cooling Section...............................................................MC-68

8.2

Heat Development Rack Assembly.........................................MC-69

8.3

Heat Development Roller........................................................MC-71

8.4

Thermal Protector....................................................................MC-72

8.5

Heat Development Unit Conveyance Motor (MG1).................MC-74

8.6

Heat Development Unit Entrance Guide.................................MC-75

10.5 CF (Compact Flash Memory)..................................................MC-85

11. INSTALLING THE MAIN UNIT SOFTWARE....... MC-86 11.1

Installing from the PC for Servicing (or CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL)..........................................MC-87

11.1.1 11.1.2 11.1.3

Copying Main Unit Software to the PC for Servicing (or CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL)...................................................... MC-87 Upgrading the Version from the PC for Servicing............................... MC-88 Full Installation from the PC for Servicing........................................... MC-89

12. RESTORING THE COMPACT FLASH MEMORY (CF).................................................................... MC-91 12.1

Copying the Main Unit Software to the PC for Servicing (Or CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL).........................................MC-91

12.2

Copying the Main Unit Software to the CF..............................MC-92

9. FILM RELEASE UNIT......................................... MC-76 9.1

Film Release Unit....................................................................MC-76

9.2

Density Measurement Light-Emitting Board (LED28A)...........MC-78

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

0.8

0.9

GENERAL CONTENTS SERVICE MODE (MU)

SERVICE MODE (MU) 1. U-UTILITY (USER-UTILITY)................................MU-1 1.1

U-Utility Menu Tree....................................................................MU-1

1.2

Starting and Ending the U-Utility...............................................MU-1

1.3

Details of U-Utility Commands..................................................MU-1 [1] [2] [3] [4] [5]

Automatically Calibrating the Film Density..................................... MU-1 Outputting QC Test Pattern............................................................ MU-1 Reset Film Counters...................................................................... MU-1 Setting the Sensitive Material Correction Parameter..................... MU-1 Setting the Date and Time............................................................. MU-1

2. PC-UTILITY.........................................................MU-2 2.1

Preparations for Using the PC for Servicing..............................MU-2 2.1.1 2.1.2 2.1.3 2.1.4 2.1.5 2.1.6

2.2

Environment of PC for Servicing........................................................... MU-2 Preparations for Using the PC for Servicing......................................... MU-3 Setting the FTP Site Directory of the PC............................................... MU-3 Setting Grouping Symbols.................................................................... MU-5 Creating the Data Storage Folder......................................................... MU-7 Precaution and Settings in the Use of Windows XP PC for Servicing............................................................................................... MU-8

Flow of PC-Utility Operations..................................................MU-12 2.2.1 2.2.2 2.2.3 2.2.4

2.3

020-201-01(1)E

Connecting PC for Servicing to the Network....................................... MU-12 Connecting to the Equipment (Starting PC-Utility).............................. MU-12 PC-Utility Operations........................................................................... MU-14 Disconnecting the Equipment............................................................. MU-16

PC-Utility Menu Tree...............................................................MU-17

2.4

Details of PC-Utility Commands..............................................MU-19 [1]

System information and setup..................................................... MU-19 [1-1] Setting1.............................................................................. MU-19 [1-1-1] Check Version......................................................... MU-19 [1-1-1a] Input Serial No........................................................ MU-19 [1-1-2] Set DICOM............................................................. MU-19 [1-1-2-1] AE Title.......................................................... MU-19 [1-1-2-2] Port No.......................................................... MU-19 [1-1-3] Set Network............................................................ MU-20 [1-1-3-1] IP Address..................................................... MU-20 [1-1-3-2] Subnet Mask................................................. MU-20 [1-1-3-3] Gateway........................................................ MU-20 [1-1-3-4] Host Name.................................................... MU-20 [1-1-4] Mac Address........................................................... MU-21 [1-1-5] Registration service pc........................................... MU-21 [1-2] Setting2.............................................................................. MU-21 [1-2-1] Set Rem.Films........................................................ MU-21 [1-2-2] Set Trays................................................................. MU-21 [1-2-3] Enable QC.............................................................. MU-21 [1-2-4] Set Target Den........................................................ MU-22 [1-2-5] Printing Dmax......................................................... MU-22 [1-2-6] Auto F.D.C.............................................................. MU-22 [1-2-7] Set Film infomation................................................. MU-22 [1-2-8] Display indv. data.................................................... MU-22 [1-3] Setting3.............................................................................. MU-23 [1-3-1] Set Date.................................................................. MU-23 [1-3-2] Ele Save Mode....................................................... MU-23 [1-3-3] Set Alarm................................................................ MU-23 [1-3-4] Reboot.................................................................... MU-23 [1-3-5] Film Characteristic ID............................................. MU-23 [1-3-6] Power Supply Voltage............................................. MU-23 [1-4] Initialize.............................................................................. MU-24 [1-4-1] Save Data............................................................... MU-24 [1-4-2] Initialize................................................................... MU-24 [1-4-3] Recover.................................................................. MU-24

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

0.9

0.10

GENERAL CONTENTS SERVICE MODE (MU)

[2] [3]

[4] [5]

[6]

020-201-01(1)E

[1-5] Log data............................................................................. MU-24 [1-5-1] Display Error Log.................................................... MU-24 [1-5-2] Clear Error Log....................................................... MU-24 [1-5-3] Display DICOM Log................................................ MU-24 [1-5-4] Logging Mode......................................................... MU-25 Transfer Indv. Data....................................................................... MU-26 File Transfer................................................................................. MU-27 [3-1] Single file .......................................................................... MU-27 [3-2] Analysis Data..................................................................... MU-27 [3-3] Scanner Data..................................................................... MU-27 [3-4] Operation Data.................................................................. MU-27 Upgrading.................................................................................... MU-28 [4-1] Full Install........................................................................... MU-28 [4-2] Upgrading.......................................................................... MU-28 Output Film.................................................................................. MU-30 [5-1] 24-Steps............................................................................ MU-30 [5-2] 17-Steps............................................................................ MU-30 [5-3] Cleaning Film..................................................................... MU-30 [5-4] Flat pattern......................................................................... MU-30 [5-5] Grid.................................................................................... MU-30 [5-6] Uniformity........................................................................... MU-30 F.D.C............................................................................................ MU-31 [6-1] AUTO F.D.C....................................................................... MU-31 [6-2] Check Density.................................................................... MU-31 [6-3] 24-Steps............................................................................ MU-32 [6-4] Display 24-Steps................................................................ MU-32 [6-5] Manual F.D.C..................................................................... MU-32 [6-6] Set Collect.T....................................................................... MU-32 [6-7] Clear Collect.T................................................................... MU-32 [6-8] Uniformity........................................................................... MU-32 [6-8-1] Clear....................................................................... MU-32 [6-8-2] Manual Input........................................................... MU-32 [6-9] DM Sensor Monitor............................................................ MU-32

[7]

Check Scanner............................................................................ MU-33 [7-1] Adjusting Main Scanner..................................................... MU-33 [7-1-1] Scanning Width....................................................... MU-33 [7-1-2] Scanning Position................................................... MU-33 [7-1-3] Initialize Scanner.................................................... MU-33 [7-2] Edge Sensor Monitor......................................................... MU-33 [7-3] Reset Scanner Data.......................................................... MU-33 [8] Heat-Developer............................................................................ MU-34 [8-1] Temperature....................................................................... MU-34 [8-2] Set Heater Cond. Temp..................................................... MU-34 [9] Check Mechanism....................................................................... MU-34 [9-1] Adjusting Subscanner........................................................ MU-34 [9-2] Other Actuator.................................................................... MU-34 [9-3] Sensor Monitor.................................................................. MU-34 [9-4] Interlock Function.............................................................. MU-34

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

0.10

0.11

GENERAL CONTENTS SERVICE PARTS LIST (SP)

SERVICE PARTS LIST (SP) How to Use Service Parts List..................................SP-1

06A SUB-SCANNING UNIT 1...................................SP-17

INDEX.........................................................................SP-2

06B SUB-SCANNING UNIT 2...................................SP-18

01A COVER 1............................................................SP-3

07

01B COVER 2............................................................SP-4

08A HEAT DEVELOPMENT UNIT 1.........................SP-20

01C COVER 3............................................................SP-5

08B HEAT DEVELOPMENT UNIT 2.........................SP-21

02A FRAME 1............................................................SP-6

08C HEAT DEVELOPMENT UNIT 3.........................SP-22

02B FRAME 2............................................................SP-7

08D HEAT DEVELOPMENT UNIT 4.........................SP-23

03A FILM LOADING UNIT 1......................................SP-8

09A FILM RELEASE UNIT 1....................................SP-24

03B FILM LOADING UNIT 2......................................SP-9

09B FILM RELEASE UNIT 2....................................SP-25

04A REMOVAL UNIT 1............................................SP-10

10

CONTROLLER..................................................SP-26

04B REMOVAL UNIT 2............................................SP-11

11

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM..........................................SP-27

04C REMOVAL UNIT 3............................................SP-12

12

PARTS NOS. SEARCH TABLE..........................SP-33

05A CONVEYOR UNIT 1..........................................SP-13

13

List of Service Parts for Securing and Wiring...............................................................SP-35

05B CONVEYOR UNIT 2..........................................SP-14 05C CONVEYOR UNIT 3..........................................SP-15 05D CONVEYOR UNIT 4..........................................SP-16 020-201-01(1)E

SCANNING OPTICS UNIT................................SP-19

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Service Parts for Securing and Wiring.................................................SP-35 Screws.................................................................................................SP-35 Stopper Rings, Washers, Nuts.............................................................SP-38 Wiring Parts..........................................................................................SP-39 [Parts Code] to [Symbol] Conversion Table.........................................SP-40

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

0.11

0.12

GENERAL CONTENTS PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 1. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE ITEMS................. PM-1 1.1

List of Preventive Maintenance Items....................................... PM-1

1.2

Symbols on Maintenance Cycle................................................ PM-2

3.17

Work Completion Report......................................................... PM-26

2. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE FLOW.................. PM-3 3. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE............................. PM-4 3.1

Checking, Saving, and Deleting Error Logs.............................. PM-4

3.2

Printing/Checking Conveyance/Checking Images.................... PM-5

3.3

Checking the Interlock Function................................................ PM-7

3.4

Checking the Fan Operation..................................................... PM-8

3.5

Checking the Tray Periphery..................................................... PM-9

3.6

Cleaning/Replacing the Cleaning Roller, Removing the Cover................................................................ PM-10

3.7

Cleaning/Replacing the Air Filter............................................. PM-11

3.8

Cleaning the Removal Unit, Cleaning Inside the Equipment......................................................................... PM-12

3.9

Checking/Cleaning the Rubber Belt, Cleaning Dust-proof Glass, Cleaning Sub-scanning Conveyance Roller................. PM-14

3.10

Cleaning the Density Measurement Section........................... PM-19

3.11

Cleaning the Heat Development Unit...................................... PM-20

3.12

Reinstalling/Cleaning Covers.................................................. PM-21

3.13

Final Operation Checks/Checking Images.............................. PM-22

3.14

Setting Date and Time............................................................. PM-23

3.15

Checking for Improper Protective Grounding.......................... PM-24

3.16

Replacing the Cutter................................................................ PM-25

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

0.12

0.13

GENERAL CONTENTS INSTALLATION (IN)

INSTALLATION (IN) 1. INSTALLATION CONDITIONS.............................. IN-1 1.1

Dimensions and Weight..............................................................IN-1

1.2

Environmental Requirements......................................................IN-2

1.3

Electrical Requirements..............................................................IN-3

1.4

Other Specifications....................................................................IN-4

1.5

Equipment Installation Space......................................................IN-4 1.5.1 1.5.2

Installation Space.................................................................................... IN-4 Space Required for Maintenance Work.................................................. IN-4

2. INSTALLATION PROCEDURE FLOW..................... IN-5 3. WORK BEFORE INSTALLATION........................... IN-8 3.1

Precautions on Installation..........................................................IN-8

3.2

Preparing the PC for Servicing..................................................IN-10

3.3

Embedding Anchor Nuts............................................................ IN-11

3.4

Specifications of Installation Table............................................IN-12

3.5

Cautions on Electromagnetic Waves.........................................IN-12 3.5.1

5. REMOVING SHIPPING FIXTURES AND INSTALLING OPTIONS....................................... IN-19 5.1

Removing Shipping Fixtures.....................................................IN-19

5.2

Setting Film Tray.......................................................................IN-21 5.2.1 5.2.2 5.2.3

Affixing the Film Size Label................................................................... IN-21 Changing the Film Tray Size................................................................. IN-22 Setting the Tray Number....................................................................... IN-23

5.3

Installing the Cleaning Roller (Option).......................................IN-24

5.4

Installing the Cart (Option)........................................................IN-24

6. CONNECTING CABLES...................................... IN-27 6.1

Connecting the Network Cable..................................................IN-27

6.2

Connecting the PC for Servicing (or CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL) to the Network....................IN-28

6.3

Connecting the Power Cable and Checking the Resistance.....IN-28

Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)................................................... IN-12

4. TEMPORARY INSTALLATION............................. IN-15 4.1

Carrying.....................................................................................IN-15

4.2

Unpacking and Unloading.........................................................IN-15 4.2.1

4.3

020-201-01(1)E

Equipment Main Body........................................................................... IN-16

Checking Components..............................................................IN-17

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

0.13

0.14

GENERAL CONTENTS INSTALLATION (IN)

7. SETTINGS OF THE EQUIPMENT........................ IN-30

9. CHECKING CONNECTION.................................. IN-46

7.1

Creating the Data Storage Folder.............................................IN-30

9.1

Checking the Start-up of the Equipment ..................................IN-46

7.2

DRYPIX PRIMA Monitor Tool Settings (When Connecting CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL)...................IN-31

9.2

Checking Film Output and Images from Connected Equipment.................................................................................IN-46

7.3

Setting the Firewall in CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL (When using CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL)............................IN-32

9.3

Checking the Termination of the Equipment..............................IN-46

7.4

Power ON..................................................................................IN-34

7.5

Connecting to the Equipment (Starting PC-Utility)....................IN-35

10.1

Backing Up Individual Data.......................................................IN-47

7.6

System Settings........................................................................IN-36

10.2

Checking Error Logs Which Occur at Installation......................IN-47

10.3

Installing the Equipment............................................................IN-48

7.6.1 7.6.2 7.6.3

7.7

Setting 1................................................................................................ IN-36 Setting 2................................................................................................ IN-38 Setting 3................................................................................................ IN-39

Rebooting the Equipment..........................................................IN-40

8. CHECKING EQUIPMENT OPERATIONS............. IN-41 8.1

Checking Automatic Density Correction and Conveyance Operations.................................................................................IN-41

8.2

Checking Density......................................................................IN-41

8.3

Checking Recording Image Format, and for Image Unevenness and Scratches......................................................IN-42

8.3a

Check when Using Multiple Film Trays.....................................IN-42

8.4

Checking the Interlock Function................................................IN-43 8.4.1 8.4.2

10.3.1 10.3.2 10.3.3

10.4

Installing the Equipment on the Floor without Using Fixtures............... IN-48 Installing the Equipment on the Table and Securing with Fixtures........ IN-48 Securing the Cart with Fixtures............................................................. IN-49

Cleaning the Equipment............................................................IN-50

APPENDIX 1. SPECIFIED VALUE FOR EACH FILM SIZE................................................... IN-51 APPENDIX 2. ADDITIONAL PROTECTIVE GROUNDING...................................... IN-52

Front Cover, Right Cover Interlock Check............................................ IN-43 Checking the Film Tray Interlock........................................................... IN-44

8.5

Checking Fan Operation...........................................................IN-44

8.6

Image QC Function...................................................................IN-45

8.7

Power OFF................................................................................IN-45

020-201-01(1)E

10. INSTALLING THE EQUIPMENT.......................... IN-47

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

0.14

0.15

GENERAL CONTENTS PERFORMANCE CHECK (PC)

PERFORMANCE CHECK (PC) INSTALLATION OF THE FM-DL 100 - Checklist.........PC-1

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

0.15

CONTROL SHEET

FM-DL 100 SERVICE MANUAL

Issue Date

Revision Number

09.20.2008 11.25.2008 03.20.2009 04.20.2009 05.20.2009

00 00 00 01 01(1)

Reason

New release for HHS (00 (0) Edition) (FM5418) New release for UL (00 (1) Edition) (FM5451) New release (00 (2) Edition) (FM5501) Revised edition release (FM5532) New release for the field (FM5546)

SAFETY PRECAUTION

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

Pages Affected

All pages All pages All pages All pages All pages

SAFETY PRECAUTION-1

1. SAFETY PRECAUTION To avoid accidents, observe the following precautions.

1.1

General Precautions

 Power Supply • Be sure to turn OFF the power of the main power switch and switch board before starting operation. Starting operations with the power ON may result in electric shock, fire hazards, or machine malfunction. Some parts are not fully discharged and other parts (e.g. heater) remain heated immediately after power OFF. Be careful not to touch such parts. When performing steps (e.g. voltage measurement) that cannot be completed with the power OFF, observe the instructions set forth in this manual and operate with care to avoid electric shock and other hazards. • When restarting the machine, turn OFF the power, wait for more than 10 seconds, and then turn it ON. If the interval from power OFF to ON is too short, the machine may not be properly started.

 Ventilation of Installation Site The ventilation of the equipment and film is accompanied by a slight smell. Be sure to ventilate the room during and after operation.

 Drive Section Inspection To avoid accidents, be sure to turn OFF the power before initiating inspection or adjustment procedures. When performing an inspection or adjustment procedure that cannot be completed with the power OFF, operate carefully while observing the instructions set forth in this manual.

 Safety Devices Ensure that the accident prevention functions of fuses, interlock switches, panels, covers, and other safety devices are always operative. Also refrain from introducing such modifications which may impair the safety device functions.

020-201-01(1)E

 Heavy Weights • When installing or removing heavy weights, complete it with an assistant or a hoisting or other appropriate device. Weights above 20 kg must be lifted by more than two persons. • The weight of this equipment is approximately 85 kg. Take the following precautions when moving the equipment, etc. • To prevent injuries resulting in back pain, pay attention to your posture during the work. • Be careful not to drop the equipment as this may cause serious injuries.

 Optical Parts Handling Precautions When handling any optical parts, observe the following precautions. Failure to observe these precautions may result in a deterioration in image quality. • Never touch the surfaces of optical parts. • When removing dirt from optical parts, use the specified procedure only. • Scanning optics unit removal must be carried out in a clean environment. Also do not remove the scanning optics unit protective housing.

 Heat Development Unit Handling Precautions A heater is used for the rack. Touching it during operations may result in burns. Turn the power OFF and wait until the heater temperature drops before handling the unit.

 Grounding Safety provided by grounding is assured by properly establishing power cable and additional protective ground wire connections and by securing the parts with retaining screws. To maintain safety, ensure that the parts and retaining screws removed for servicing purposes are restored to the original states upon installation. After the parts and retaining screws are restored to the above-mentioned states, follow the procedures set forth in this service manual to verify that the retaining screws are securely tightened to properly secure the parts.

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

SAFETY PRECAUTION-1

SAFETY PRECAUTION-2

 Other General Precautions • When servicing the board for maintenance, be sure to wear a wrist band to ground yourself. Failure to do so may result in damage of electronic components on the board due to static electricity from your body. • Do not stain or peel off the product nameplates, labels of safety standards, or product No. indications attached on the machine, and do not attach other labels over them. • After completion of operation, return the protective enclosure, fixing screws, and other removed components to the original positions and fix fully.

 Interlock Release Tool To operate the equipment with the front cover and right cover of the equipment opened, use the special tool provided with this equipment to release the interlock. To avoid danger, do not touch rotating parts. Also take precautions against getting your hands, feet, hair, and clothes caught by the equipment. After completing servicing return the tool back to its original position.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

SAFETY PRECAUTION-2

SAFETY PRECAUTION-3

1.2

Precautions Against Laser Radiation

As indicated in the Certification and Identification Label attached on the left cover of the machine, this is the machine of Class 1, which complies with the “Laser Products – Conformance with IEC 60825-1 and IEC 60601-2-22; Guidance for Industry and FDA staff (Laser Notice No. 50)” and “EN60825-1 (Amendment 2)”. The image recorder incorporates a laser (Class 3B, semiconductor laser wavelength of 658 to 659 nm, red visible light) with a maximum output of 52.8 to 64.9 mW (maximum output of 143 mW under fault conditions), but you will not be exposed to any hazard if you perform tasks as instructed in the service manual.

 Laser Output Circuit Interlock An interlock function is provided for this equipment for turning OFF the laser output circuit to prevent laser exposure when the front cover or right cover is opened. Before turning ON the power with these covers open and performing services, be sure to release the interlock with the special tool provided. After completion of the service procedures, return the tool to the original position.

 To Open Front Cover and Right Cover

 How to Avoid Laser Radiation Exposure To avoid laser radiation exposure, observe the following precautions.

 Steps Requiring Precautions Against Laser Radiation Exposure When performing the following procedures, thoroughly comply with the instructions set forth in this manual to avoid laser radiation exposure. • Removing the scanning optics unit and accomplishing its reassembly • Replacing or cleaning the components of the conveyor unit , entrance of the heat development unit or the sub scanning unit After completion of the above procedures, restore the removed protective housing and retaining screws to their original states to prevent the laser beam from leaking out from the equipment.

 To Open Front Cover

 Periodical Maintenance for Keeping Equipment Conditions Compliant with Standards To keep the equipment compliant with the laser safety requirements, perform the preventive maintenance programs at specified intervals (See “Preventive Maintenance (PM)” Volume.)

 Avoid Laser Radiation Exposure When performing installation procedures, observe the following precautions to avoid laser radiation exposure. • Do not attempt to perform any steps other than those stated in this manual because laser radiation exposure may result. • Do not position a mirror or other reflective article in the laser beam optical path. • Do not change the laser beam optical path. • Optical axis adjustments must not be made in the field. Although the semiconductor laser beam is visible red light, no one is allowed to make optical axis adjustments in the field.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

SAFETY PRECAUTION-3

SAFETY PRECAUTION-4  To Open Right Cover



020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

SAFETY PRECAUTION-4

SAFETY PRECAUTION-5

2. LABELS 2.1

Laser Caution Labels

 Locations of Laser Caution Labels The following illustrates the locations of the protective housing and laser caution labels specified in “Laser Products – Conformance with IEC 60825-1 and IEC 60601-2-22; Guidance for Industry and FDA staff (Laser Notice No. 50)” and “EN60825-1 (Amendment 2)”.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

SAFETY PRECAUTION-5

SAFETY PRECAUTION-6

 List of Laser Caution Labels  HHS Certification and Identification Label

 IEC 60825-1:1993 +A1:1997 +A2:2001/EN 60825-1:1994 +A1:2002 +A2:2001 Class 3B Panel Label #2

 IEC 60825-1:1993 +A1:1997 +A2:2001/EN 60825-1:1994 +A1:2002 +A2:2001 Class 3B Panel Label #1

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

SAFETY PRECAUTION-6

SAFETY PRECAUTION-7

2.2

Other Labels

 Locations of Other Labels



020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

SAFETY PRECAUTION-7

SAFETY PRECAUTION-8

 List of Labels  Rating Information Label  100 VAC Specifications



The mark “ ~ ” means AC power supply.

 200 VAC Specifications

The mark “ ~ ” means AC power supply.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

SAFETY PRECAUTION-8

SAFETY PRECAUTION-9  Manufacturer Label

l Left Cover Do not touch metal part and the patient at the same time under normal operation or service.

 Scanning Optics Unit Manufacturer Label  Caution Label

l LAN Connector Do not connect telephone lines to the network cable connector of this equipment. Only IEC60950/UL60950 specification cables are suitable for connection to this connector.

 High Temperature Caution Label Be aware that the temperature may be high in the area where the following label is affixed.

l Power Cable Use a power cable that complies with the requirements stated below.

m For U.S. and Canada • • • • •

Cable wire diameter: 16 AWG or larger, 3-conductor Rated voltage: 125 VAC or higher Rated amperage: minimum 15 A Cable Type: SJT Cable length: 3 m or less

m For U.S. Only • Label for receptacle grounding reliability according to UL60601-1 • UL-listed detachable power supply cable • Hospital Grade Plug

m For Canada Only • Plug: If molded on type – hospital grade complying with CSA C22.2, No.21. If hospital grade disassemble type – complying with CSA C22.2, No.42. • Cable: Complies with CSA C22.2 No. 21.

m For Europe • • • • • • •

020-201-01(1)E

Label for receptacle grounding reliability according to UL60601-1 Cable certified by a country in which the equipment is to be installed Cable wire diameter: 1.0 mm2 or larger, 3-conductor Rated voltage: 250 VAC or higher Rated amperage: 6 A Cable type: H05VV-F Cable length: 3 m or less

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

SAFETY PRECAUTION-9

SAFETY PRECAUTION-10

2.3

Additional Protective Grounding Earth Mark

2.4

Power Cable Caution Label



 Power Cable Caution Label (Only Hospital Grade Power Cable for U.S.A.)

 Earth Mark (Imprint)

FPCI0215.AI

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual SAFETY PRECAUTION-10

SAFETY PRECAUTION-11

3. PROTECTIVE HOUSING FOR LASER RADIATION EXPOSURE PREVENTION Even if the protective housing is removed for servicing purpose, the laser beam will not possibly leak out of the equipment unless its optical path is intentionally changed. However, if the optical path is inadvertently changed during optical system installation, the service engineer or other persons near the equipment may be exposed to laser radiation. Optical system related installation procedures must be carefully performed while observing the instructions set forth in this manual. After completion of installation, thoroughly restore the removed protective housing to its original state.

 Protective Housing of Equipment The following shows laser exposure protective housing parts of the equipment.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual SAFETY PRECAUTION-11

SAFETY PRECAUTION-12

 Protective Housing of Scanning Optics Unit Never remove the upper cover of scanning optics unit.

This equipment can be used 839Y100047 or 839Y0060 scanning optics unit.

l When Using 839Y100047 Upper cover



FPEI0114.AI

l When Using 839Y0060



020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual SAFETY PRECAUTION-12

SAFETY PRECAUTION-13

4. CONNECTABLE PERIPHERALS Accessory equipment connected to the analog and digital interfaces must be certified according to the respective IEC standards (i.e. IEC60950 for data processing equipment and IEC60601-1 for medical equipment). Furthermore all configurations shall comply with the system standard IEC60601-1-1. Everybody who connects additional equipment to the signal input part or signal output part configures a medical system, and is therefore responsible that the system complies with the requirements of IEC60601-1-1. If in doubt, consult the technical services department or your local representative.

5. CLASSIFICATION 1) According to the type of protection against electrical shock CLASS 1 EQUIPMENT

2) According to the degree of protection against electrical shock NO APPLIED PART

3) Protection against harmful ingress of water IPXO

4) According to the degree of safety of application in the presence of a flammable anesthetics mixture with air or with oxygen or nitrous oxide. Equipment not suitable for use in the presence of a flammable anesthetics mixture with air or with oxygen or nitrous oxide.

5) According to the mode of operation CONTINUOUS OPERATION

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual SAFETY PRECAUTION-13

CONTROL SHEET

FM-DL 100 SERVICE MANUAL

Issue Date

Revision Number

11.25.2008 03.20.2009 04.20.2009 05.20.2009

00 00 01 01(1)

Reason

New release for UL (00 (1) Edition) (FM5451) New release (00 (2) Edition) (FM5501) Revised edition release (FM5532) New release for the field (FM5546)

SPECIFICATIONS

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

Pages Affected

All pages All pages All pages All pages

SPECIFICATIONS-1

1. SPECIFICATIONS 1.1

Product Code

DRYPIX PRIMA Overseas specifications 200 STRONG = main unit E Film tray

Part Name

Product Code

Contents

DRYPIX PRIMA Overseas specifications 100 = E main unit Film tray

Parts No.

Remarks 100 - 120 VAC specifications (Packaged in cardboard box) Tray setting: 35 x 43 cm size

Main unit software CD: 1

Remarks 200 - 240 VAC specifications (Packaged in wooden crate) Tray setting: 35 x 43 cm size

Main unit software CD: 1 Operation Manual: 1 Quick Guide: 1

Film tray

Operation Manual: 1

Parts No.

Individual data CD: 1

DRYPIX PRIMA Overseas specifications 200 = CN E main unit

Individual data CD: 1

200 - 240 VAC specifications for China (Packaged in cardboard box) Tray setting: 35 x 43 cm size

Individual data CD: 1

Quick Guide: 1 DRYPIX PRIMA Overseas specifications 100 STRONG = main unit E Film tray

Contents

100 - 120 VAC specifications (Packaged in wooden crate) Tray setting: 35 x 43 cm size

Main unit software CD: 1 Operation Manual: 1 Quick Guide: 1

Individual data CD: 1 Main unit software CD: 1 Operation Manual: 1 Quick Guide: 1 DRYPIX PRIMA Overseas specifications 200 = E main unit Film tray

200 - 240 VAC specifications (Packaged in cardboard box) Tray setting: 35 x 43 cm size

Individual data CD: 1 Main unit software CD: 1 Operation Manual: 1 Quick Guide: 1

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

SPECIFICATIONS-1

SPECIFICATIONS-2

1.2

List of Optional Parts

The following List of Components enumerate items required for each configuration, so they do not correspond to units (quantities) of orders or packages. Use the product codes (Product Code) indicated only as a reference for unpacking and follow the order lists provided separately when placing orders.

 List of Options for FM-DL 100 Product Code DPX PRIMA TRAY = E

Product

Parts No.

Additional option tray

898Y100546

Cleaning roller

334Y0097

DPX PRIMA CART = E

Cart

888Y100004

DPX PRIMA FLOOT FIX KIT =E

Fall prevention fixture kit

898Y100545

Remarks

For securing equipment

Reference Guide CD

020-201-01(1)E

Power cable (U.S.A. hospital grade)

136Y9138

Power cable (EU)

136N0449

Power cable (U.K.)

136N0450

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

SPECIFICATIONS-2

SPECIFICATIONS-3

1.3

General Specifications

 Maximum Number of Recording Pixels 35 x 43 cm size : 3520 x 4280 35 x 35 cm size : 3520 x 3520 26 x 36 cm size : 2540 x 3600 25 x 30 cm size : 2506 x 3016 20 x 25 cm size : 2000 x 2510

 Recording Method Laser exposure heat development method

 Laser Light Source Red semiconductor source (Class 3B, Wavelength: 658 to 659 nm, Maximum output: 52.8 to 64.9 mW) x1

 First Printing Time Approximately 101 seconds (35 x 43 cm size, test printing)

 Processing Ability 35 x 43 cm size: Approx. 55 films/hour 35 x 35 cm size: Approx. 60 films/hour 26 x 36 cm size: Approx. 70 films/hour 25 x 30 cm size: Approx. 70 films/hour 20 x 25 cm size: Approx. 70 films/hour

 Start-up Time Approx. 15 minutes (When ambient temperature is 25 ˚C) Approx. 10 minutes (When ambient temperature is 25 ˚C/ power save mode)

 Image Quality  Exposure Resolution 14 bits

 Maximum Density (Dmax) 3.0

 Recording Pixel Size 100 µm

020-201-01(1)E

 Image Compression Rate 100 ±0.5%

 Curl After Processing Floating from Shaukasten below 20 mm

 Film  Applicable Types DI-HL (Blue base) (35 x 43, 26 x 36, 25 x 30, 20 x 25 cm size)

 Applicable Film Size/Number of Sheets in One Pack 35 x 43 cm size

: 101 sheets (including one sheet for reducing dusts) 26 x 36, 25 x 30, 20 x 25 cm sizes : 151 sheets (including one sheet for reducing dusts)

 Number of Supplies • One supply • Up to five film trays can be used (Changed by the user) • Film tray size setting is user setting

 Loading Method Daylight conditions loading

 Maximum Ejected Film Capacity 50 films

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

SPECIFICATIONS-3

SPECIFICATIONS-4

 Input I/F DICOM Network input from CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL only

 Network Connection Interface 10Base-T, 100Base-TX

 DICOM Connection Specifications

 Noise Printing Stand-by

: Approx. 55 dB (excluding transient noises) : Approx. 45 dB

 Earthquake Measures Fall prevention fixture kit (Optional mounting accessory kit)

 Supported DICOM services • • • • • •

Verification SOP Class Basic GrayScale Print Management Meta SOP Class Print Job SOP Class Basic Annotation Box SOP Class Print Queue Management SOP Class Presentation LUT SOP Class

l Maximum Input Image Size Row: 3520, Column: 4280

 Image Processing  Interpolation N/A

 Tone Processing N/A

 Format 1-frame format only

 Image Spooling Received image data is spooled in the DRAM until completion of printing. Image spool amount: Two images

 Density Correction Automatic density correction function (AUTO F. D. C.)

 Annotation N/A

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

SPECIFICATIONS-4

SPECIFICATIONS-5

1.4

Dimensions and Weight

 Dimensions  Main Unit Only 610 mm x 630 mm x 620 mm (W x D x H)

Weight  Main Unit Only Approx. 85 kg

 Main Unit with Cart Approx. 110 kg

 Main Unit with Cart 610 mm x 630 mm x 1080 mm (W x D x H)

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

SPECIFICATIONS-5

SPECIFICATIONS-6

1.5

Environmental Requirements

 Temperature, Relative Humidity and Atmospheric Pressure  Operating Temperature : 15 ˚C (40%RH) to 30 ˚C (70%RH) Relative humidity : 15%RH (30 ˚C) to 70%RH (30 ˚C) (No condensation) Atmospheric pressure : 750 to 1060 hPa

 Floor (installation surface) Vibration Requirement Frequency Amplitude

: 10 to 55 Hz : 0.0075 mm or less

 Floor Levelness 10 mm/m (1/100 of inclination) or less all around

 Floor Flatness 10 mm or less



 Non-operating (not including film) Temperature : 0 to 45 ˚C Relative humidity : 10 to 90%RH (No dew condensation) Atmospheric pressure : 750 to 1060 hPa

 Transit or Storage Temperature/Relative humidity : -10 (10%RH) to 50 ˚C (90%RH) (No freezing/No condensation) Atmospheric pressure : 500 to 1060 hPa

 Exhaust Air of Equipment  Maximum Exhaust Air in Standby State 31.3 m3/hour

 Maximum Exhaust Air in Printing 63 m3/hour

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

SPECIFICATIONS-6

SPECIFICATIONS-7

1.6

Electrical Requirements

100/110/120 V ~ 200/220/230/240 V ~

 Frequency 50-60 Hz Acceptable variation: ±3%

 Line Voltage 100/110/120 V ~ Acceptable variation: ±10% Single-phase (2 lines or 3 lines) 200/220/230/240 V ~ Acceptable variation: ±10% Single-phase (2 lines or 3 lines) The mark “ ~ ” means AC power supply.

 Capacity 1.2 kVA

: 15 A : 10 A

n Power Cable Use a power cable that complies with the requirements stated below.

l For U.S. and Canada • • • • •

Cable wire diameter: 16 AWG or larger, 3-conductor Rated voltage: 125 VAC or higher Rated amperage: minimum 15 A Cable Type: SJT Cable length: 3 m or less

l For U.S. Only • Label for receptacle grounding reliability according to UL60601-1 • UL-listed detachable power supply cable • Hospital Grade Plug

l For Canada Only

 Rated Current 100/110/120 V ~ : 12 A 200/220/230/240 V ~ : 6 A

• Plug: If molded on type – hospital grade complying with CSA C22.2, No.21. If hospital grade disassemble type – complying with CSA C22.2, No.42. • Cable: Complies with CSA C22.2 No. 21.

l For Europe

 Power Consumption Maximum 1.5 kW

 Electric Energy Printing Ready Power saving mode

 Overload Protection

: Approx. 350 Wh : Approx. 180 Wh : Approx. 110 Wh

 Maximum Heat Generation Printing : Approx. 1300 kJ Ready : Approx. 700 kJ

 Grounding Resistance

• • • • • • •

Label for receptacle grounding reliability according to UL60601-1 Cable certified by a country in which the equipment is to be installed Cable wire diameter: 1.0 mm2 or larger, 3-conductor Rated voltage: 250 VAC or higher Rated amperage: 6 A Cable type: H05VV-F Cable length: 3 m or less

 Network Cable {IN:6.1_Connecting Network Cable}

100 Ω or less

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

SPECIFICATIONS-7

SPECIFICATIONS-8

1.7 1.7.1

Equipment Installation Space Installation Space

1.8

Disposing the Equipment

When disposing the equipment, remove the CPU board first. Be sure to return the removed CPU board to the Service Parts Center.

 When Not Fixed with Fixtures Front: Rear: Left: Right:

More than 800 mm More than 0 mm More than 50 mm More than 200 mm

 When Fixed with Fixtures Front: Rear: Left: Right:

1.7.2

More than 800 mm More than 50 mm More than 250 mm More than 250 mm

Space Required for Maintenance Work

To rotate the equipment, one side requires more than 1000 mm of space. Front: Rear: Left: Right: Top:

020-201-01(1)E

More than 1000 mm More than 600 mm More than 800 mm More than 800 mm More than 400 mm

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

SPECIFICATIONS-8

SPECIFICATIONS-9

BLANK PAGE

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

SPECIFICATIONS-9

CONTROL SHEET

FM-DL 100 SERVICE MANUAL

Issue Date

Revision Number

11.25.2008 03.20.2009 04.20.2009 05.20.2009

00 00 01 01(1)

Reason

New release for UL (00 (1) Edition) (FM5451) New release (00 (2) Edition) (FM5501) Revised edition release (FM5532) New release for the field (FM5546)

DISCRIPTION OF EQUIPMENT (MD)

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

Pages Affected

All pages All pages All pages All pages

MD-1

1. OUTLINE OF EQUIPMENT 1.1

Functions of Equipment

n Outline of Equipment • This equipmet is a network printer dedicated to DICOM protocol, and adopts the laser exposure heat development method. • Film sizes 35 x 43 cm, 35 x 35 cm, 26 x 36 cm, 25 x 30 cm and 20 x 25 cm can be used. • It has a processing ability of 55 sheets/hour for 35 x 43 cm size film, 60 sheets/hour for 35 x 35 cm size film, 70 sheets/hour for 26 x 36, 20 x 25 and 25 x 30 cm size film. • This equipment has one film tray insert slot which can recognize up to seven different film trays. By replacing the film trays, various types of films can be used. Data identified at each film tray include film size, number of remaining films, and density correction data. • Films can be loaded with the film tray set in the equipment in a completely bright room. • The equipment has an automatic density measurement function which automatically outputs image patterns required for density measurement and measures density. • Power consumption of the equipment can be saved by setting the power saving mode. • The following DICOM protocols are supported. • Verification SOP Class (SCP) • Basic Grayscale Print Management SOP Class (SCP) • Basic Annotation Box SOP Class (SCP) • Print Job SOP Class (SCP) • Print Queue Management SOP Class (SCP) • User Preference LUT SOP Class (SCP) • The various settings of this equipment are performed on the externally connected PC for Servicing (or CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL).

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MD-1

MD-2 1.2

System Configuration

n Connecting the BASE system (One to one connection) (Without connecting to hospital network

020-201-01(1)E

n Modality Connection The present specifications of the equipment do not allow it to be connecting directly to the modality.

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MD-2

MD-3 1.3

Overall Configuration and Names of Parts

1.3.1

External View

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MD-3

MD-4 1.3.2

Operation Panel

l Example Display Display

Meaning Indicates that the equipment is currently starting up. (From power ON to initialization) Indicates that the equipment is currently initializing



Indicates the remaining number of film (61 sheets in this example) Indicates that the film tray is open. Error code (203 in this example)

No. 1

Name Utility button

Function Pressing this button switches to U-Utility. U-Utility can be set only when the equipment is in the ready state.

2

Enter button

• Pressing this button releases the tray lock. • For executing the menu displayed. If a lower menu exists, shifts to the next menu.

3

Display panel

• 7-segment LED indicating the status of the equipment. (See “l Example Display” in the right table.) • Blinks when film jam occurs.

Pilot Lamp

Lights up when the main power switch is ON and goes off then the switch is turned OFF.

Stand-by switch

• Turn ON/OFF the equipment power. • Press five seconds longer to turn OFF the equipment power.

4

Indicates sleep state Indicates currently service utility mode. Indicates currently service utility mode. Indicates that the equipment is currently being terminated

There is a buzzer at the back of the operation panel board.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MD-4

MD-5 1.3.3

Layout of Units

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MD-5

MD-6 1.3.4

Layout of I/O Parts and Description of Functions

n Film Loading Unit

Unit

Symbol

Film load- SOLA1 ing unit (A) SA1

Name

Type

Remarks

Tray lock solenoid

Linear solenoid

Releases tray lock

Film pack/shutter detection sensor

Reflection type sensor

ON in presence of film pack/shutter

SA2

Tray detection switch

Microswitch

Conduction state when tray is loaded

SA3

Film size detection sensor 1

Penetration type sensor (PI: 5mm)

SA4

Film size detection sensor 2

Penetration type sensor (PI: 5mm)

• Film tray detection • Detection of tray number by combination of sensor state

SA5

Film size detection sensor 3

Penetration type sensor (PI: 5mm)

The ON of each sensor and switch means the following • Penetration type sensor : Light-tight state • Reflection type sensor : Film present/Detects actuator

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MD-6

MD-7 n Removal Unit

Unit Removal unit (B)

Symbol

Name

Type

Remarks

MB1

Film removing motor

2-phase pulse motor

Drives suction cup arm

MB2

Removal unit conveyance motor

2-phase pulse motor

Film conveyance motor at upper removal unit

SB1

Suction cup arm HP detection sensor

Penetration type sensor (PI: 5mm)

ON when suction cup arm is at home position.

SB2

Film surface detection sensor

Penetration type sensor (PI: 5mm)

ON when suction cup reaches on film/OFF when detects film suction

The ON of each sensor and switch means the following • Penetration type sensor : Light-tight state • Reflection type sensor : Film present/Detects actuator

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MD-7

MD-8 n Conveyor Unit

Unit Conveyor unit (D)

Symbol

Name

Type

Remarks

MD1

Film conveyance motor

2-phase pulse motor

Drives conveyor unit rollers, and conveys film

MD2

Conveyor unit exit roller gripping release motor

2-phase pulse motor

Drives conveyor unit exit grip roller up/down

SOLD1

Stopper solenoid

Linear solenoid

Ups/downs the stopper

SD1

Conveyor unit entrance sensor

Reflection type sensor

ON when film is at conveyor entrance

SD2

Conveyor unit exit sensor

Reflection type sensor

ON when film is at conveyor exit

SD3

Stopper release detection sensor

Penetration type sensor (PI: 5mm)

ON when stopper is at release position

SD4

Grip roller position detection sensor

Penetration type sensor (PI: 5mm)

ON when conveyor unit exit grip roller is at gripping position

SD5

Film edge sensor

Photo-interruputer



The ON of each sensor and switch means the following • Penetration type sensor : Light-tight state • Reflection type sensor : Film present/Detects actuator

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MD-8

MD-9 n Sub-scanning Unit

Unit Sub-scanning unit (E)

020-201-01(1)E

Symbol

Name

Type

ME1

Sub-scanning motor

5-phase pulse motor

SE1

Film leading edge detec- Laser detection tion sensor (SED28A) sensor

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

Remarks Sub-scans and conveys film ME1 driver board comes as a set with ME1 Detects leading edge and trailing edge of film

MD-9

MD-10 n Heat Development Unit

Unit Heat Development unit (G)

020-201-01(1)E

Symbol

Name

Type

Remarks

MG1

Heat development unit conveyance motor

2-phase pulse motor

Heat develops and conveys film

FANG1

Cooling fan 1

DC fan

Ventilates and cools near heat development unit

HG1, HG2

Heater 1, Heater 2

Silicon rubber heater

Heat 1st rack development heat plate

HG3, HG4

Heater 3, Heater 4

Silicon rubber heater

Heat 2nd rack development heat plate

THG1, THG2

Heat development thermistor 1, Heat development thermistor 2

Thermistor

Detects 1st rack temperature

THG3, THG4

Heat development thermistor 3, Heat development thermistor 4

Thermistor

Detects 2nd rack temperature

THG5

Film cooling section thermistor

Thermistor

Detects film cooling section temperature

TPG1, TPG2

Thermal protector 1, Thermal protector 2

Manual recovery type

Shuts off power supply for heaters in overheating of 1st rack heater

TPG3, TPG4

Thermal protector 3, Thermal protector 4

Manual recovery type

Shuts off power supply for heaters in overheating of 2nd rack heater

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MD-10

MD-11 n Film Release Unit

Unit Film release unit (J)

Symbol

Name

Type

Remarks

SJ1

Film release unit entrance sensor

Reflection type sensor

ON when film is at film release unit entrance

SJ2

Film release sensor

Reflection type sensor

ON when film is at film release unit exit

The ON of each sensor and switch means the following • Penetration type sensor : Light-tight state • Reflection type sensor : Film present/Detects actuator

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MD-11

MD-12 n Frame

020-201-01(1)E

Unit

Symbol

Name

Type

Frame (K)

SK1, SK2

Front cover/right cover interlock switch

Microswith

ON when upper front cover is opened

THK1

Film recording seciton thermistor

Thermistor

Detects film recording seciton temperature

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

Remarks

MD-12

MD-13 1.3.5

Layout of Boards

020-201-01(1)E

Name

Main function

LED28A (Density measurement section light-emitting board)

Light is emitted for density measurement

LDD28A (Laser drive board)

Scanner laser drive

PDD28A (Density measurement section light-sensing board)

Receives penetrating light for density measurement

CPU28A (CPU board)

Overall control of equipment, network input, image processing

PSU27A (Power supply unit)

Converts the input AC power to +24VDC and supplies to the PSU28B board

PSU28B (Power supply unit)

Generates +5V and ±12V from the +24VDC power supplied from the power supply unit and supplies to the SND board

SND28A (Sensor driver board)

Mechanical drive parts drive/control, I/O parts control, signal counter of film edge sensor signal, thermistor signal/ density measurement section data AD conversion, interlock control, heat development heater control, operation panel control

Main power switch

Supplies AC power to the power supply unit

CF (Compact flash memory)

Main program storage, log writing (logs are not saved), 128 MB

DIMM (Memory)

Main memory of CPU28A board, 512 MB

PRN28A (Print control board)

DA converts processed image signals from CPU28A board and sends to scanner, laser power strength control, exposure output timing control

HTD28A (Heater drive board)

Drives heat development unit heaters based on the control signal from SND board.

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MD-13

MD-14

2. STARTING UP AND ENDING THE EQUIPMENT 2.1

Power ON Operations

The equipment starts up in the following conditions when the main power switch is ON. Method

Conditions

Remarks

Stand-by switch on the operation panel

Press stand-by switch on the operation panel.

-

WakeOnLAN function

Receive WakeOnLAN packet from network connected device

The network equipment needs to correspond to the WakeOnLAN function.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MD-14

MD-15 2.2

Error Processing

When errors occur during initialization or in the routine mode, this equipment performs the following processes.

n When Films Run Out When the remaining number of films counter becomes 0, the equipment determines that films have run out and shows a display prompting replenishing of films. Information that films have run out will be sent to externally connected devices at the point a printing request is made. The replenishing of films by the user is determined by the opening/closing of film trays, and by the ON/OFF of the film pack/shutter detection sensor.

n When Level 1 Errors Occur When level 1 errors occur, for errors which can be recovered by the user, displays on user recovery operations are shown. Initialization was performed after recovery by the user, and if printing is currently being performed printing will be continued. If recovered by retry operations of the equipment, only error logs are performed. Error logs are also only performed for reference information for design analysis.

l Cover Open/Tray Open/Shutter Detection When these errors are detected, operations of the equipment are stopped, the error notification screen appears on the operation panel, and operations of the equipment are continued after errors have been removed by the user.

n When Level 0 Errors Occur When level 0 errors occur, the equipment completes the current process as much as possible, stops temperature control, and the error display is shown. The equipment then becomes system down and the power must be turned ON/OFF. It is possible to shift to the M-Utility in this state. Level 0 errors consists of the following. • Conveyance system fatal error • Temperature control system fatal error • Scanner system fatal error • Image processing fatal error • Fatal errors determined by the software • Failed in reading external files when equipment is started. • Discovered contradiction of various software environment when equipment is started. • Discovered contradiction in service settings when equipment is started. • Discovered malfunction of various electric parts when equipment is initialized.

n Degeneration When the density measurement section malfunction, this is taken as degeneration, and operations are continued without using the function.

l When Films Jam When films jam, printing of films ahead of the jammed position are completed, and the film jam screen appears. Images which have not been printed will be re-output automatically after recover.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MD-15

MD-16 2.3

Power OFF Operations

When the power of this equipment is ON, it can be ended in the following conditions. Method

Conditions

Remarks

Stand-by switch on the operation panel

Press the stand-by switch for five seconds on the operation panel.

-

Main power switch

Turn OFF the main power switch.

All power supplies are cut off regardless the state of the equipment.

CR-IR 391CL / CRIR391V CL power OFF

Monitor Tool must be running on CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL

When the equipment is ended, the equipment log is transferred to CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL

• Shut down the software before turning off the power when ending the equipment. • The conditions for the equipment to shut down or not shut down when the power of CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL is turned OFF are as follows; • Conditions for shutting down together When the equipment is in the standby mode/when level 0 error has occurred (V1.2 or later)/during the energy saving mode (V1.2 or later) • Conditions for not shutting down together When the equipment is currently printing/currently receiving images/when level 0 error has occurred/during use of the U-Utility/during use of the PC-Utility

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MD-16

MD-17

3. DESCRIPTION OF MECHANICAL OPERATIONS 3.1

Film Loading Unit

3.1.1

Film Sizes

3.1.2

Film Tray Detection/Film Size Identification

The presence of film tray is detected by the film size detection sensors (SA3/SA4/ SA5). When a film tray is inserted into the equipment, the actuator attached to the tray turn ON the sensors to detect the tray. The attached position of these actuators can be varied between tray No. 1 to 5. (service setting) When a tray is inserted into the equipment, film size is identified from the combination of the ON/OFF status of the three film size detection sensors.

This equipment is compatible with film sizes 35 x 43 cm, 26 x 36 cm, 25 x 30 cm, and 20 x 25 cm. The following figure shows the arrangement of guide pins and guide plates for each film size.





The following procedures are required to change the film size. • Change the position for attaching the guide pin and guide plate in the film tray • Change the film size at the configuration setting of the PC-Utility {IN:5.2_Setting the Film Tray}

020-201-01(1)E

Sensor

Film tray

SA3

SA4

SA5

No film tray is loaded

OFF

OFF

OFF

35x43 cm size film

ON

OFF

OFF

35x35 cm size film

ON

ON

OFF

26x36 cm size film

ON

ON

ON

25x30 cm size film

OFF

ON

ON

20x25 cm size film

OFF

OFF

ON

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MD-17

MD-18 3.1.3

Film Pack/Shutter Detection

To prevent exposure of films in trays when trays are opened, this equipment is provided with sensors to detect film packs in the trays or the shutter. The tray open operation via the operation panel can be received only when reflected light from the film pack or shutter is detected by the film pack/shutter detection sensor (SA1: reflection type sensor).

020-201-01(1)E

3.1.4

Shutter Lock Mechanism

This equipment is provided with a shutter lock mechanism to prevent exposure of film to light when the shutter is disconnected during film tray removal to replace film. A pin which moves up and down according to the insertion and removal movements of the film tray is attached to the left back side of the film tray. This pin moves down when the film tray is inserted and moves up when removed. When the pin enters the hole on the shutter, it locks the shutter so that the shutter does not disconnect when the film tray is removed.

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MD-18

MD-19 3.1.5

Tray Detection/Tray Lock

Film tray detection is performed by the tray detection switch (SA2). When a film tray is inserted, SA2 turns OFF, thereby detecting the film tray presence. SA2 also serves as an interlock function, which cuts off the +24V power of the film removing motor (MB1) and removal unit conveyance motor (MB2) when tray is opening. Tray lock is released by SOLA11. By the tray open operation via the operation panel, SOLA1 turns ON and the tray lock is released.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MD-19

MD-20 3.2

Removal Unit

3.2.1

Suction Cup Arm Home Position

In the standby state, the suction cup arm is positioned at the suction cup arm home position. The suction cup arm home position is the position at which the suction cup arm HP detection sensor (SB1) switches from ON to OFF. At this time, the removal conveyance roller (upper) is not touching the removal unit conveyance roller (lower).

3.2.2

Film Suction

The film removing motor (MB1) rotates at high speed in the reverse direction (CCW) by the removal enable signal, and the suction cup arm starts moving. The suction cup arm curves according to the groove on the removal unit frame and passes the upper dead-point.





When the removal unit conveyance roller (upper) reaches the film surface turning ON the film surface detection sensor (SB2), MB1 switches to low speed rotation.



020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MD-20

MD-21 After MB1 switches to low speed rotation, it continues to rotate in the reverse direction until SB2 goes OFF. At this time, the suction cup arm pushes the bellows in, and generates negative pressure so that the film is suctioned to the suction cup.

3.2.4

Film Release

After flapping operations complete, MB1 rotates in the normal direction, and moves the film to the removal conveyance roller (lower). If SB1 turns ON while it is moving, MB1 switches to low speed, and continues rotating in the normal direction for the specified number of pulses.





3.2.3

Film Flapping Operations

With the suction cup suctioning the film, MB1 rotates in the normal direction for the specified pulse at low speed, the suction cup arm rises and stops once. From this position, MB1 switches to middle speed, and performs flapping operations which repeat rising/lowering of suction cup arm five times. Flapping operations supply air to the trailing edge of the film by moving the leading edge up and down, to prevent improper conveyance due to adherence of the trailing edges of the films. In addition, the films stuck together due to static are separated while they are moving after fanning operations by fanning the lead edge of the film with the claw provided on the film loading unit.



020-201-01(1)E

After the film reaches the removal conveyance roller (lower), the bellows is pushed in even further, which pushes the air inside out. The film separates from the suction cup. Upon release of film from the suction cup, the removal unit conveyance roller (upper) falls by its own weight, and the film is gripped by the removal unit conveyance roller (upper) and removal unit conveyance roller (lower).



FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MD-21

MD-22 3.2.5

Removal Conveyance

After film separation, the removal unit conveyance motor (MB2) rotates, conveying the film until it stops at the conveyer unit entrance sensor (SD1). At this time, if SD1 does not turn ON within the specified time, the film is detected as having been dropped or film jam occured, and an error code is displayed. When the trailing edge of the preceding film passes the film leading edge detection sensor (SE1), film conveyance resumes.

3.2.6

Returning to Home Position

When SD1 detects the leading edge of the film via the conveyance operation, MB1 rotates in the normal and reverse direction, returning the suction cup arm to the home position, and waits for the next removal enable signal.





020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MD-22

MD-23 3.3

Conveyor Unit

3.3.1

Conveyance

Upon receiving the conveyance start signal, conveyance into the conveyor unit starts. The film conveyance motor (MD1) and removal unit conveyance motors (MB2) rotates to feed the film until its leading edge is detected by the conveyor unit exit sensor (SD2).

3.3.2

Striking against Stopper

Upon the start of conveyance, the stopper solenoid (SOLD1) turns ON and raises the stopper located at the conveyor unit exit. The stopper release detection sensor (SD3) detects whether the stopper is raised or lowered.



This equipment does not have a sensor for detecting cleaning roller. Therefore in the event users forget to reinstall back the cleaning roller after cleaning, film will not be conveyed to the conveyor, resulting in film jamming at the removal unit.

020-201-01(1)E

The film that has been temporarily at rest after being detected at SD2 is conveyed at low speed until it strikes against the stopper. Because the conveyance by the motor is still continued, the film gets arched to correct skew with respect to the conveyance direction.

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MD-23

MD-24 3.3.3

Gripping by Conveyor Unit Exit Roller

When the predetermined time has passed since the film struck the stopper, MD1 and MB2 stop. Then, the conveyor unit exit roller gripping release motor (MD2) rotates in the reverse direction (CCW), allowing the conveyor unit exit roller to grip the film. The grip roller position detection sensor (SD4) detects whether the conveyor unit exit roller is in the gripped or released state. When the film is completely gripped, SOLD1 turns OFF and the stopper is lowered.

020-201-01(1)E

3.3.4

Film Edge Sensor

Film edge sensor (SD5) is provided in the conveyor unit exit to optimize the start position of main scanning/writing (the number of pixels to be skipped). When the film passes the conveyor unit exit, the edge sensor arm of the film edge sensor assembly provided on the front side of the conveyor unit is pushed, thereby allowing the sector gear concentric to the edge sensor arm to rotate the encoder plate. The film edge sensor (SD5) measures the distance from the reference position to the film edge by counting the number of slits on this rotating encoder plate.

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MD-24

MD-25 3.3.5

Pre-recording Conveyance

After transfer of image data to the print buffer in the formatter, film conveyance to the sub-scanning unit is started (pre-recording conveyance). In pre-recording conveyance, MD1 is rotated in the reverse direction (CCW) at high speed for the specified number of pulses, and is switched to low speed in the reverse direction in synchronization with the sub-scanning conveyance roller to send the film to the sub-scanning unit. After conveying the film for the specified time, MD1 is rotated in the normal direction (CW) to disengage the conveyor gears in the rear of the conveyor unit to free the conveyor unit exit roller, thereby preventing . Thereafter, when image recording is started and SD2 goes OFF, the conveyor unit exit grip roller is released.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MD-25

MD-26 3.4

Sub-scanning Unit

3.4.1

Sub-scanning Conveyance

Upon film conveyance from the conveyer unit, the sub-scanning motor (ME1) rotates driving the sub-scanning conveyance roller via the flat belts (rear/front). When performing service, the sub-scanning motor shall be replaced as a set because it consists of the pulse motor and ME1 driver board. {MC:6.3_Sub-Scanning Motor (ME1)}

3.4.2

Recording Conveyance

When the leading edge of film is detected by the film leading edge detection sensor (SE1), image recording by means of the laser light from the scanner unit starts. After Image recording ends, and the film is conveyed for a distance according to the film length, ME1 stops. The drive speed of ME1 is corrected according to the temperature measured by the recording unit thermistor (THK1) near the sub-scanning unit.



020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MD-26

MD-27 3.5

Scanning Optics Unit

3.5.1

Scanner Unit

The scanning optics unit is composed of the LDD board (laser diode control board), LDA board(laser diode emission board), SYN board (start-point detection board) of the scanner unit, SED board of the sub-scanning unit (film leading edge detection sensor: SE1), polygon motor, LED board and PDD board of the density measurement section. The LDD board, LDA board, SYN board, and SED board are controlled by the PRN board, while the polygon motor and density measurement section are controlled by the SND board. These controls are synchronized with film conveyance to record images. The digital data sent from the MTH board is D/A converted in the PRN board, and sent to the LDD board as analog image signal.

3.5.2

Laser Exposure

Red laser of maximum power 52.8 to 64.9 mW/658 to 659 nm is radiated to the sixface polygon mirror from the laser diode mounted to the laser unit of the scanner unit. The laser light scanned in the main scanning direction via the polygon mirror is synchronized by detecting the scan start timing at the main scanning sync sensor of the SYN board.

l When Using 839Y100047

This equipment can be used 839Y100047 or 839Y0060 scanning optics unit.

l When Using 839Y0060

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MD-27

MD-28 The laser light reflected from the polygon mirror passes through the scanning lens and is directed via the reflecting mirror to the surface of the film at the bottom of the scanning optics unit. The exposed film is conveyed to the heat development unit and is heat developed.

l When Using 839Y100047

3.5.3

Density Measurement Section

The density measurement section measures film density after development, and compiles density correction tables to correct image density. The film (17-steps pattern/24-steps pattern) printed via the density measurement menu on the operation panel is read for the light penetration amount when it passes between the light-emitting side of the LED board and light-sensing side of the PDD board of the film release unit to measure the density data.

l When Using 839Y0060

3.5.4

Temperature Correction

Film image density varies depending on the cooling temperature after heat development and the temperature of the equipment. For this reason, the temperature of the film cooling section and temperature near the sub-scanning unit are detected by the thermistor, and based on this temperature data, image data before D/A conversion are corrected.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MD-28

MD-29 3.6

Heat Development Unit

3.6.1

Heat Development

3.6.2

Provided in the heat development unit are two heat development rack assemblies: 1st rack and 2nd rack. Temperature control is performed by the temperature detection signal from the thermistors (THG) attached to the heat plate of each rack. In addition, thermal protectors (TPG) are attached to each heat plate as a protection against overheating.

The exposed image on the film conveyed from the sub-scanning unit is heat developed by passing through the heat plate and heat development roller of the heat development unit. The heat development unit conveyance motor (MG1) starts rotating (CW) upon the start of removal operation. There is no sensor for detecting the conveyance state of the film at the heat development unit, and it is determined as jam at the heat development unit when film does not reach the ejection unit entrance sensor (SJ1). The film that has undergone the heat development process is uncurled while being gradually cooled down by the film cooling section, and conveyed to the film release unit. After the last film is released, MG1 stops.

Temperature Control





This equipment performs heat development by changing the pulse width of the heater ON time according to the voltage value selected via the [Power Supply Voltage] of M-Utility. {MU:2.4 [1-3-6]_Power Supply Voltage}

When this equipment is idling, MG1 performs intermittent drive. (Drive time: 30 seconds, stop time: 30 seconds)



020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MD-29

MD-30 3.7

Film Release Unit

3.7.1

Film Discharge

The film that has undergone the heat development is conveyed to the film release unit and discharged outside the equipment. When the film release unit entrance sensor (SJ1) turns OFF after the trailing edge of film passes the film cooling section, the heat development unit conveyance motor (MG1) swithces to high speed (CW). When the film is discharged, MG1 stops concurrently upon expiry of the prescribed time from the passage of film trailing edge through SJ1 to the exit of film trailing edge from the equipment.

3.7.2

High Speed Discharge

When the trailing edge of film passes SJ1 and the following conditions are satisfied, MG1 switches to high speed normal rotation to allow the film to be discharged at high speed. Conditions

High speed shift

Normal film output (film cooling secShifted to high speed release upon SJ1-OFF tion temperature is low) Normal film output (film cooling secShifted to high speed release upon expiry of tion temperature is high) the prescribed time after SJ1-OFF Cleaning film output Density measurement film output

020-201-01(1)E

Not available

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MD-30

MD-31 BLANK PAGE

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MD-31

CONTROL SHEET

FM-DL 100 SERVICE MANUAL

Issue Date

Revision Number

11.25.2008 03.20.2009 04.20.2009 05.20.2009

00 00 01 01(1)

Reason

New release for UL (00 (1) Edition) (FM5451) New release (00 (2) Edition) (FM5501) Revised edition release (FM5532) New release for the field (FM5546)

TROUBLESHOOTING (MT)

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

Pages Affected

All pages All pages All pages All pages

MT-1

1. ERROR CODE TABLE LED Display

Error Code

Detailed Information

Component

Close the front cover.

1212

2-A-4

FLH

Close the cover.

Close the tray.

1225

2-A-1

FLH

285RU: IP TRAPPED INSIDE READER.

1227

2-A-1

FLH

Pull out the shutter.

The shutter is inserted (degenerated state). Or malfunction of the SA1 sensor or SA1 port of the SND board. 1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/ motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.

02C0

2-A-1

FLH

Pull out the shutter.

Error Name

Significance

201

Front cover open

The front cover is open.

203

Tray open error

The tray was open in initialization and removal.

204

Tray shutter present error

The shutter was inserted in the tray Remove the shutter of the tray. in initialization and removal.

The shutter is inserted in the tray (degenerated state) at startup initialization by user operations. Or all trays cannot be used due to the corresponding error.

Probable Cause and Remedy

Error Message

205

Tray shutter present error at startup

206

Tray shutter uninserted Attempted to open the tray, but the error shutter was not inserted.

After inserting the shutter, open the tray.

1233

2-A-1

FLH

Insert the shutter and open the film tray.

207

Density measurement error

The automatically measured density value is incorrect.

Execute automatic density measurement again. If the error persists, contact your dealer.

1801

None

DEN

290RU: IP TRAPPED INSIDE READER.

208

QC failure

The measured density of the QC printed film is abnormal.

Execute QC output again. If the error persists, contact your dealer.

1802

None

DEN

291RU: IP TRAPPED INSIDE READER.

209

Laser lifespan notice

The laser lifespan is about one month.

Contact your dealer to replace the laser unit.

1803

FFFF

SCN

292RU: IP TRAPPED INSIDE READER.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MT-1

MT-2 LED Display

Error Name

Error Code

Detailed Information

Component

210

Laser lifespan warning

The laser lifespan has been exceeded.

Contact your dealer to replace the laser unit.

1804

FFFF

SCN

293RU: IP TRAPPED INSIDE READER.

Film size differences

The size of the film on which received images are printed and that of the film in the currently set tray are different.

Change to the tray loaded with 35x43 cm size film.

1811

None

MAIN

289RU: IP TRAPPED INSIDE READER.

Film size differences

The size of the film on which received images are printed and that of the film in the currently set tray are different.

Change to the tray loaded with 35x35 cm size film.

1812

None

MAIN

289RU: IP TRAPPED INSIDE READER.

Film size differences

The size of the film on which received images are printed and that of the film in the currently set tray are different.

Change to the tray loaded with 26x36 cm size film.

1813

None

MAIN

289RU: IP TRAPPED INSIDE READER.

Film size differences

The size of the film on which received images are printed and that of the film in the currently set tray are different.

Change to the tray loaded with 25x30 cm size film.

1814

None

MAIN

289RU: IP TRAPPED INSIDE READER.

215

Film size differences

The size of the film on which received images are printed and that of the film in the currently set tray are different.

Change to the tray loaded with 20x25 cm size film.

1815

None

MAIN

289RU: IP TRAPPED INSIDE READER.

219

Unregistered tray inserted

An unregistered tray has been inserted.

Changed to a registered tray.

1819

None

MAIN

289RU: IP TRAPPED INSIDE READER.

211

212

213

214

020-201-01(1)E

Significance

Probable Cause and Remedy

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

Error Message

MT-2

MT-3 LED Display

220

221

222

Error Name

Significance

Probable Cause and Remedy Film dropped during removal. Or malfunction of SD1 sensor or MB2 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD1 port of the SND board, or malfunction of the MB2 controller. 1. Check if film has dropped. 2. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 3. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/ motors. 4. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.

Error Code

Detailed Information

Component

1291

2-A-1

FLH

A film jams in the removal unit.Please removing Film.

Error Message

Tray removal unit jam error

At completion of removal process, did not detect normal SD1 CLOSE (film leading edge detection). (Retryover)

Tray removal unit jam error (Discharge remainder)

The remainder is not discharged normally from the removal unit. Or malfunction of the SD1 sensor, or MB2 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD1 ports of the SND board, or malfunction of the MB2 Conveyed film to the conveyor unit controller. by discharge remainder, but did not 1. Check if film has dropped. detect SD1 CLOSE (film leading 2. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and edge detection). perform mechanism adjustments. 3. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/ motors. 4. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.

12A9

2-A-1

FLH

A film jams in the removal unit.Please removing Film.

Conveyor unit jam error

Jam occurred during conveyance. Open the right cover, and remove the jammed film. Conveyed film to the conveyor unit, 1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and but did not detect SD2 CLOSE (film perform mechanism adjustments. leading edge detection). SD2, MD1, MB2 (Currently retrying) 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/ motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.

2294

2-A-4

FLH

A film jams in the conveyor unit.Please removing Film.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MT-3

MT-4 LED Display

Error Name

Significance

Probable Cause and Remedy

Jam occurred during conveyance. Open the right cover, and remove the jammed film. Conveyed film to the conveyor unit, 1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and but did not detect SD2 CLOSE (film perform mechanism adjustments. leading edge detection). SD2, MD1, MB2 (Retryover) 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/ motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board

223

Conveyor unit jam error

224

The remainder is not discharged normally from the conveyor unit. Or malfunction of the SD2 sensor, or MD1, MB2 motors. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD2 port Conveyed film to the conveyor unit of the SND board, or malfunction of the MD1, MB2 Conveyor unit jam by discharge remainder, but did not controller. error 1. Check if film has dropped. detect SD2 CLOSE (film leading (Discharge remainder) edge detection). 2. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 3. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/ motors. 4. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.

225

Sub-scanning unit jam error

020-201-01(1)E

Conveyed film to the sub-scanning unit, but did not detect SD2 OPEN (film trailing edge detection).

Jam occurred during recording conveyance. Open the upper front cover, and remove the jammed film. 1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. SD2, MD1, ME1 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/ motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.

Error Code

Detailed Information

Component

1295

2-A-4

FLH

A film jams in the conveyor unit.Please removing Film.

12B1

2-A-4

FLH

A film jams in the conveyor unit.Please removing Film.

FLH

A film jams in the subscanning unit.Please removing Film.

1296

2-A-4

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

Error Message

MT-4

MT-5 LED Display

226

227

228

Error Name

Sub-scanning unit jam error

Significance

Probable Cause and Remedy

Jam occurred during recording conveyance. Open the upper front cover, and remove the jammed film. 1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and Conveyed film to the sub-scanning perform mechanism adjustments. unit, but did not detect SG1 CLOSE SG1, MD1, ME1 (film leading edge detection). 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/ motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.

Conveyed film to the sub-scanning Sub-scanning unit jam unit by discharge remainder, but error did not detect SD2 OPEN (film (Discharge remainder) trailing edge detection).

The remainder is not discharged normally from the sub-scanning unit. Or malfunction of the SD2 sensor, or MD1, ME1 motors. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD2 port of the SND board, or malfunction of the MD1, ME1 controller. 1. Check if film has dropped. 2. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 3. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/ motors. 4. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.

Conveyed film to the sub-scanning Sub-scanning unit jam unit by discharge remainder, but error did not detect SG1 CLOSE (film (Discharge remainder) leading edge detection).

The remainder is not discharged normally from the sub-scanning unit. Or malfunction of the SG1 sensor, or MD1, ME1 motors. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SG1 port of the SND board, or malfunction of the MD1, ME1 controller. 1. Check if film has dropped. 2. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 3. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/ motors. 4. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.

020-201-01(1)E

Error Code

1297

12B2

12B3

Detailed Information

2-A-4

2-A-4

2-A-4

Component

Error Message

FLH

A film jams in the subscanning unit.Please removing Film.

FLH

A film jams in the subscanning unit.Please removing Film.

FLH

A film jams in the subscanning unit.Please removing Film.

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MT-5

MT-6 LED Display

Error Name

Significance

Probable Cause and Remedy

229

Jam occurred during heat development conveyance. Open the front cover, and remove the jammed film. Conveyed film to the heat 1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and Heat development unit development unit, but did not detect perform mechanism adjustments. jam error SJ1 CLOSE (film leading edge SJ1, ME1, MG1 detection). 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/ motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.

230

The remainder is not discharged normally from the heat development unit. Or malfunction of the SG1 sensor, or ME1, MG1 motors. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SG1 port Conveyed film to the heat of the SND board, or malfunction of the ME1, Heat development unit development unit by discharge MG1 controller. jam error 1. Check if film has dropped. remainder, but did not detect SG1 (Discharge remainder) OPEN (film trailing edge detection). 2. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 3. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/ motors. 4. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.

231

The remainder is not discharged normally from the heat development unit. Or malfunction of the SJ1 sensor, or MG1 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SJ1 port of the SND board, or malfunction of the MG1 controller. 1. Check if film has dropped. 2. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 3. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/ motors. 4. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.

Conveyed film to the heat Heat development unit development unit by discharge jam error remainder, but did not detect (Discharge remainder) SJ1 CLOSE (film leading edge detection).

020-201-01(1)E

Error Code

1299

12B4

12B5

Detailed Information

2-A-4

2-A-4

2-A-4

Component

Error Message

FLH

A film jams in the heat development unit.Please removing Film.

FLH

A film jams in the heat development unit.Please removing Film.

FLH

A film jams in the heat development unit.Please removing Film.

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MT-6

MT-7 LED Display

232

233

234

Error Name

Film release unit jam error

Film release unit jam error

Film release unit jam error

020-201-01(1)E

Error Code

Detailed Information

Component

Error Message

Conveyed film to the film release unit, but did not detect SJ1 OPEN (film trailing edge detection).

Jam occurred during film release conveyance. Open the front cover, and remove the jammed film. 1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. SJ1, MG1 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/ motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.

12A0

2-A-4

FLH

A film jams in the film release unit.Please removing Film.

Conveyed film to the film release unit, but did not detect SJ2 CLOSE (film leading edge detection).

Jam occurred during film release conveyance. Open the front cover, and remove the jammed film. 1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. SJ2, MG1 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/ motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.

12A1

2-A-4

FLH

A film jams in the film release unit.Please removing Film.

Conveyed film to the film release unit, but did not detect SJ2 OPEN (film trailing edge detection).

Jam occurred during film release conveyance. Open the front cover, and remove the jammed film. 1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. SJ2, MG1 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/ motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.

12A2

2-A-4

FLH

A film jams in the film release unit.Please removing Film.

Significance

Probable Cause and Remedy

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MT-7

MT-8 LED Display

235

236

237

Error Code

Detailed Information

Component

Error Message

Conveyed film to the film release Film release unit jam unit by discharge remainder, but error did not detect SJ1 OPEN (film (Discharge remainder) trailing edge detection).

The remainder is not discharged normally from the film release unit. Or malfunction of the SJ1 sensor, or MG1 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SJ1 port of the SND board, or malfunction of the MG1 controller. 1. Check if film has dropped. 2. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 3. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/ motors. 4. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.

12B6

2-A-4

FLH

A film jams in the film release unit.Please removing Film.

Conveyed film to the film release Film release unit jam unit by discharge remainder, but error did not detect SJ2 CLOSE (film (Discharge remainder) leading edge detection).

The remainder is not discharged normally from the film release unit. Or malfunction of the SJ2 sensor, or MG1 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SJ2 port of the SND board, or malfunction of the MG1 controller. 1. Check if film has dropped. 2. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 3. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/ motors. 4. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.

12B7

2-A-4

FLH

310RU: IP TRAPPED INSIDE READER.

Conveyed film to the film release Film release unit jam unit by discharge remainder, but error did not detect SJ2 OPEN (film (Discharge remainder) trailing edge detection).

The remainder is not discharged normally from the film release unit. Or malfunction of the SJ2 sensor, or MG1 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SJ2 port of the SND board, or malfunction of the MG1 controller. 1. Check if film has dropped. 2. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 3. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/ motors. 4. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.

12B8

2-A-4

FLH

A film jams in the film release unit.Please removing Film.

Error Name

020-201-01(1)E

Significance

Probable Cause and Remedy

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MT-8

MT-9 LED Display

238

239

240

241

Probable Cause and Remedy

Error Code

Detailed Information

Component

Error Message

Conveyed film to the film release unit, but did not detect SJ1 OPEN (film trailing edge detection).

A jam occurred during discharge conveyance. Open the front cover and remove the jammed film. 1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. SJ1, MG1 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/ motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.

22D6

2-A-4

FLH

A film jams in the film release unit.Please removing Film.

Conveyed film to the film release unit, but did not detect SJ2 CLOSE (film leading edge detection).

A jam occurred during discharge conveyance. Open the front cover and remove the jammed film. 1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. SJ2, MG1 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/ motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.

22D7

2-A-4

FLH

A film jams in the film release unit.Please removing Film.

Film release unit exit jam error

Conveyed film to the film release unit, but did not detect SJ2 OPEN (film trailing edge detection).

A jam occurred during discharge conveyance. Open the front cover and remove the jammed film. 1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. SJ2, MG1 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/ motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.

22D8

2-A-4

FLH

A film jams in the film release unit.Please removing Film.

Conveyor unit jam error

Although film was conveyed to the recording unit, failed to detect SD2 CLOSE (film leading edge detection). (Currently retrying) Error occurred again due to motor stop. (Maybe already stopped)

Jam occurred during front conveyance. Open the right covers and remove the film. 1. Using the PC-Utility, perform sensor check, motor check, and mechanism adjustments. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/ motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace SND board.

22E0

2-A-4

FLH

A film jams in the conveyor unit.Please removing Film.

Error Name

Film release unit entrance jam error

Film release unit exit jam error

020-201-01(1)E

Significance

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MT-9

MT-10 LED Display

242

Error Name

Conveyor unit jam error

020-201-01(1)E

Significance Although film was conveyed to the recording unit, failed to detect SD2 CLOSE (film leading edge detection). (Retry-over) Error occurred again due to motor stop. (Maybe already stopped)

Probable Cause and Remedy Jam occurred during front conveyance. Open the right (upper and lower) covers and remove the film. 1. Using the PC-Utility, perform sensor check, motor check, and mechanism adjustments. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/ motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace SND board.

Error Code

Detailed Information

Component

12E1

2-A-4

FLH

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

Error Message

A film jams in the conveyor unit.Please removing Film.

MT-10

MT-11 LED Display

Significance

Remedy

Detailed Information

Error Code

Detailed Component Code

Error Message

Semaphore table initialization error

1. Install the software. 2. Check that the CF is set correctly. 3. Replace the CF.

None

000C

0001

StartUp

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

251

Message ID acquisition error

1. Install the software. 2. Check that the CF is set correctly. 3. Replace the CF.

None

000C

0002

StartUp

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

252

SND connection board disconnected

1. Install the software. 2. Check that the CF is set correctly. 3. Replace the CF.

None

000C

0003

StartUp

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

253

Driver error

1. Install the software. 2. Check that the CF is set correctly. 3. Replace the CF.

None

000C

0004

StartUp

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

254

Folder generation error from RAMDISK

1. Install the software. 2. Check that the CF is set correctly. 3. Replace the CF.

None

000C

0005

StartUp

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

File copy error to RAMDISK

1. Install the software. 2. Check that the CF is set correctly. 3. Replace the CF.

None

000C

0006

StartUp

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

ISC thread start error

1. Install the software. 2. Check that the CF is set correctly. 3. Replace the CF.

None

000C

0007

StartUp

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

DBG thread start error

1. Install the software. 2. Check that the CF is set correctly. 3. Replace the CF.

None

000C

0008

StartUp

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

258

MFC thread start error

1. Install the software. 2. Check that the CF is set correctly. 3. Replace the CF.

None

000C

0009

StartUp

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

259

Image processing memory initialization error

1. Install the software. 2. Check that the CF is set correctly. 3. Replace the CF.

None

000C

000A

StartUp

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

250

255 256 257

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MT-11

MT-12 LED Display

Significance

Remedy

Detailed Information

Error Code

Detailed Component Code

Error Message

PNL thread error

1. Install the software. 2. Check that the CF is set correctly. 3. Replace the CF.

None

000C

000B

StartUp

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

7-segment LED display error

1. Install the software. 2. Check that the CF is set correctly. 3. Replace the CF.

None

000C

000C

StartUp

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

Message error

1. Install the software. 2. Check that the CF is set correctly. 3. Replace the CF.

None

000C

000D

StartUp

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

Th2ONFLG deletion error

1. Install the software. 2. Check that the CF is set correctly. 3. Replace the CF.

None

200C

000E

StartUp

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

Unexpected message error

1. Install the software. 2. Check that the CF is set correctly. 3. Replace the CF.

None

000C

000F

StartUp

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

Install processing error

1. Install the software. 2. Check that the CF is set correctly. 3. Replace the CF.

None

000C

0010

StartUp

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

266

Disc flash error

1. Install the software. 2. Check that the CF is set correctly. 3. Replace the CF.

None

200C

0011

StartUp

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

267

Occurred inconsistency in the file system.

1. Install the software. 2. Check that the CF is set correctly. 3. Replace the CF.

None

000C

0012

StartUp

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

268

File open error during file open checking

1. Install the software. 2. Check that the CF is set correctly. 3. Replace the CF.

None

200C

0013

StartUp

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

Disc unmount error

1. Install the software. 2. Check that the CF is set correctly. 3. Replace the CF.

None

200C

0014

StartUp

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

260 261 262 263 264 265

269

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MT-12

MT-13 LED Display

Significance

Remedy

Detailed Information

Error Code

Detailed Component Code

Error Message

300

Failed in securing area for communication processing.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0001

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

301

Mounted memory does not satisfy operating conditions of the system.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0002

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

302

Invalid parameter was specified.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0003

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

303

Failed in DICOM control execution start request.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0004

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

304

Failed in communication end request to DICOM control.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0005

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

305

Failed in calling GUI method.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0006

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

306

Failed in JOB completion communication processing.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0007

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

307

Failed in calling the print request method.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0008

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

308

Failed in image initializing request.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0009

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

309

Failed in calling image processing request method.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

000A

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

310

Failed in re-reading instruction of density correction table.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

000B

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

311

Failed in calling JOB generation request (SMPTE/execution) method.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

000C

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

312

Failed in calling JOB generation request (scanner diagnosis) method.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

000D

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

313

Failed in calling JOB generation request (flat pattern) method.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008 8000E

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MT-13

020-201-01(1)E

MT-14 LED Display

Significance

Remedy

Detailed Information

Error Code

Detailed Component Code

Error Message

314

Failed in calling JOB generation request (cleaning) method.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

000F

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

315

Failed in calling JOB priority order change completion method.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0010

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

316

Failed in initializing output control unit.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0011

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

317

Failed in calling utility request method.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0012

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

318

Failed in calling energy-saving instruction method.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0013

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

319

Failed in calling print request method.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0014

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

320

Failed in calling transfer request method.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0015

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

321

Failed in calling output control end instruction method

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0016

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

322

Failed in calling removal permission Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the notification method. CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0017

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

323

Failed in calling end request method.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0018

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

324

Failed in calling PC-Utility method.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0019

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

325

Failed in calling image processing completion setting request method.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

001A

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

326

Failed in calling removal process JOB acquisition request method.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

001B

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

327

Failed in calling image processing JOB acquisition request method.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

001C

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MT-14

020-201-01(1)E

MT-15 LED Display

Significance

Remedy

Error Code

Detailed Component Code

328

Failed in calling RAW data transfer JOB acquisition request method.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

001D

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

329

Failed in calling tray information renewal notification method.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

001E

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

330

Failed in calling output processing completion notification method.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

001F

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

331

Failed in spooler control execution start request.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0020

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

332

Failed in spooler control transfer completion notification.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0021

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

333

Failed in calling JOB spool request method.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0022

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

334

Failed in calling unprocessed JOB recovery request method.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0023

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

335

Failed in calling JOB priority order change request method.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0024

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

336

Failed in calling deletion request method.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0025

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

337

Failed in calling initialization method Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the of output control. CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0026

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

338

Failed in calling Queue deletion request results notification method.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0027

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

339

Failed in calling JOB start notification method.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0028

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

340

Failed in calling preprint response notification method.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0029

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

341

Failed in calling printer information request response method.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

002A

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MT-15

020-201-01(1)E

Detailed Information

Error Message

MT-16 LED Display

Significance

Remedy

Detailed Information

Error Code

Detailed Component Code

Error Message

342

Failed in calling image reception completion notification method.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

002B

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

343

Failed in calling system information printing method.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

002C

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

344

Request in unexpected mode.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

002D

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

345

Failed in calling uniformity table rereading method.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

002E

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

346

Failed in calling printer image correction mode setting method.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

002F

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

347

Failed in calling tray state change notification method.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0030

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

348

Failed in calling delete all JOB request method.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0031

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

355

Failed in reprint verification request.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0038

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

356

Failed in reprint spool request.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0039

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

357

Failed in calling QC test pattern output method.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

003A

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

358

Failed in calling printer state change Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the notification method. CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

003B

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

369

Failed in calling system information acquisition method.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0046

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

370

Failed in copying file.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0047

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MT-16

020-201-01(1)E

MT-17 LED Display

Significance

Remedy

Detailed Information

Error Code

Detailed Component Code

Error Message

371

Failed in loading file.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0048

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

372

Failed in calling resistance correction reloading method.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0049

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

373

Failed in calling main scanning image position adjustment parameter table reloading method.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

004A

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

374

Failed in calling resistance correction reloading method

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

004B

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

375

Failed in calling setting method of the number of films remaining in tray.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

004C

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

376

Failed in loading setting file of the energy-saving.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

004D

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

377

Failed in calling direction method of the energy-saving.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

004E

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

378

Failed in calling transferring request Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the method of the energy-saving. CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

004F

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

379

Failed in calling recovering request method of the energy-saving.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0050

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

380

Failed in calling control notification method of the status lamp.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0051

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

383

Failed in renewing number of the accumulated used films.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0054

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

384

Failed in calling power off request method.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0055

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

385

Failed in copying installation data.

Recheck the software to be installed and replace the CF.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0056

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MT-17

020-201-01(1)E

MT-18 LED Display

Significance

Remedy

Detailed Information

Error Code

Detailed Component Code

Error Message

386

Failed in creating the version up direction file.

Recheck the software to be installed and replace the CF.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0057

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

387

Failed in creating the full installation Recheck the software to be installed and replace direction file. the CF.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0058

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

388

Failed in deleting log files.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0059

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

389

Failed in creating normal completed Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the flag file. CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

005A

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

390

Failed in starting up the Web task.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

005B

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

391

Notified unknown state.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

005C

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

392

Occurred inconsistency in the file system.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

005D

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

393

Did not end normally the last time.

Reboot the system and observe conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

005E

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

394

Failed in deleting pas log.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

005F

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

395

Failed in acquiring log acquisition mode.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0060

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

396

Failed in creating initialization skip flag file.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0061

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

397

Failed in calling display information update notification method.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0062

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

398

Failed in calling PNL/ART notification method.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0063

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

399

Failed in calling file transfer request method.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0064

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MT-18

020-201-01(1)E

MT-19 LED Display

Significance

Remedy

Detailed Information

Error Code

Detailed Component Code

Error Message

400

Failed in calling equipment termination notification request method.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0065

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

401

Failed in calling termination response method.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0066

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

402

Print stop notification method calling Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the error CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0067

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

403

Options.txt read error

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0068

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

404

Tray open request method calling error

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0069

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

405

Tray open response method calling error

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

006A

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

406

Alert open response method calling error

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

006B

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

407

JOB in time request method calling error

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

006C

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

408

Tray constant monitoring start instruction method calling error

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

006D

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

409

Failed in bc_sbc.txt file reading.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

006E

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

410

Failed in bc_sbc/txt file reading.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

006F

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

411

Failed in film_information.txt file reading.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0008

0070

Main

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

420

Failed in starting DICOM main thread.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

None

0001

0001

DICOM

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

421

Invalid Dicom.dat contents

Save equipment individual data (requires Dicom.dat analysis).

Tag number with error

0001

0002

DICOM

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MT-19

MT-20 LED Display

Significance

Remedy

Detailed Information

Error Code

Detailed Component Code

Error Message

Failed in starting DICOM communication main thread.

Save equipment individual data (requires Netinf.prm Port number analysis).

0001

0003

DICOM

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

Invalid Netinf.prm contents

1:No file Save equipment individual data (requires Netinf.prm 2:Non existing keyword analysis). 3:Non existing value

0001

0004

DICOM

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

424

Invalid UserImageNum.txt

Save equipment individual data (requires UserImageNum.txt).

1:No file 2:Non existing keyword 3:Non existing value

0001

0005

DICOM

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

425

Insufficient virtual memory

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

None

0001

FFFF

DICOM

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

430

Failed in creating thread. (Internal error)

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0002

0001

Spooler

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

431

Failed in sending messages. (Internal error)

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0002

0002

Spooler

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

432

Failed in securing memory. (Internal Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the error) CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0002

0003

Spooler

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

433

Failed in creating Print Job objects in recovering unprocessed JOBs.

Acquire error job information ( requires xxx.job/xxx. flm analysis).

Place of occurrence in source code

0002

0004

Spooler

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

434

Failed in reading PrintJob files.

Acquire error job information ( requires xxx.job/xxx. flm analysis).

Place of occurrence in source code

0002

0005

Spooler

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

435

Failed in acquiring PrintJob and FILM object data.

Acquire error job information ( requires xxx.job/xxx. flm analysis).

Place of occurrence in source code

0002

0007

Spooler

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

436

Failed in registering spooler queue.

Acquire error job information ( requires xxx.job/xxx. flm analysis).

Place of occurrence in source code

0002

0008

Spooler

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

437

Invalid film object, or insufficient data

Acquire error job information ( requires xxx.job/xxx. flm analysis).

Place of occurrence in source code

0002

0009

Spooler

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

438

Invalid status

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code, status

0002

000B

Spooler

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

422 423

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MT-20

MT-21 LED Display

Significance

Remedy

Detailed Information

Error Code

Detailed Component Code

Error Message

439

Failed in accessing PrintJob.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0002

000C

Spooler

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

440

Specified Film number is invalid.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0002

000D

Spooler

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

441

Could not find Print Job deleted when requesting queue deletion.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0002

000E

Spooler

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

442

Specified change priority level is invalid.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0002

0010

Spooler

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

443

Failed in setting PrintJob and FILM object data.

Acquire error job information ( requires xxx.job/xxx. flm analysis).

Place of occurrence in source code

0002

0011

Spooler

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

444

Failed in opening and creating files.

Save equipment individual data (requires log analysis).

Place of occurrence in source code, file name

2002

0012

Spooler

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

445

Requested print ID is illegal.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0002

0013

Spooler

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

446

Failed in moving file.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0002

0014

Spooler

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

447

Unexpected case occurred.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0002

0015

Spooler

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

450

Error occurred due to system call.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0003

0001

ImgPrc

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

451

Failed in acquiring memory.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0003

0002

ImgPrc

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

452

Failed in creating image processing objects.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0003

0003

ImgPrc

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

453

Data to be acquired was not found Save equipment individual data (requires imginf. Place of occurrence in in PrintJOB, FILM object, nor image prm analysis), acquire error job information (requires source code processing parameter. xxx.job/xxx.flm).

2003

0004

ImgPrc

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MT-21

MT-22 LED Display

Significance

Remedy

Detailed Information

Error Code

Detailed Component Code

Error Message

454

Failed in opening and creating files.

Save equipment individual data (requires imginf. Place of occurrence in prm analysis), acquire error job information (requires source code, file name xxx.job/xxx.flm).

455

Execution of image processing resulted in error.

Save equipment individual data (requires imginf. Place of occurrence in prm analysis), acquire error job information (requires source code xxx.job/xxx.flm).

2003

0006

ImgPrc

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

456

As the leading edge margin parameter is outside the range, use the default value.

Equipment individual data save (TOP_MARGIN.txt) analysis is required.

2003

0007

ImgPrc

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

457

Re-executed format calculation without annotation information

Save equipment individual data (requires imginf. Place of occurrence in prm analysis), acquire error job information (requires source code xxx.job/xxx.flm).

2003

0008

ImgPrc

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

460

Failed in starting output main thread.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

None

0004

1EB1

Output

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

461

Level 0 error occurred in formatter.

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

None

0004

1F7C

Output

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

462

Density correction calculation results are abnormal.

Save equipment individual data (requires log analysis), reboot system, and observe conditions.

None

0004

1F84

Output

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

463

Unable to continue operations due to internal error.

Save equipment individual data (requires log analysis), reboot system, and observe conditions.

Detailed information

0004

1F85

Output

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

470

Failed in creating thread (internal error).

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0007

0001

JobMake

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

471

Failed in sending message (internal error).

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code

0007

0002

JobMake

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

472

Failed in securing memory (internal error).

Re-install the software, replace the CD (remake the CF), repalce CPU/memory board.

Place of occurrence in source code, request size

0007

0003

JobMake

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

473

Failed in opening and creating files.

Save equipment individual data (requires log analysis), reboot system, and observe conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code, file name

0007

000A

JobMake

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

474

Invalid status

Save equipment individual data (requires log analysis), reboot system, and observe conditions.

Place of occurrence in source code, status

0007

000B

JobMake

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

020-201-01(1)E

Type, outside range value

2003

0005

ImgPrc

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MT-22

MT-23 LED Display

Significance

Remedy

Detailed Information

Error Code

Detailed Component Code

Error Message

Failed in FTP data transfer.

Check LAN cable and HUB connection, reboot the equipment, and observe conditions.

Name of file which failed transfer

200A

0001

PCUTL

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

481

FTP port does not open.

Check LAN cable and HUB connection, check the path and user of the FTP directory of the PC for servicing, and observe conditions.

None

200A

0002

PCUTL

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

482

Searched for corresponding file but did not exist.

Reinstall or add the corresponding file again.

Name of file which failed transfer

200A

0003

PCUTL

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

483

Failed in FTP data transfer.

Check LAN cable and HUB connection, reboot the equipment, and observe conditions.

Name of file which failed transfer

200D

0001

Satellite

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

484

FTP port does not open.

Check LAN cable and HUB connection, check the path and user of the FTP directory of the PC for servicing, and observe conditions.

None

200D

0002

Satellite

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

485

Searched for corresponding file but did not exist.

Reinstall or add the corresponding file again.

Name of file which failed transfer

200D

0003

Satellite

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

486

Failed in FTP data transfer.

Check LAN cable and HUB connection, reboot the equipment, and observe conditions.

Name of file which failed transfer

200B

0001

Installer

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

487

FTP port does not open.

Check LAN cable and HUB connection, check the path and user of the FTP directory of the PC for servicing, and observe conditions.

None

200B

0002

Installer

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

488

Searched for corresponding file but did not exist.

Reinstall or add the corresponding file again.

Name of file which failed transfer

200B

0003

Installer

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

480

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MT-23

MT-24 LED Display

Error Code

Detailed Information

Component

FLH-SS start timeout

Incorrect software installation error, malfunction of No response from FL-SS that it has the CPU board or CF. completed start even after a certain 1. Re-install the software. period of time. 2. Replace the CF. 3. Replace the CPU board.

0332

FFFF

MFC

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

SCN-SS start timeout

No response from SCN-SS that it has completed start even after a certain period of time.

Incorrect software installation error, malfunction of the CPU board or CF. 1. Re-install the software. 2. Replace the CF. 3. Replace the CPU board.

0335

FFFF

MFC

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

No response from DEV-SS that it has completed start even after a certain period of time.

Incorrect software installation error, malfunction of the CPU board or CF. 1. Re-install the software. 2. Replace the CF. 3. Replace the CPU board.

0339

FFFF

MFC

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

Failed in reading the heat development control parameter file when the system was started up.

Incorrect software installation error, malfunction of the CF. 1. Re-install the software. 2. Replace the CF. 3. Replace the CPU board.

0901

9-D

DEV

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

611

Failed in TMS driver (temperature TMS driver setup error measurement task) setup when system was started up.

Incorrect software installation error, malfunction of the CF or CAN communication error. 1. Re-install the software. 2. Replace the CF. 3. Replace the CAN cable.

0902

9-F

DEV

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

612

Heat development calculation parameter file reading error

Failed in reading the heat development control parameter file when the system was started up.

Incorrect software installation error, malfunction of the CF. 1. Re-install the software. 2. Replace the CF.

0903

9-D

DEV

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

613

Temperature conversion table file reading error

Failed in reading the temperature conversion table file when the system was started up.

Incorrect software installation error, malfunction of the CF. 1. Re-install the software. 2. Replace the CF.

0904

9-D

DEV

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MT-24

600

601

602

610

Error Name

DEV-SS start timeout

Heat development control parameter file reading error

020-201-01(1)E

Significance

Probable Cause and Remedy

Error Message

MT-25 LED Display

614

615

Probable Cause and Remedy

Error Code

Detailed Information

Component

Plate setup error

Failed in starting the plate control task when the system was started up.

Incorrect software installation error, malfunction of the CF. 1. Re-install the software. 2. Replace the CF.

0905

9-E

DEV

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

Fan setup error

Failed in starting the fan control task when the system was started up.

Incorrect software installation error, malfunction of the CF. 1. Re-install the software. 2. Replace the CF.

0906

9-E

DEV

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

0907

None

DEV

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

Error Name

Significance

Error Message

616

Power voltage setting file reading error

Failed in power voltage setting file reading when starting the system.

Incorrect software installation error, malfunction of the CF. 1. Re-install the software. 2. Replace the CF.

617

Sensitivity correction (SBC) file reading error

Failed in sensitivity correction (SBC) file reading when starting the system.

Incorrect software installation error, malfunction of the CF. 1. Re-install the software. 2. Replace the CF.

0908

None

DEV

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

618

Sensitivity correction (KBC) file reading error

Failed in sensitivity correction (KBC) file reading when starting the system.

Incorrect software installation error, malfunction of the CF. 1. Re-install the software. 2. Replace the CF.

0909

None

DEV

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

Equipment individual data file reading error

Failed in equipment individual data file reading when starting the system.

Incorrect software installation error, malfunction of the CF. 1. Re-install the software. 2. Replace the CF.

0910

None

DEV

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

Detected that the current temperature of a heater dropped below -20°C for three times continuously (detection interval: 600 ms), and deter

Disconnection of the I/F cable between the SND board and thermistor, or malfunction of the thermistor or thermistor port of the SND board, or disconnection of the CAN cable. 1. Check that the thermistor connector, I/F cable to the thermistor, and connector of the SND board are set correctly. 2. Replace the thermistor. 3. Replace the SND board. 4. Replace the cable between the thermistor and SND board. 5. Replace the CAN cable.

0911

9-B

DEV

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MT-25

619

620

Plate thermistor disconnection error

020-201-01(1)E

MT-26 LED Display

621

Error Name

Initialization time timeout

Significance

Probable Cause and Remedy

The plate temperature is abnormal. Malfunction of the temperature detection thermistor, disconnection of the heater or I/F cable between the heater and SND board, reset of heater by the thermal protector, or malfunction of the heater port. 1. Check that the heater connector, I/F cable to the heater, and connector of the SND board are set correctly, and check that the thermal protector reset has been cleared. The temperature of all plates 2. Check the operations of each heater using the did not become the appropriate PC-Utility. Check the peripheral temperature of each temperature (within target heater with the hand. temperature ±1°C) even after the If hot, the heater is OK. specified time from the start of The thermistor/CAN/SND board may be faulty. initialization. Proceed to step 5. If not hot, the heater/CAN/SND board may be Note: faulty. Proceed to step 4. 1. Generally, as the low 3. Check the operations of the heat development temperature error (2911) and unit fan using the PC-Utility. heater disconnection error The FAN is OK if operations are normal. (0961), etc. occur before this The film cooling section and recording section error, the rate of occurrence of thermistors/CAN/SND board may be faulty. this error is low. Proceed to step 5. 2. The target temperature (approx. If operations are abnormal, the connector or 90°C to 130°C) varies according fan is defective. to internal conditions. Replace the connector and heat development unit fan. <Specified time> 4. Replace the heater. 5. Replace the PRN board. 100 V model: 30 minutes 7. Replace the thermistor. 200 V model: 25 minutes 6. Replace the SND board. 8. Replace the cooling section thermistor. 9. Replace the I/F cable between the heater and SND board. 10. Replace the CAN cable.

Error Code

Detailed Information

Component

0920

9-F

DEV

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MT-26

Error Message

Incorrect software installation error, malfunction of the CF. 1. Re-install the software. 2. Replace the CF. 020-201-01(1)E

MT-27 LED Display

622

Error Name

Overheat 2 error

Significance

Detected that the current temperature of a heater exceeded 138°C for three times continuously (detection interval: 600ms).

Probable Cause and Remedy The plate temperature is high. Malfunction of the CF, temperature detection thermistor, heat development unit fan, heater, or heater port. 1. Check if the CF is controlled properly according to the state LEDs, etc. (hang up, bus error, etc.). 2. Check that the heater connector, I/F cable to the heater, and connector of the SND board are set correctly. 3. Check the operations of the heat development unit fan using the PC-Utility. The FAN is OK if operations are normal. The heater/thermistor/SND board may be faulty. Proceed to step 4. If operations are abnormal, the connector or fan is defective. Replace the connector and heat development unit fan. 4. Check the operations of each heater using the PC-Utility. Check the peripheral temperature of each heater with the hand. If not hot, the heater is OK. The thermistor/SND board may be faulty. Proceed to step 7. If hot, the heater/CF/SND board may be faulty. Proceed to step 5. 5. Replace the heater. 6. Replace the CF. 7. Replace the thermistor. 8. Replace the SND board. 9. Replace the recording section thermistor. 10. Replace the I/F cable between the heater and SND board.

Error Code

Detailed Information

Component

0951

9-A

DEV

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MT-27

Error Message

Incorrect software installation error, malfunction of the CF. 1. Re-install the software. 2. Replace the CF.

020-201-01(1)E

MT-28 LED Display

623

Error Name

Heater disconnection error

Significance

Probable Cause and Remedy

The plate temperature is low. Disconnection of the heater, malfunction of the temperature detection thermistor, disconnection of the heater or I/F cables between the heater and SND board, reset of heater by the thermal protector, or malfunction of the heater port. 1. Check that the heater connector, I/F cable to The temperature of a heater the heater, and connector of the SND board remained lower than the target are set correctly, and check that the thermal temperature even after the specified protector reset has been cleared. time from the start of temperature 2. Check the operations of each heater using the control (detection interval: 600ms, PC-Utility. measured 2000 times continuously) Check the peripheral temperature of each and did not become the appropriate heater with the hand. temperature. If hot, the heater is OK. The thermistor/CF/SND board may be faulty. Note: Proceed to step 4. 1. The target temperature (approx. If not hot, the heater/CF/SND board may be 90 °C to 130 °C) varies according faulty. Proceed to step 3. to internal conditions. 3. Replace the heater. 4. Replace the CF. <Specified time> 5. Replace the thermistor. 100 V model: 20 minutes 6. Replace the SND board. 200 V model: 15 minutes 7. Replace the I/F cable between the heater and SND board.

Error Code

Detailed Information

Component

0961

9-A

DEV

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

09A0

9-H

DEV

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MT-28

Error Message

Incorrect software installation error, malfunction of the CF. 1. Re-install the software. 2. Replace the CF.

624

Heat development control parameter value error

020-201-01(1)E

Incorrect software installation error, malfunction of Abnormal heat development control the CF. parameter was detected when the 1. Re-install the software. system was started up. 2. Replace the CF.

MT-29 LED Display

625

Error Name

Cold start timeout error

Significance

Probable Cause and Remedy

The average rising temperature of the plate remained less than 10 °C even after 5 minutes from system start-up.

Abnormal rise in the plate temperature. Connector malfunction, temperature detection thermistor malfunction, disconnection of the I/F cable between heaters or between the heater and SND board, heater reset by the thermal protector, or malfunction of the heater port. 1. Check that the heater connector, I/F cable to the heater, and connector of the SND board are correctly set, and the thermal protector reset is cleared. 2. Check the operations of each heater using the PC-Utility. Check the peripheral temperature of the each heater with the hand. If hot, the heater is OK. The thermistor/CF/SND board may be faulty. Proceed to step 4. If not hot, the heater/CF/SND board may be faulty. Proceed to 3. 3. Replace the heater. 4. Replace the CF. 5. Replace the thermistor. 6. Replace the SND board. 7. Replace the I/F cable between the heater and SND board.

Note: Error which occurs when heater control fails due to electric malfunctions.

Error Code

Detailed Information

Component

09B0

9-F

DEV

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MT-29

Error Message

Incorrect software installation error, malfunction of the CF. 1. Re-install the software. 2. Replace the CF.

020-201-01(1)E

MT-30 LED Display

626

Error Name

Temperature measurement error

Significance

At system start, the initial measured value (average of four) of the temperature of a heater was outside the -15°C to 150°C range approximately 5 seconds after the setup of the TMS driver

Probable Cause and Remedy The plate temperature measurement is abnormal. Malfunction of plate temperature detection thermistor, disconnection of the I/F cable between the thermistor and SND board. 1. Check that the connectors of the thermistor and SND board are set properly. 2. Check the temperature of each thermistor using the PC-Utility. Check the temperature of each thermistor visually. Check if the temperature is a feasible value (about 0°C to 130°C). The thermistor/SND may be faulty. Proceed to step 3. 3. Replace the thermistor. 4. Replace the SND board. 5. Replace the I/F cable between the thermistor and SND board.

Error Code

Detailed Information

Component

2907

9-A

DEV

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MT-30

Error Message

Incorrect software installation error, malfunction of the CF. 1. Re-install the software. 2. Replace the CF.

020-201-01(1)E

MT-31 LED Display

627

Error Name

Low temperature error

Significance

The temperature of a heater remained lower than the target temperature even after the specified time from the start of temperature control (detection interval: 600ms, measured 1000 times continuously) and did not become the appropriate temperature. Note: 1. The target temperature (approx. 90°C to 130°C) varies according to internal conditions. <Specified time> 100 V model: 15 minutes 200 V model: 10 minutes

Probable Cause and Remedy The plate temperature is low. Disconnection of the heater, malfunction of the temperature detection thermistor, disconnection of the heater or I/F cable between the heater and SND board, reset of heater by the thermal protector, or malfunction of the heater port. 1. Check that the heater connector, I/F cable to the heater, and connectors of the SND board are set correctly, and check that the thermal protector reset has been cleared. 2. Check the operations of each heater using the PC-Utility. Check the peripheral temperature of each heater with the hand. If hot, the heater is OK. The thermistor/CF/SND board may be faulty. Proceed to step 4. If not hot, the heater/CF/SND board may be faulty. Proceed to step 3. 3. Replace the heater. 4. Replace the CF. 5. Replace the thermistor. 6. Replace the SND board. 7. Replace the I/F cable between the heater and SND.

Error Code

Detailed Information

Component

2911

9-A

DEV

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MT-31

Error Message

Incorrect software installation error, malfunction of the CF. 1. Re-install the software. 2. Replace the CF.

020-201-01(1)E

MT-32 LED Display

628

629

Error Name

Film cooling section thermistor disconnection error

Recording section thermistor disconnection error

020-201-01(1)E

Significance

Probable Cause and Remedy

Error Code

Detailed Information

Component

The film cooling section thermistor has disconnected (Detected temperature dropped below -20°C.).

Disconnection of the I/F cable between the SND board and thermistor, or malfunction of the thermistor or thermistor port of the SND board. 1. Check that the thermistor connector, I/F cable to the thermistor, and connector of the SND board are set correctly. 2. Replace the thermistor. 3. Replace the SND board. 4. Replace the cable between the thermistor and SND board.

2918

9-C

DEV

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

The recording section thermistor has disconnected (Detected temperature dropped below -20°C.).

Disconnection of the I/F cable between the SND board and thermistor, or malfunction of the thermistor or thermistor port of the SND board. 1. Check that the thermistor connector, I/F cable to the thermistor, and connector of the SND board are set correctly. 2. Replace the thermistor. 3. Replace the SND board. 4. Replace the cable between the thermistor and SND board.

2919

9-C

DEV

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MT-32

Error Message

MT-33 LED Display

630

Error Name

Temperature control abnormally low error

Significance

Probable Cause and Remedy

Disconnection of the heater, malfunction of the temperature detection thermistor, disconnection of the heater or I/F cable between the heater and SND board, reset of heater by the thermal protector, or malfunction of the heater port. 1. Check that the heater connector, I/F cable to the heater, and connectors of the SND board are set correctly, and check that the thermal During temperature control, the protector reset has been cleared. temperature of a heater dropped 2. Check the operations of each heater using the below the appropriate temperature PC-Utility. range (within target temperature Check the peripheral temperature of each ±1°C), and did not return to the heater with the hand. appropriate temperature even If hot, the heater is OK. after 5 minutes (detection interval The thermistor/CF/SND board may be faulty. 600ms, measured 500 times Proceed to step 4. continuously). If not hot, the heater/CF/SND board may be faulty. Proceed to step 3. Note: 3. Replace the heater. 1. The target temperature (approx. 4. Replace the CF. 90°C to 130°C) varies according 5. Replace the thermistor. to internal conditions. 6. Replace the SND board. 7. Replace the I/F cable between the heater and SND.

Error Code

Detailed Information

Component

2921

9-A

DEV

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MT-33

Error Message

Incorrect software installation error, malfunction of the CF. 1. Re-install the software. 2. Replace the CF.

020-201-01(1)E

MT-34 LED Display

Error Name

Significance

The temperature of all plates did not become the appropriate temperature (within target temperature ±1°C) even after 20 minutes from the start of initialization.

631

Temperature control timeout

Note: 1. Generally, as the temperature control abnormally low error (2921) and heater disconnection error (0961), etc. occur before this error, the rate of occurrence of this error is low. 2. The target temperature (approx. 90°C to 130°C) varies according to internal conditions.

Probable Cause and Remedy The plate temperature is abnormal. Disconnection of the plate temperature detection thermistor, disconnection of the heater or I/F cable between the heater and SND board, reset of heater by the thermal protector, or malfunction of the heater port. 1. Check that the heater connector, I/F cable to the heater, and connectors of the SND board are set correctly, and check that the thermal protector reset has been cleared. 2. Check the operations of each heater using the PC-Utility. Check the peripheral temperature of each heater with the hand. If hot, the heater is OK. The thermistor/CF/SND board may be faulty. Proceed to step 5. If not hot, the heater/CF/SND board may be faulty. Proceed to step 4. 3. Check the operations of the heat development unit fan using the PC-Utility. The FAN is OK if operations are normal. The film cooling section and recording section thermistor/CF/SND board may be faulty. Proceed to step 5. If operations are abnormal, the connector or fan is defective. Replace the connector and heat development unit fan. 4. Replace the heater. 5. Replace the CF. 6. Replace the thermistor. 7. Replace the SND board. 8. Replace the film cooling section thermistor. 9. Replace the I/F cable between the heater and SND board.

Error Code

Detailed Information

Component

2930

9-F

DEV

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MT-34

Error Message

Incorrect software installation error, malfunction of the CF. 1. Re-install the software. 2. Replace the CF.

020-201-01(1)E

MT-35 LED Display

632

Error Name

Temperature abnormally high error

020-201-01(1)E

Significance

Probable Cause and Remedy

The plate temperature is high. Malfunction of the CF, heat development unit fan, temperature detection thermistor, heater, or heater port. 1. Check that the heater connector, I/F cable to the heater, and connector of the SND board are set correctly. 2. Check the operations of the heat development unit fan using the PC-Utility. The FAN is OK if operations are normal. The heater/thermistor/SND board may be During temperature control, the faulty. Proceed to step 3. temperature of a heater exceeded If operations are abnormal, the connector or the appropriate temperature fan is defective. range (within target temperature Replace the connector and heat development ±1°C), and did not return to the unit fan. appropriate temperature even 3. Check the operations of each heater using the after 5 minutes (detection interval PC-Utility. 600ms, measured 500 times Check the peripheral temperature of each continuously). heater with the hand. If not hot, the heater is OK. Note: The thermistor/SND board may be faulty. 1. The target temperature (approx. Proceed to step 6. 90°C to 130°C) varies according If hot, the heater/CF/SND board may be faulty. to internal conditions. Proceed to step 4. 4. Replace the heater. 5. Replace the CF. 6. Replace the thermistor. 7. Replace the SND board. 8. Replace the recording section thermistor. 9. Replace the I/F cable between the heater SND board. Incorrect software installation error, malfunction of the CF. 1. Re-install the software. 2. Replace the CF.

Error Code

Detailed Information

Component

2931

9-A

DEV

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MT-35

Error Message

MT-36 LED Display

633

Error Name

Temperature control abnormally high 2 error

Significance

During temperature control, the temperature of a heater exceeded the appropriate temperature range (within target temperature ±1°C), and did not return to the appropriate temperature even after 10 minutes (detection interval 600ms, measured 1000 times continuously).

Probable Cause and Remedy The plate temperature is high. Malfunction of the CF, heat development unit fan, temperature detection thermistor, heater, or heater port. 1. Check that the heater connector, I/F cable to the heater, and connector of the SND board are set correctly. 2. Check the operations of the heat development unit fan using the PC-Utility. The FAN is OK if operations are normal. The heater/thermistor/SND board may be faulty. Proceed to step 3. If operations are abnormal, the connector or fan is defective. Replace the connector and heat development unit fan. 3. Check the operations of each heater using the PC-Utility. Check the peripheral temperature of each heater with the hand. If not hot, the heater is OK. The thermistor/SND board may be faulty. Proceed to step 6. If hot, the heater/CF/SND board may be faulty. Proceed to step 4. 4. Replace the heater. 5. Replace the CF. 6. Replace the thermistor. 7. Replace the SND board. 8. Replace the recording section thermistor. 9. Replace the I/F cable between the heater SND board.

Error Code

Detailed Information

Component

2932

9-A

DEV

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MT-36

Error Message

Incorrect software installation error, malfunction of the CF. 1. Re-install the software. 2. Replace the CF.

020-201-01(1)E

MT-37 LED Display

634

Error Name

Overheat 1 error

Significance

Probable Cause and Remedy

The plate temperature is high. Malfunction of the CF, heat development unit fan, temperature detection thermistor, heater, or heater port. 1. Check that the heater connector, I/F cable to the heater, and connector of the SND board are set correctly. 2. Check the operations of the heat development unit fan using the PC-Utility. The FAN is OK if operations are normal. The heater/thermistor/SND board may be faulty. Proceed to step 3. The temperature of a heater If operations are abnormal, the connector or remained higher than the target fan is defective. temperature even after 5 minutes Replace the connector and heat development from the start of temperature unit fan. control (detection interval: 600ms, 3. Check the operations of each heater using the measured 500 times continuously) PC-Utility. and did not become the appropriate Check the peripheral temperature of each temperature. heater with the hand. If not hot, the heater is OK. Note: The thermistor/SND board may be faulty. 1. The target temperature (approx. Proceed to step 6. 90°C to 130°C) varies according If hot, the heater/CF/SND board may be faulty. to internal conditions. Proceed to step 4. 4. Replace the heater. 5. Replace the CF. 6. Replace the thermistor. 7. Replace the SND board. 8. Replace the recording section thermistor. 9. Replace the I/F cable between the heater SND board.

Error Code

Detailed Information

Component

2941

9-A

DEV

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MT-37

Error Message

Incorrect software installation error, malfunction of the CF. 1. Re-install the software. 2. Replace the CF.

020-201-01(1)E

MT-38 LED Display

635

Error Name

Overheat 1-2 error

Significance

Probable Cause and Remedy

The temperature of a heater remained higher than the target temperature even after 10 minutes from the start of temperature control (detection interval: 600ms, measured 1000 times continuously) and did not become the appropriate temperature.

The plate temperature is high. Malfunction of the CF, heat development unit fan, temperature detection thermistor, heater, or heater port. 1. Check that the heater connector, I/F cable to the heater, and connector of the SND board are set correctly. 2. Check the operations of the heat development unit fan using the PC-Utility. The FAN is OK if operations are normal. The heater/thermistor/SND board may be faulty. Proceed to step 3. If operations are abnormal, the connector or fan is defective. Replace the connector and heat development unit fan. 3. Check the operations of each heater using the PC-Utility. Check the peripheral temperature of each heater with the hand. If not hot, the heater is OK. The thermistor/SND board may be faulty. Proceed to step 6. If hot, the heater/CF/SND board may be faulty. Proceed to step 4. 4. Replace the heater. 5. Replace the CF. 6. Replace the thermistor. 7. Replace the SND board. 8. Replace the recording section thermistor. 9. Replace the I/F cable between the heater SND board.

Note: 1. The target temperature (approx. 90°C to 130°C) varies according to internal conditions.

Error Code

Detailed Information

Component

2942

9-A

DEV

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MT-38

Error Message

Incorrect software installation error, malfunction of the CF. 1. Re-install the software. 2. Replace the CF.

020-201-01(1)E

MT-39 LED Display

636

Error Name

Temperature measurement noise (Level 2)

Significance

Difference between two continuous temperature measurements (detection interval: 600 ms) > 2°C

Probable Cause and Remedy The plate temperature measurement is abnormal. Malfunction of the plate temperature detection thermistor, disconnection of the I/F cable with the SND board. 1. Check that the connectors of the thermistor and SND board are set properly, and if the AD converter for temperature measurement is affected by unidentifiable noise. 2. Check the temperature of each thermistor using the PC-Utility. Check the temperature of each thermistor visually. Check that the measured value becomes the feasible value (about 0°C to 130°C) and if there is a difference of 2°C within one second. The thermistor/SND may be faulty. Proceed to step 3. 3. Replace the thermistor. 4. Replace the SND board. 5. Replace the I/F cable between the thermistor and SND board.

Error Code

Detailed Information

Component

2971

9-A

DEV

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MT-39

Error Message

Incorrect software installation error, malfunction of the CF. 1. Re-install the software. 2. Replace the CF.

020-201-01(1)E

MT-40 LED Display

637

Error Name

Heat development control parameter value error

Significance

Probable Cause and Remedy

The target temperature is abnormal or the film compensation information parameter is abnormal, or malfunction of the barcode reader. 1. If the target temperature is abnormal, set the target temperature using the PC-Utility again. The target temperature (individual 2. If the film compensation information parameter data) or film compensation (SBC) is abnormal, enter the correct barcode. information value obtained from the 3. If the barcode reader has malfunctioned, barcode are abnormal. replace the barcode reader.

Error Code

Detailed Information

Component

29A0

9-H

DEV

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

2991

9-D

DEV

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

2992

None

DEV

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

09FD

Upper 2 bytes: Fixed Lower 2 bytes: Returned value from motor reset API.

DEV

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MT-40

Error Message

Incorrect software installation error, malfunction of the CF. 1. Re-install the software. 2. Replace the CF. Failed in creating data file when acquiring temperature data.

638

Temperature data writing error

639

Density drop prevention file writing error

640

CAN related error

020-201-01(1)E

Incorrect software installation error, malfunction of Note: the CF. As “Acquiring temperature data” is 1. Re-install the software. a function for design and evaluation 2. Replace the CF. (PC-Utility only), this error does not occur in actual user operations. Failed in creating density drop prevention file when initialization completed.

Automatic notification of temperature from SND board stopped.

Incorrect software installation error, malfunction of the CF. 1. Re-install the software. 2. Replace the CF.

Board malfunction/CAN communication error 1. Check the CAN cable. 2. Replace the CPU board/SND board.

MT-41 LED Display

641

642

643

Error Code

Detailed Information

Component

Software logic error

Incorrect software installation error, malfunction of the CF. Failed in software control sequence 1. Re-install the software. 2. Replace the CF.

09FE

None

DEV

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

Software logic error

Incorrect software installation error, malfunction of the CF. Failed in software control sequence 1. Re-install the software. 2. Replace the CF.

29FE

None

DEV

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

09FF

Upper two bytes: Processing Lower two bytes: Return value from API

DEN

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

29FF

Upper two bytes: Processing Lower two bytes: Return value from API

DEN

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

Error Name

Significance

API/driver related error Return value from API is error.

Probable Cause and Remedy

Board malfunction/CAN communication error 1. Check the CAN cable. 2. Replace the CPU board/SND board.

Error Message

644

API/driver related error Return value from API is error.

Board malfunction/CAN communication error 1. Check the CAN cable. 2. Replace the CPU board/SND board.

645

Density measurement control parameter file read error

Failed in reading density measurement control parameter files at system start.

Incorrect software installation error, malfunction of the CF. 1. Re-install the software. 2. Replace the CF.

0401

None

DEN

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

Density measurement sequence error

Incorrect software installation error, malfunction of Failed in software control sequence the CF. 1. Re-install the software. during density measurement. 2. Replace the CF.

2402

None

DEN

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MT-41

646

020-201-01(1)E

MT-42 LED Display

647

648 649

650

Error Name

Density measurement data error

Density measurement data write error

No density measurement data

Density measurement staring point detection error

Significance

The density value measured by the density measurement section is abnormal.

Probable Cause and Remedy The density value measured by the density measurement section is abnormal. 1. Check if the density measurement sections such as density measurement LED, LED board, PDD board, connectors between boards, density measurement sensor power fuse, etc. are normal. 2. Check if the film sensitivity is normal.

Error Code

Detailed Information

Component

2403

None

DEN

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

Error Message

Incorrect software installation or malfunction of the SND board or CF. 3. Re-install the software. 4. Replace the LED board, PDD board, and SND board. 5. Replace the CF.

Failed in creating files when writing density measurement AD data.

Incorrect software installation error, malfunction of the CF. 1. Re-install the software. 2. Replace the CF.

2404

4-A

DEN

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

No density measurement AD data in the DRAM of the PRT.

No density measurement data as density measurement was not performed. After performing density measurement, acquire AD data.

2405

None

DEN

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

2406

None

DEN

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MT-42

1. Check if the density pattern of the film is normal. 2. Check if the film conveyance position and speed are correct. Failed to detect starting point of the density pattern from the number of Incorrect software installation or malfunction of the effective AD data measured by the SND board or CF. density measurement section. 3. Re-install the software. 4. Replace the LED board, PDD board, and SND board. 5. Replace the CF.

020-201-01(1)E

MT-43 LED Display

651

Error Name

Density measurement ending point detection error

Significance

Probable Cause and Remedy

Error Code

Detailed Information

Component

2407

None

DEN

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

2408

4-B

DEN

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

04FF

Upper two bytes: Processing Lower two bytes: Return value from API

DEN

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MT-43

Error Message

1. Check if the density pattern of the film is normal. 2. Check if the film conveyance position and speed are correct.

Failed to detect the ending point of the density pattern from the number Incorrect software installation or malfunction of the of effective AD data measured by SND board or CF. the density measurement section. 3. Re-install the software. 4. Replace the LED board, PDD board, and SND board. 5. Replace the CF. The number of effective AD data measured by the density measurement section is less than the minimum number of effective data (Note). 1. Check if the density of the film is normal. 2. Check if the film conveyance position and speed are correct.

652

Insufficient number of effective density measurement data

Incorrect software installation or malfunction of the The number of effective density SND board or CF. measurement data measured by 3. Re-install the software. the density measurement section is 4. Replace the LED board, PDD board, and SND insufficient. board. 5. Replace the CF. Note: The number of effective data is 90% of the number of data logically measured. The number of effective data required for 24-steps pattern is above 3105, that for 17-steps pattern is above 2300, and that for QC pattern is above 864.

653

API/driver related error Return value from API is error.

020-201-01(1)E

Board malfunction/CAN communication error 1. Check the CAN cable. 2. Replace the CPU board/SND board.

MT-44 LED Display

Error Code

Detailed Information

Component

24FF

Upper two bytes: Processing Lower two bytes: Return value from API

DEN

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

Incorrect software installation error, malfunction of Failed in reading the polygon control the CF. parameter file during system start. 1. Re-install the software. 2. Replace the CF.

0502

FFFF

POL

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

Detected polygon rotation error for three times continuously during scanner initialization diagnosis.

Malfunction of the scanner unit, PRN board, or LDD board Perform re-diagnosis in scanner check of the PCUtility, and if errors are detected, perform the following. 1. Check and replace the wiring connector between the scanner unit, LDD board, etc. and PRN board. 2. Replace the scanner unit. 3. Replace the PRN board. 4. Replace the LDD board.

0510

FFFF

POL

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

Polygon error (WARNING)

Detected polygon rotation error during scanner initialization diagnosis.

Malfunction of the scanner unit, PRN board, or LDD board Perform re-diagnosis in scanner check of the PCUtility, and if errors are detected, perform the following. 1. Check and replace the wiring connector between the scanner unit, LDD board, etc. and PRN board. 2. Replace the scanner unit. 3. Replace the PRN board. 4. Replace the LDD board.

2510

Number of diagnosis

POL

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

Parameter file reading failure

Incorrect software installation error, malfunction of Failed in reading the film edge the CF. sensor control parameter file during 1. Re-install the software. system startup. 2. Replace the CF.

0810

FFFF

ESN

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MT-44

Error Name

Significance

654

API/driver related error Return value from API is error.

655

Polygon control parameter file read error

656

657

660

Polygon error (FATAL)

020-201-01(1)E

Probable Cause and Remedy

Board malfunction/CAN communication error 1. Check the CAN cable. 2. Replace the CPU board/SND board.

Error Message

MT-45 LED Display

661

662

663

664

665

666

Significance

Probable Cause and Remedy

Error Code

Detailed Information

Component

Edge sensor average value data error

The average value read by the film edge sensor is abnormal (outside range).

Film is not conveyed to the correct position, malfunction of the film edge sensor LED, malfunction of the film edge sensor, malfunction of the SND board. 1. Check the film edge sensor by sensor monitoring. 2. Replace the film edge sensor if operations are unstable in the above. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board. 4. If the problem still persists, check the mechanism if film conveyance is carried out properly.

2811

8-B

ESN

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

No acquired data

No data or cannot create file when acquiring film edge sensor related data files.

Data file cannot be created because printing was not carried out once or there is no data acquired from the film edge sensor. After printing, acquire the file.

2812

8-C

ESN

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

Data write failure

Failed in data write when creating film edge sensor related data file.

Incorrect software installation error, malfunction of the CF. 1. Re-install the software. 2. Replace the CF.

2813

FFFF

ESN

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

PLL initial value illegal data acquisition

Value of the PLL initial value data received from the SCN unit during system start was 0.

Incorrect software installation error, malfunction of the CF. 1. Re-install the software. 2. Replace the CF.

2814

0

ESN

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

PLL current value illegal data acquisition

Value of the PLL current value data received from the SCN unit during system start was 0.

Incorrect software installation error, malfunction of the CF. 1. Re-install the software. 2. Replace the CF.

2815

0

ESN

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

File open failure

Failed in opening the file when creating film edge sensor related data file.

Incorrect software installation error, malfunction of the CF. 1. Re-install the software. 2. Replace the CF.

2816

FFFF

ESN

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MT-45

Error Name

020-201-01(1)E

Error Message

MT-46 LED Display

667

668

680

681

Probable Cause and Remedy

Error Code

Detailed Information

Component

The film edge sensor read value (data) was abnormal (outside range).

Film is not conveyed to the correct position, malfunction of the film edge sensor LED, malfunction of the film edge sensor, malfunction of the SND board. 1. Check the film edge sensor by sensor monitoring. 2. If operations are still unstable after the above, replace the film edge sensor. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board. 4. If the problem still persists, check the mechanism if film conveyance is carried out properly.

2819

8-B

ESN

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

Film edge sensor acquisition value data error (Pre-reading home position check)

Value was abnormal (outside range) in the home position check before film edge sensor data reading.

Film edge sensor has not returned to home position. Or malfunction of film edge sensor LED, film edge sensor, SND board. 1. Check the film edge sensor by sensor monitoring. 2. If operations are still unstable after the above, replace the film edge sensor. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.

2820

8-B

ESN

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

Scanner control system file error

Scanner control system related external file access error • File read error • File write error • File conversion error • File line specification error • File column specification error

Incorrect software installation error, malfunction of the CF. 1. Re-install the software. 2. Replace the CF.

0501

FFFF

SCN

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

Scanner control driver setup error

Incorrect software installation error, malfunction of Failed in scanner control driver the CF. setup when system was started up. 1. Re-install the software. 2. Replace the CF.

0504

FFFF

SCN

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MT-46

Error Name

Film edge sensor acquired value data error

020-201-01(1)E

Significance

Error Message

MT-47 LED Display

682

683

684

685

686

Probable Cause and Remedy

Error Code

Detailed Information

Component

Detected frame memory error during memory diagnosis.

Incorrect software installation error, malfunction of the PRN board. 1. Re-install the software. 2. Replace the PRN board.

0505

FFFF

SCN

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

Detected line memory error during memory diagnosis.

Incorrect software installation error, malfunction of the PRN board. 1. Re-install the software. 2. Replace the PRN board.

0506

FFFF

SCN

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

Detected LD error for three times continuously during scanner initialization diagnosis.

Malfunction of the scanner unit or PRN board. Perform re-diagnosis in scanner check of the PCUtility, and if errors are detected, perform the following. 1. Check and replace the wiring connector between the scanner unit and PRN board. 2. Replace the scanner unit. 3. Replace the PRN board.

0512

FFFF

SCN

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

Detected starting point detection starting point detection error for three times continuously error during scanner initialization diagnosis.

Malfunction of the scanner unit or PRN board. Perform re-diagnosis in scanner check of the PCUtility, and if errors are detected, perform the following. 1. Check and replace the wiring connector between the scanner unit and PRN board. 2. Replace the scanner unit. 3. Replace the PRN board.

0513

FFFF

SCN

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

Detected leading edge detection error for three times continuously during scanner initialization diagnosis.

Malfunction of the scanner unit or PRN board. Perform re-diagnosis in scanner check of the PCUtility, and if errors are detected, perform the following. 1. Check and replace the wiring connector between the scanner unit and PRN board. 2. Replace the scanner unit. 3. Replace the PRN board.

0514

FFFF

SCN

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MT-47

Error Name

Frame memory error

Line memory error

LD error

Leading edge detection error

020-201-01(1)E

Significance

Error Message

MT-48 LED Display

687

Error Name

Leading edge detection timeout

Significance

Failed in detecting film leading edge during recording.

Probable Cause and Remedy Jam occurred during recording conveyance. Open the upper front cover, and remove the jammed film. 1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. SD2, MD1, ME1 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/ motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.

Error Code

Detailed Information

Component

0515

FFFF

SCN

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

0516

FFFF

SCN

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MT-48

Error Message

Malfunction of the scanner unit or PRN board. Perform re-diagnosis in scanner check of the PCUtility, and if errors are detected, perform the following. 1. Check and replace the wiring connector between the scanner unit and PRN board. 2. Replace the scanner unit. 3. Replace the PRN board.

688

Image recording completion timeout

Failed in detecting image recording completion during recording.

Jam occurred during recording conveyance. Open the upper front cover, and remove the jammed film. 1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. SD2, MD1, ME1 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/ motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board. Malfunction of the scanner unit or PRN board. Perform re-diagnosis in scanner check of the PCUtility, and if errors are detected, perform the following. 1. Check and replace the wiring connector between the scanner unit and PRN board. 2. Replace the scanner unit. 3. Replace the PRN board.

020-201-01(1)E

MT-49 LED Display

Error Name

Probable Cause and Remedy

Error Code

Detailed Information

Component

Failed in setting of leading edge search power. (Laser amount fault)

Malfunction of the scanner unit or PRN board. Perform re-diagnosis in scanner check of the PCUtility, and if errors are detected, perform the following. 1. Check and replace the wiring connector between the scanner unit and PRN board. 2. Replace the scanner unit. 3. Replace the PRN board.

0517

FFFF

SCN

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

Malfunction of the PRN board. Perform the following. 1. Check and replace the PRN board fuse.

0518

FFFF

SCN

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

Significance

Error Message

689

Leading edge search power setting error

690

PRN board fuse disconnection

PRN board fuse disconnection

691

Main scanning width adjustment error

Input number of PLL value is illegal. Re-enter PLL value.

1521

FFFF

SCN

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

692

Scanning position adjustment error

Input number of start point pixels is illegal.

Re-enter the start point pixels.

1523

FFFF

SCN

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

695

PDM task panel driver initialization error

PDM task panel driver initialization error

Reboot the system or reinstall and observe the conditions. If no improvements are seen, replace the CF.

0701

arbitrary value

PNL

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

696

PNL task setting information file read error

PNL task setting information file read error

Reboot the system or reinstall and observe the conditions. If no improvements are seen, replace the CF.

2701

arbitrary value

PNL

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

697

PNL task setting information file description error

PNL task setting information file description error

Reboot the system or reinstall and observe the conditions. If no improvements are seen, replace the CF.

2705

arbitrary value

PNL

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

Device set error

Setup error of sensor driver, FPMC driver • FPMC time monitoring setting error • Message ID specification error

Error caused by software bug and incorrect settings which essentially does not occur.

02FF

2-D-1

FLH

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

700

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MT-49

MT-50 LED Display

Error Name

Significance

Probable Cause and Remedy

Error Code

Detailed Information

Component

Incorrect software installation error, malfunction of the CF, inappropriate data, or insufficient data. 1. Re-install the software. 2. Replace the CF.

0201

2-B-1

FLH

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

Error caused by software bug and incorrect control timing which essentially does not occur.

3202

2-C-1

FLH

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

Error Message

701

Conveyance system file error

Conveyance system related external file access error • File read error • File write error • File conversion error • File line specification error • File column specification error

702

FPMC error (At start)

FPMC motor drive failure

Power supply fuse (F08) disconnection

Disconnection of the power supply fuse (F08). 1. Using the PC-Utility, perform monitoring and Disconnection of power supply fuse mechanism adjustments (F08). 2. If the problem persists, replace the fuse. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the board.

0215

2-A-5

FLH

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

Power supply fuse (F06) disconnection

Disconnection of the power supply fuse (F06). 1. Using the PC-Utility, perform monitoring and Disconnection of power supply fuse mechanism adjustments (F06). 2. If the problem persists, replace the fuse. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the board.

2216

2-A-5

FLH

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

Power supply fuse (F07) disconnection

Disconnection of the power supply fuse (F07). 1. Using the PC-Utility, perform monitoring and Disconnection of power supply fuse mechanism adjustments (F07). 2. If the problem persists, replace the fuse. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the board.

2217

2-A-5

FLH

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

Power supply fuse (F01) disconnection

Disconnection of the power supply fuse (F015). 1. Using the PC-Utility, perform monitoring and Disconnection of power supply fuse mechanism adjustments (F01). 2. If the problem persists, replace the fuse. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the board.

0219

2-A-5

FLH

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

Power supply fuse (F02) disconnection

Disconnection of the power supply fuse (F02). 1. Using the PC-Utility, perform monitoring and Disconnection of power supply fuse mechanism adjustments (F02). 2. If the problem persists, replace the fuse. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the board.

0220

2-A-5

FLH

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

703

704

705

706

707

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MT-50

MT-51 LED Display

708

709

710

711

712

Error Code

Detailed Information

Component

Power supply fuse (F03) disconnection

Disconnection of the power supply fuse (F03). 1. Using the PC-Utility, perform monitoring and Disconnection of power supply fuse mechanism adjustments (F03). 2. If the problem persists, replace the fuse. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the board.

0221

2-A-5

FLH

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

Power supply fuse (F04) disconnection

Disconnection of the power supply fuse (F04). 1. Using the PC-Utility, perform monitoring and Disconnection of power supply fuse mechanism adjustments (F04). 2. If the problem persists, replace the fuse. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the board.

0222

2-A-5

FLH

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

Power supply fuse (F05) disconnection

Disconnection of the power supply fuse (F05). 1. Using the PC-Utility, perform monitoring and Disconnection of power supply fuse mechanism adjustments (F05). 2. If the problem persists, replace the fuse. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the board.

0223

2-A-5

FLH

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

Attempted to check the tray open/ close state in initialization and removal, but failed.

Malfunction of SA2 sensor or malfunction of SA2 port of SND board. 1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/ motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.

0224

2-A-1

FLH

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

Attempted to check whether the tray shutter is present in initialization and removal, but failed.

Malfunction of SA1 sensor or malfunction of SA1 port of SND board. 1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/ motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.

0226

2-A-1

FLH

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

Error Name

Tray detection sensor error

Tray shutter detection sensor error

020-201-01(1)E

Significance

Probable Cause and Remedy

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

Error Message

MT-51

MT-52 LED Display

713

714

715

Error Name

Tray lock release error

Tray removal unit HP deviation detection error

Tray removal unit HP deviation detection error

020-201-01(1)E

Probable Cause and Remedy

Error Code

Detailed Information

Component

Attempted to open the tray, but SA3 did not become OPEN.

Malfunction of the SA3 sensor, or SOLA1 solenoid. Or malfunction of the SA3 port of the SND board, or malfunction of SOLA1. 1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/ motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.

0232

2-A-1

FLH

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

Attempted to deviate the removal arm from HP (home position) in initialization, but SB1 does not become OPEN. (Currently retrying)

Malfunction of SB1 sensor or MB1 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB1 port of the SND board, or malfunction of the MB1 controller. 1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/ motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.

2236

2-A-1

FLH

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

Malfunction of SB1 sensor or MB1 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB1 port of the SND board, or malfunction of the MB1 controller. 1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/ motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.

0237

2-A-1

FLH

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

Significance

Attempted to deviate the removal arm from HP (home position) in initialization, but SB1 does not become OPEN. (Retryover)

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

Error Message

MT-52

MT-53 LED Display

716

717

718

719

Error Name

Tray removal unit HP return detection error

Tray removal unit HP return detection error

Grip HP detection error

Grip HP detection error

020-201-01(1)E

Error Code

Detailed Information

Component

Attempted to return the removal arm to HP (home position) in initialization, but SB11 does not become CLOSE. (Currently retrying)

Malfunction of SB1 sensor or MB1 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB1 port of the SND board, or malfunction of the MB1 controller. 1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/ motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.

2238

2-A-1

FLH

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

Attempted to return the removal arm to HP (home position) in initialization, but SB11 does not become CLOSE. (Retryover)

Malfunction of SB1 sensor or MB1 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB1 port of the SND board, or malfunction of the MB1 controller. 1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/ motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.

0239

2-A-1

FLH

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

Attempted to set grip roller to HP (home position) in initialization, but SD4 does not become OPEN. (Currently retrying)

Malfunction of the SD4 sensor or MD2 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD4 port of the SND board, or malfunction of the MD2 controller. 1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/ motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.

2244

2-A-4

FLH

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

Attempted to set grip roller to HP (home position) in initialization, but SD4 does not become OPEN. (Retryover)

Malfunction of the SD4 sensor or MD2 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD4 port of the SND board, or malfunction of the MD2 controller. 1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/ motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.

0245

2-A-4

FLH

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

Significance

Probable Cause and Remedy

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

Error Message

MT-53

MT-54 LED Display

720

721

722

723

Error Code

Detailed Information

Component

Grip detection error

Malfunction of the SD4 sensor or MD2 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD4 port Attempted to set grip roller from HP of the SND board, or malfunction of the MD2 controller. (home position) to gripping position 1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and in initialization, but SD4 does not perform mechanism adjustments. become CLOSE. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/ (Currently retrying) motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.

2246

2-A-4

FLH

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

Grip detection error

Malfunction of the SD4 sensor or MD2 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD4 port Attempted to set grip roller from HP of the SND board, or malfunction of the MD2 controller. (home position) to gripping position 1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and in initialization, but SD4 does not perform mechanism adjustments. become CLOSE. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/ (Retryover) motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.

0247

2-A-4

FLH

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

Stopper plate release detection error

Malfunction of the SD3 sensor or SOLD1 solenoid. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD3 port Attempted to set stopper plate from of the SND board, or malfunction of the SOLD1. stop position to release position 1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and in initialization, but SD3 does not perform mechanism adjustments. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensor/ become CLOSE. solenoid. (Currently retrying) 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.

2248

2-A-4

FLH

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

Stopper plate release detection error

Malfunction of the SD3 sensor or SOLD1 solenoid. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD3 port Attempted to set stopper plate from of the SND board, or malfunction of the SOLD1. stop position to release position 1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and in initialization, but SD3 does not perform mechanism adjustments. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensor/ become CLOSE. solenoid. (Retryover) 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.

0249

2-A-4

FLH

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

Error Name

020-201-01(1)E

Significance

Probable Cause and Remedy

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

Error Message

MT-54

MT-55 LED Display

724

725

726

727

Error Code

Detailed Information

Component

Stopper plate detection error

Malfunction of the SD3 sensor or SOLD1 solenoid. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD3 port Attempted to set stopper plate from of the SND board, or malfunction of the SOLD1. release position to stop position 1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and in initialization, but SD3 does not perform mechanism adjustments. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensor/ become OPEN. solenoid. (Currently retrying) 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.

2250

2-A-4

FLH

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

Stopper plate detection error

Malfunction of the SD3 sensor or SOLD1 solenoid. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD3 port Attempted to set stopper plate from of the SND board, or malfunction of the SOLD1. release position to stop position 1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and in initialization, but SD3 does not perform mechanism adjustments. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensor/ become OPEN. solenoid. (Retryover) 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.

0251

2-A-4

FLH

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

0253

FFFF

FLH

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

2258

2-A-1

FLH

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

Error Name

Significance

Probable Cause and Remedy

Set film trays or check files. 1. Using the PC-Utility, check settings of film used. 2. If no problem, check the files.

All film trays notmounted error

Error when all film trays were set as unmounted

Tray film surface detection error

Malfunction of the SB2 sensor or MB1 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB2 port Attempted to lower the removal of the SND board, or malfunction of the MB1 arm from upper dead point detection controller. position to surface detection 1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. position in removal, but SB12 does 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/ not become CLOSE. motors. (Currently retrying) 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

Error Message

MT-55

MT-56 LED Display

728

729

730

731

Error Code

Detailed Information

Component

Tray film surface detection error

Malfunction of the SB2 sensor or MB1 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB2 port Attempted to lower the removal of the SND board, or malfunction of the MB1 arm from upper dead point detection controller. position to surface detection 1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. position in removal, but SB12 does 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/ not become CLOSE. motors. (Retryover) 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.

0259

2-A-1

FLH

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

Tray film suction detection error

Malfunction of the SB2 sensor or MB1 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB2 port Attempted to lower the removal of the SND board, or malfunction of the MB1 arm from surface detection position controller. to suction detection position in 1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. removal, but SB2 does not become 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/ OPEN. motors. (Currently retrying) 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.

2262

2-A-1

FLH

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

Tray film suction detection error

Malfunction of the SB2 sensor or MB1 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB2 port Attempted to lower the removal of the SND board, or malfunction of the MB1 arm from surface detection position controller. to suction detection position in 1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. removal, but SB2 does not become 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/ OPEN. motors. (Retryover) 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.

0263

2-A-1

FLH

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

Tray removal unit HP rise detection error

Malfunction of the SB1 sensor or MB1 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB1 port Attempted to rise the removal arm of the SND board, or malfunction of the MB1 from upper dead point detection controller. position to HP (home position) in 1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. removal, but SB1 does not become 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/ CLOSE. motors. (Currently retrying) 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.

2270

2-A-1

FLH

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

Error Name

020-201-01(1)E

Significance

Probable Cause and Remedy

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

Error Message

MT-56

MT-57 LED Display

732

733

734

735

Error Code

Detailed Information

Component

Tray removal unit HP rise detection error

Malfunction of the SB1 sensor or MB1 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB1 port Attempted to rise the removal arm of the SND board, or malfunction of the MB1 from upper dead point detection controller. position to HP (home position) in 1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. removal, but SB1 does not become 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/ CLOSE. motors. (Retryover) 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.

0271

2-A-1

FLH

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

Tray removal unit HP deviation detection error

Attempted to deviate the removal arm from HP (home position) after removal operation, but SB11 does not become OPEN. (Currently retrying)

Malfunction of the SB1 sensor or MB1 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB1 port of the SND board, or malfunction of the MB1 controller. 1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/ motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.

2274

2-A-1

FLH

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

Attempted to deviate the removal arm from HP (home position) after removal operation, but SB11 does not become OPEN. (Retryover)

Malfunction of the SB1 sensor or MB1 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB1 port of the SND board, or malfunction of the MB1 controller. 1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/ motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.

0275

2-A-1

FLH

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

Attempted to return the removal arm to HP (home position) after removal operation, but SB1 does not become CLOSE. (Currently retrying)

Malfunction of the SB1 sensor or MB1 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB1 port of the SND board, or malfunction of the MB1 controller. 1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/ motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.

2276

2-A-1

FLH

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

Error Name

Tray removal unit HP deviation detection error

Tray removal unit HP return detection error

020-201-01(1)E

Significance

Probable Cause and Remedy

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

Error Message

MT-57

MT-58 LED Display

736

737

738

739

Error Code

Detailed Information

Component

Attempted to return the removal arm to HP (home position) after removal operation, but SB1 does not become CLOSE. (Retryover)

Malfunction of the SB1 sensor or MB1 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SB1 port of the SND board, or malfunction of the MB1 controller. 1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/ motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.

0277

2-A-1

FLH

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

Although the grip roller is in the HP (home position) state, but SD4 is already closed.

Malfunction of the SD4 sensor or MD2 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD4 port of the SND board, or malfunction of the MD2 controller. 1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/ motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.

2282

2-A-4

FLH

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

Grip absent error

Although the grip roller is in the gripping state, but SD4 is already open.

Malfunction of the SD4 sensor or MD2 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD4 port of the SND board, or malfunction of the MD2 controller. 1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/ motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.

2283

2-A-4

FLH

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

Grip HP detection error

Malfunction of the SD4 sensor or MD2 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD4 port of the SND board, or malfunction of the MD2 controller. Attempted to set grip roller to HP 1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and (home position) in printing, but SD4 perform mechanism adjustments. does not become OPEN. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/ motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.

2284

2-A-4

FLH

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

Error Name

Tray removal unit HP return detection error

Grip HP absent error

020-201-01(1)E

Significance

Probable Cause and Remedy

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

Error Message

MT-58

MT-59 LED Display

740

741

742

Error Name

Grip HP detection error

Grip detection error

Grip detection error

020-201-01(1)E

Error Code

Detailed Information

Component

Attempted to set grip roller to HP (home position) while checking the gripping operation using PC-Utility, but SD4 does not become OPEN.

Malfunction of the SD4 sensor or MD2 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD4 port of the SND board, or malfunction of the MD2 controller. 1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/ motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.

0285

2-A-4

FLH

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

Attempted to set grip roller from HP (home position) to gripping position in printing, but SD4 does not become CLOSE.

Malfunction of the SD4 sensor or MD2 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD4 port of the SND board, or malfunction of the MD2 controller. 1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/ motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.

2286

2-A-4

FLH

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

Attempted to set grip roller from HP (home position) to gripping position while checking the gripping operation using PC-Utility, but SD4 does not become CLOSE.

Malfunction of the SD4 sensor or MD2 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD4 port of the SND board, or malfunction of the MD2 controller. 1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/ motors. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.

0287

2-A-4

FLH

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

Significance

Probable Cause and Remedy

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

Error Message

MT-59

MT-60 LED Display

743

744

745

746

Error Code

Detailed Information

Component

Stopper plate release detection error

Malfunction of the SD3 sensor or SOLD1 solenoid. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD3 port of the SND board, or malfunction of the SOLD1. Attempted to set stopper plate from 1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and stop position to release position in perform mechanism adjustments. printing, but SD3 does not become 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensor/ CLOSE. solenoid. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.

2288

2-A-4

FLH

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

Stopper plate detection error

Malfunction of the SD3 sensor or SOLD1 solenoid. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD3 port of the SND board, or malfunction of the SOLD1. Attempted to set stopper plate from 1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and release position to stop position in perform mechanism adjustments. printing, but SD3 does not become 2. If the problem still persists, replace sensor/ OPEN. solenoid. 3. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.

2289

2-A-4

FLH

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

2290

2-A-1

FLH

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

22D5

2-F-4

FLH

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

Error Name

Significance

Probable Cause and Remedy

Tray conveyor unit entrance detection error

At completion of removal process, did not detect normal SD1 CLOSE (film leading edge detection). (Currently retrying)

Film dropped during removal. Or malfunction of SD1 sensor or MB2 motor. Or mechanism error, malfunction of the SD1 port of the SND board, or malfunction of the MB2 controller. 1. Check if film has dropped. 2. Using PC-Utility, check sensor, motor, and perform mechanism adjustments. 3. If the problem still persists, replace sensors/ motors. 4. If the problem still persists, replace the SND board.

Sub-scanning speed correction calculation error

A sub-scanning speed correction calculation was performed based on the film recording section temperature before recording, but the result is out of tolerance range of speed.

The thermistor in the recording section is not in stable operation. Or the machine temperature fluctuates greatly. 1. Check the recording section thermistor. 2. Collect the internal temperature data. 3. Review the correction calculation.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

Error Message

MT-60

MT-61 LED Display

747

Error Name

Tray removal unit motor drive error

020-201-01(1)E

Significance Failed in driving motor due to muting of MB1 with initialization of removal unit.

Probable Cause and Remedy Malfunction of the SND board. 1. Using PC-Utility, check sensors, motors, and perform mechanism adjustments. 2. If the problem still persists, replace SND board.

Error Code

Detailed Information

Component

22E2

2-A-4

FLH

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

Error Message

Contact the Fujifilm service personnel.

MT-61

CONTROL SHEET

FM-DL 100 SERVICE MANUAL

Issue Date

Revision Number

11.25.2008 03.20.2009 04.20.2009 05.20.2009

00 00 01 01(1)

Reason

New release for UL (00 (1) Edition) (FM5451) New release (00 (2) Edition) (FM5501) Revised edition release (FM5532) New release for the field (FM5546)

REMOVAL AND ADJUSTMENT (MC)

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

Pages Affected

All pages All pages All pages All pages

MC-1

PRECAUTIONS ON INSPECTIONS, REPLACEMENTS, AND ADJUSTMENTS This chapter does not describe parts which require no special note or adjustments in removal and installation. For details on the removal of these parts, refer to the Service Parts List. Also follow the precautions below when performing inspections, replacements, and adjustments of parts.

WARNING To prevent electrical shocks, be sure to turn OFF the power of this equipment before starting work.

The diagrams in this manual display the CHECK and FIT ON icons where necessary. When removing/reinstalling, following these icons. • CHECK icon

: When reinstalling removed parts, this is indicated if reinstalling positions must be checked or adjusted. This symbol is shown in illustrations of parts removal procedures. Whenever this is shown, be sure to refer to “n CHECK/Adjusting procedure”. • FIT ON icon

: When installing parts, this is indicated if alignment to the boss is required. However, this is not indicated on bosses used for enhancing assembly and preventing assembly accidents.

WARNING/CAUTION Observe the warnings and cautions described in “SAFETY PRECAUTION”. {SAFETY PRECAUTION}

CAUTION • Be sure to wear a wristband for grounding when performing maintenance of boards and optical units. Otherwise static electricity in the body may cause damage to electronic parts on the boards and optical units. • Never remove the screws painted in red. • Never remove the upper cover of the optical unit.

• The screws painted in yellow must be adjusted after the installation of parts. When installing parts, follow the check/adjustment procedure provided. • When removing the covers, insert shutter into the film tray to prevent exposure of film to light. • Safety provided by grounding is assured by properly establishing power cable and additional protective ground wire connections and by securing the parts with retaining screws. To maintain safety, ensure that the parts and retaining screws removed for servicing purposes are restored to the original states upon installation. After the parts and retaining screws are restored to the above-mentioned states, follow the procedures set forth in this service manual to verify that the retaining screws are securely tightened to properly secure the parts. 020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-1

MC-2

CONTENTS 1.

COVERS

4.

1. 1.1 1.2

COVERS Covers which can be Removed Individually Covers which Need to be Removed in Certain Order

REMOVAL UNIT

4. 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 4.6 4.7 4.8 4.9

MC-4 MC-4 MC-5

REMOVAL UNIT Removal Unit Suction Cup Arm Removal Drive Cam Suction Cup Bellows Removal Unit Conveyance Motor (MB2) Film Removing Motor (MB1) Film Surface Detection Sensor (SB2) Suction Cup Arm HP Detection Sensor (SB1)

MC-22 MC-22 MC-24 MC-25 MC-29 MC-30 MC-32 MC-33 MC-34 MC-35

FPEC004A.AI

5.

FPEC001A.AI

2.

FRAME

2. 2.1

FRAME Interlock Switch Assembly

CONVEYOR UNIT

MC-9 MC-9

FPEC005A.AI

6.

FPEC002A.AI

3.

FILM LOADING UNIT

3. 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 3.7

FILM LOADING UNIT Removal Unit/Film Loading Unit Film Tray Tray Detection Switch (SA2) Tray Lock Assembly Shutter Lock Mechanism Squeezing Roller (Upper) Film Pack/Shutter Detection Sensor (SA1)

MC-11 MC-11 MC-13 MC-14 MC-18 MC-19 MC-20 MC-21

SUB-SCANNING UNIT

5. CONVEYOR UNIT 5.1 Conveyor Unit Exit Assembly 5.2 Conveyor Unit Exit Grip Roller Assembly 5.3 Conveyor Unit Exit Guide (Lower) 5.4 Stopper Assembly 5.5 Stopper Solenoid (SOLD1) 5.6 Conveyor Unit Exit Roller (Lower) 5.7 Film Edge Sensor (SD5) 5.8 Upper Conveyor Unit Open/Close Guide 5.9 Conveyor Unit Turn Roller 5.10 Film Conveyance Motor (MD1) 5.11 Conveyance Gear

MC-37 MC-37 MC-39 MC-40 MC-41 MC-42 MC-43 MC-44 MC-45 MC-46 MC-47 MC-49

6. 6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.5

MC-50 MC-50 MC-53 MC-56 MC-58 MC-61

SUB-SCANNING UNIT Sub-Scanning Unit/Upper Conveyor Unit Sub-Scanning Unit Roller Sub-Scanning Motor (ME1) Flywheel Film Leading Edge Detection Sensor (SE1)

FPEC006A.AI

FPEC003A.AI

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-2

MC-3 7.

SCANNING OPTICS UNIT

7. 7.1

SCANNING OPTICS UNIT Scanner Unit

MC-65 MC-65

10.

FPEC007A.AI

8.

HEAT DEVELOPMENT UNIT

CONTROLLER

10. CONTROLLER 10.1 PSU27A/PSU28B Board 10.2 PRN28A Board 10.3 CPU28A Board 10.4 DIMM 10.5 CF (Compact Flash Memory)

MC-79 MC-79 MC-81 MC-83 MC-84 MC-85

FPEC010A.AI

8. 8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 8.6

HEAT DEVELOPMENT UNIT Film Cooling Section Heat Development Rack Assembly Heat Development Roller Thermal Protector Heat Development Unit Conveyance Motor (MG1) Heat Development Unit Entrance Guide

9. 9.1 9.2

FILM RELEASE UNIT Film Release Unit Density Measurement Light-Emitting Board (LED28A)

MC-68 MC-68 MC-69 MC-71 MC-72

11.

INSTALLING THE MAIN UNIT 11. INSTALLING THE MAIN UNIT SOFTWARE SOFTWARE 11.1 Installing from the PC for Servicing (or CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL)

MC-86 MC-87

MC-74 MC-75

FPEC008A.AI

9.

FILM RELEASE UNIT

MC-76 MC-76 MC-78

12.

RESTORING THE COMPACT 12. RESTORING THE COMPACT FLASH FLASH MEMORY (CF) MEMORY (CF) MC-91 12.1 Copying the Main Unit Software to the PC for Servicing (Or CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL) MC-91 12.2 Copying the Main Unit Software to the CF MC-92

FPEC009A.AI

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-3

MC-4

1. COVERS 1.1

Covers which can be Removed Individually

1.1.1

Rear Cover

n Removing Procedure

1.1.2

Belt Cover

n Removing Procedure

1. Open the front cover. 2. Remove the belt cover. FPEC0110.AI

1. Remove the rear cover.

n Reinstalling Procedure Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

n Reinstalling Procedure Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-4

MC-5 1.2 1.2.1

Covers which Need to be Removed in Certain Order

n Reinstalling Procedure Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

Left Cover

Removing Procedure n

FPEC0111.AI

1. Remove the rear cover. 2. Remove the left cover.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-5

MC-6 1.2.2

Upper Cover

Removing Procedure n

1. Remove the rear cover. 2. Remove the left cover. 3. Open the front cover. 4. Open the right cover. 5. Remove the upper cover.

n Reinstalling Procedure Reinstall in the reverse order of removal. 020-201-01(1)E

1.2.3

Film Release Unit Cover

Removing Procedure n

1. Remove the rear cover. 2. Remove the left cover. 3. Open the front cover. 4. Open the right cover. 5. Remove the upper cover. 6. Remove the film release unit cover.

n Reinstalling Procedure Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-6

MC-7 1.2.4

Film Loading Unit Cover

Removing Procedure n

1.2.5

Lower Right Cover

Removing Procedure n

1. Remove the film tray.

1. Remove the film tray.

2. Open the front cover. 3. Remove the film loading unit cover.

2. Open the front cover. 3. Remove the film loading unit cover. 4. Remove the lower right cover.

{MC:3.2_Film Tray}

{MC:3.2_Film Tray}

n Reinstalling Procedure Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

n Reinstalling Procedure Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-7

MC-8 1.2.6

Right Cover

Removing Procedure n

1. Remove the film tray. {MC:3.2_Film Tray}

2. Open the front cover. 3. Remove the film loading unit cover. 4. Remove the lower right cover. 5. Remove the right cover.

n Reinstalling Procedure Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-8

MC-9

2. FRAME 2.1

To remove the interlock switch assembly, disconnect the connector (faston terminal) by pressing in the unlocking latch located on the connector as shown below.

Interlock Switch Assembly

Removing Procedure n

1. Remove the following covers. • Rear cover • Right cover • Upper cover

2. Remove the interlock switch assembly.

FPEC0210.AI

n Reinstalling Procedure Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

If the interlock switch has been removed from the interlock switch assembly, refer to “n CHECK/Adjusting Procedure” and adjust the attaching position. {n CHECK/Adjusting Procedure}

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-9

MC-10 n CHECK/Adjusting Procedure

1. Temporarily secure the interlock switch assembly.

2. Close the right cover and front cover. 3. Adjust the attached position of the interlock switch assembly.





Move the interlock switch assembly to the very back and temporarily secure it.

• After confirming the “click” sound of the interlock switch, move it by another 1 mm towards the front of the equipment. • When moving the interlock switch assembly to the front at #2 in the following figure, move it horizontally.

4. Open and close the front cover, and check that the interlock switch turns ON/OFF from the sounds made.

5. Using the PC Utility, check that the interlock function is working normally.

{MU:2.4 [9-4]_Interlock Function}

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-10

MC-11

4. Remove the removal unit/film loading unit.

3. FILM LOADING UNIT 3.1

Removal Unit/Film Loading Unit

Removing Procedure n

1. Remove the film tray. {MC:3.2_Film Tray}

FPEC0340.AI

2. Remove the film loading unit cover. 3. Move the vertical conveyor unit drive transmission gear assembly.

Reinstalling Procedure n Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-11

MC-12 Engagement Adjustment of Vertical Conveyance Unit Drive n Transmission Gear When the bracket of the vertical conveyance unit drive transmission gear has been removed or when the fixing screws have been loosened, follow the steps below to adjust the engagement of the vertical conveyance unit drive transmission gear. The fixing screws (TP3x6) of the bracket of the vertical conveyance unit drive transmission gear are painted in yellow.

1. Loosen the fixing screws of the vertical conveyance unit drive transmission gear.

2. Align the flanges of the vertical conveyance unit drive transmission

gear and vertical conveyance roller gear, and secure the fixing screws.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-12

MC-13 3.2

Film Tray

The manual release arm can be operated with moderate force, and may damage if pushed in too strongly or pushed with a screwdriver.

Removing Procedure n When pulling out the film tray from the equipment, insert the shutter into the film tray to prevent exposure of film to light.

FPEC0341.AI

1. Insert the shutter into the film tray. 2. Remove the following covers. • Rear cover • Left cover

3. Remove the film tray. The length from the hole for inserting a screwdriver to the manual release arm is 120 mm horizontally and 15 mm vertically.

Reinstalling Procedure n Reinstall in the reverse order of the removal. Note that there is no need to move the manual release arm with a screwdriver, simply push in the film tray.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-13

MC-14 3.3

Tray Detection Switch (SA2)

Reinstalling Procedure n

1. Temporarily secure the tray detection switch bracket.

Removing Procedure n

1. Remove the removal unit/film loading unit. {MC:3.1_Removal Unit/Film Loading Unit}

FPEC0342.AI

Temporarily secure with the tray detection switch bracket moved to the very end.

2. Remove the film tray detection switch (SA2).

To disconnect the connectors (faston terminal) of SA2, press in the unlocking latch located on the connector as shown below.

020-201-01(1)E

2. Insert the film tray into the film loading unit. • If the switch clicks with a sound when pushing in the tray, perform steps 3 to 6. • If it does not click with a sound, perform only step 8.

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-14

MC-15

3. At the point when the switch clicks with a sound, measure the length

5. Measure the length from the rear end of the film tray to the film loading

4. Push in the film tray and check that it locks, and then pull out the tray.

6. Perform one of the following procedure using the value obtained by

from the rear end of the film tray to the film loading unit frame (A).

The film tray may shake slightly even when locked. To improve the precision of attaching the tray detection switch, pull out the film tray towards the front of the equipment in the locked state, and then proceed to the next step.

020-201-01(1)E

unit frame again (B).

subtracting (B) from the measured value (A). • When above 0mm : Step 7 • When value is negative : Step 8

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-15

MC-16

7. Push the tray detection switch in the arrow direction as shown in the following figure, and tighten the screw firmly.

8. Push the tray detection switch in the arrow direction as shown in the following figure, and tighten the screw firmly.





If the value obtained by subtracting (B) from the measured value (A) in step 6 is as follows, completely tighten the screw at the indicated position. • 0 mm : Move the film detection switch by 2mm in the arrow direction, and completely tighten the screw. • +1 mm : Move the film detection switch by 1 mm in the arrow direction, and completely tighten the screw. • +2 mm : Completely tighten the screw there.

Tighten the screw after pushing the tray detection switch by another 2 mm after pushing it in the arrow direction and the actuator releases the switch button with a click sound.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-16

MC-17 n CHECK/Adjusting Procedure • Check that when the tray is pushed in the locked state, there is still extra actuator stroke. • Check that when the tray is pulled in the locked state, the switch does not make a click sound.

When connecting the connectors (faston terminal) of SA2, ensure that they are facing as shown below. Otherwise, the faston terminal will be hard to disconnect when performing periodic maintenance, etc.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-17

MC-18 3.4

Tray Lock Assembly

Reinstalling Procedure n Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

Removing Procedure n

1. Remove the removal unit/film loading unit. {MC:3.1_Removal Unit/Film Loading Unit}

FPEC0343.AI

When connecting the connectors (faston terminal) of SA2, ensure that they are facing as shown below. Otherwise, the faston terminal will be hard to disconnect when performing periodic maintenance, etc.

2. Remove the tray lock assembly.

To disconnect the connectors (faston terminal) of SA2, press in the unlocking latch located on the connector as shown below.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-18

MC-19 3.5

Shutter Lock Mechanism

Reinstalling Procedure n Reinstall in the reverse order of the removal procedure.

Removing Procedure n

1. Remove the film tray.

FPEC0344.AI

This shutter lock mechanism works to lock in the shutter when it is inserted to pull out the tray by moving the pin into the hole on the shutter.

{MC:3.2_Film Tray}

2. Remove the shutter lock mechanism.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-19

MC-20 3.6

Squeezing Roller (Upper)

Removing Procedure n

1. Remove the removal unit/film loading unit. {MC:3.1_Removal Unit/Film Loading Unit}

FPEC0345.AI

When removing the squeezing roller, be sure to not drop or lose the roller.

2. Remove the squeezing roller (upper).

Reinstalling Procedure n Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-20

MC-21 3.7

Film Pack/Shutter Detection Sensor (SA1)

Removing Procedure n

1. Insert the shutter into the film tray. 2. Remove the film tray.

FPEC0346.AI

{MC:3.2_Film Tray}

3. Remove the film loading unit cover 4. Remove the film pack/shutter detection sensor (SA1).

Reinstalling Procedure n Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-21

MC-22

3. Disconnect the connectors, and release the clamps.

4. REMOVAL UNIT



4.1

Removal Unit

To disconnect the connectors (faston terminal) of SA2, press in the unlocking latch located on the connector as shown below.

Removing Procedure n

1. Remove the removal unit/film loading unit.



FPEC0440.AI

{MC:3.1_Removal Unit/Film Loading Unit}

2. Remove the removal exit cover.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-22

MC-23

4. Remove the removal unit.

Reinstalling Procedure n



Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

When removing part and/or adjusting the removal unit removed, place it on the film loading unit to prevent deformation of the bottom part of the removal unit.

• When reinstalling the removal unit, first attach the following circled screw.



• When connecting the connectors (faston terminal) of SA2, ensure that they are facing as shown below. Otherwise, the faston terminal will be hard to disconnect when performing periodic maintenance, etc.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-23

MC-24 4.2

3. Remove the suction cup arm.

Suction Cup Arm

Removing Procedure n

1. Remove the removal unit/film loading unit. {MC:3.1_Removal Unit/Film Loading Unit}

FPEC0441.AI

2. Move the suction cup arm.

When the suction cup arm is at its home position, as the auxiliary plate is touching the suction cup arm and is therefore difficult to remove, move the suction cup arm in the arrow direction.

Reinstalling Procedure n Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-24

MC-25 4.3

5. Disconnect the connectors from the gear fixing cover (front inner). 6. Remove the gear fixing cover (front inner).

Removal Drive Cam

Removing Procedure n

1. Remove the removal unit. {MC:4.1_Removal Unit}

FPEC0442.AI

2. Move the suction cup arm to the home position. 3. Remove the removal unit conveyance motor (MB2). {MC:4.6_Removal Unit Conveyance Motor (MB2)}

4. Remove the gear fixing cover (front outer).

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-25

MC-26

7. Remove the removal drive cam (front) together with the crank.

Reinstalling Procedure n





When removing the removal drive cam (front), be careful not to drop or lose the suction cup arm assembly bearing.

• As the procedure for installing the removal drive cam is the same for the front and rear, only the installing procedure for the front is described. • When performing the following procedure, move the suction cup arm to the home position.

1. Reinstall the removal drive cam to the removal unit together with the crank.

2. Reinstall the idle gear to the shaft. 3. Reinstall the link gear to the gear fixing cover (front inner). At this time, the two holes on gear 1 should be at the following positions (top).

8. Remove the removal drive cam (rear) in the same way as removal drive came (front). If removing the front and rear removal drive cams together, it will be necessary to adjust the phases of these cams.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-26

MC-27

4. Insert the pins into the two holes on link gear, adjust the phase of the removal drive cam, and reinstall the gear fixing cover (front inner). • Do not install the bearing of the idle gear at this time. • The pins to be used must not be extremely thin or easy to deform and should fit the holes on the gear as closely as possible.

5. Pull out the pin, and check that the link gear is attached correctly. The two holes on link gear should be aligned to the holes on the removal drive cam.

Any gear in position of the removal drive cam can be checked by visually checking the mark on the cam from the long hole of the link gear.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-27

MC-28

6. If with the phases of the front removal drive cam and that of the rear

removal drive cam corresponding, disengage idle gear, align the rib position of idle gear and that of link gear, and adjust the front and rear phases.

9. Reinstall the gear fixing cover (front outer). 10. Reinstall the removal unit conveyance motor (MB2). CHECK/Adjusting Procedure n After reinstalling the removal drive cam, check that the suction cup arm moves smoothly. Also visually check that the suction cup arm is horizontal. When moving the suction cup arm, rotate the shaft by a slotted screwdriver as shown in the following figure.

After checking the operation, move the suction cup arm to the home position.

7. Reinstall the bearing to the shaft of idle gear. 8. Reinstall the exit roller gear. 020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-28

MC-29 4.4

Suction Cup

Removing Procedure n

1. Remove the suction cup arm. {MC:4.2_Suction Cup Arm}

FPEC0443.AI

2. Remove the suction cup.

Reinstalling Procedure n Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-29

MC-30 4.5

3. Remove the bellows.

Bellows



n Removing Procedure

1. Remove the suction cup arm. {MC:4.2_Suction Cup Arm}

When removing the bellows, be sure to not lose the springs. FPEC0444.AI

2. Remove the suction cup unit.



020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-30

MC-31 n Reinstalling Procedure Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

• When reinstalling, insert the second groove from the top of the bellows into the plate. • Leave a clearance of about 1.5 to 2.0 mm between the bellows anf holder.

020-201-01(1)E

nCHECK/Adjusting Procedure Check for air leak by the following steps.

1. Suction the film with the suction cup manually and check that the film does not drop off for about 60 seconds.

2. Press the suction cup arm against the film until the bottommost

position of the actuator for detection SB2 passes the SB2 detection point.

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-31

MC-32 4.6

Removal Unit Conveyance Motor (MB2)

Removing Procedure n

1. Remove the removal unit/film loading unit.

FPEC0445.AI

{MC:3.1_Removal Unit/Film Loading Unit}

2. Remove the removal unit conveyance motor (MB2).

Reinstalling Procedure n Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-32

MC-33 4.7

Film Removing Motor (MB1)

Removing Procedure n

1. Remove the removal unit/film loading unit. {MC:3.1_Removal Unit/Film Loading Unit}

FPEC0446.AI

2. Remove the film removing motor (MB1).

Reinstalling Procedure n Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-33

MC-34 4.8

Film Surface Detection Sensor (SB2)

Removing Procedure n

1. Remove the suction cup arm.

FPEC0447.AI

{MC:4.2_Suction Cup Arm}

2. Remove the film surface detection sensor (SB2).

Reinstalling Procedure n Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-34

MC-35 4.9

3. Remove the suction cup arm HP detection sensor (SB1).

Suction Cup Arm HP Detection Sensor (SB1)

Removing Procedure n

1. Remove the removal unit/film loading unit.

FPEC0448.AI

{MC:3.1_Removal Unit/Film Loading Unit}

2. Move the suction cup arm from the home position.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-35

MC-36 Reinstalling Procedure n Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

After installing the sensor, if the cable in the removal unit is loose, pull it outside slightly without disconnecting the connector, and secure with the clamp.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-36

MC-37

2. Remove the conveyor unit exit assembly.

5. CONVEYOR UNIT 5.1

Conveyor Unit Exit Assembly

Removing Procedure n

1. Remove the following covers. • Belt cover • Rear cover

020-201-01(1)E

FPEC0530.AI

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-37

MC-38 Reinstalling Procedure n Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

CHECK/Adjusting Procedure n Check that the hook of the rear gear is hooked onto the groove of the shaft.

• When installing the conveyor unit exit assembly to the sub-scanning unit/ upper conveyor unit, insert the protrusion on the conveyor unit exit assembly base into the slide guide hole and slide to the end.

• Attach the rear gear while pressing the shaft shown below from the front of the equipment.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-38

MC-39 5.2

Conveyor Unit Exit Grip Roller Assembly

Removing Procedure n

1. Remove the conveyor unit exit assembly.

FPEC0531.AI

{MC:5.1_Conveyor Unit Exit Assembly}

2. Remove the conveyor unit exit grip roller assembly.

Reinstalling Procedure n Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-39

MC-40 5.3

Conveyor Unit Exit Guide (Lower)

Removing Procedure n

1. Remove the conveyor unit exit assembly.

FPEC0532.AI

{MC:5.1_Conveyor Unit Exit Assembly}

2. Remove the conveyor unit exit grip roller assembly. {MC:5.2_Conveyor Unit Exit Grip Roller Assembly}

3. Remove the conveyor unit exit guide (lower).

Reinstalling Procedure n Reinstall in the reverse order of removal. 020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-40

MC-41 5.4

Stopper Assembly

Removing Procedure n

1. Remove the conveyor unit exit assembly. {MC:5.1_Conveyor Unit Exit Assembly}

FPEC0533.AI

2. Remove the conveyor unit exit grip roller assembly. {MC:5.2_Conveyor Unit Exit Grip Roller Assembly}

3. Remove the conveyor unit exit guide (lower). {MC:5.3_Conveyor Unit Exit Guide (Lower)}

4. Remove the stopper assembly.

Reinstalling Procedure n Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-41

MC-42 5.5

4. Remove the stopper solenoid (SOLD1).

Stopper Solenoid (SOLD1)

Removing Procedure n

1. Remove the conveyor unit exit assembly. {MC:5.1_Conveyor Unit Exit Assembly}

FPEC0534.AI

2. Remove the conveyor unit exit grip roller assembly. {MC:5.2_Conveyor Unit Exit Grip Roller Assembly}

3. Remove the conveyor unit exit guide (lower). {MC:5.3_Conveyor Unit Exit Guide (Lower)}

Reinstalling Procedure n Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-42

MC-43 5.6

Conveyor Unit Exit Roller (Lower)

Reinstalling Procedure n Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

Removing Procedure n

1. Remove the conveyor unit exit assembly.

FPEC0535.AI

{MC:5.1_Conveyor Unit Exit Assembly}

2. Remove the conveyor unit exit grip roller assembly. {MC:5.2_Conveyor Unit Exit Grip Roller Assembly}

3. Remove the conveyor unit exit guide (lower). {MC:5.3_Conveyor Unit Exit Guide (Lower)}

4. Remove the stopper assembly. {MC:5.4_Stopper Assembly}

5. Remove the conveyor unit exit roller (lower).

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-43

MC-44 5.7

5. Remove the film edge sensor (SD5).

Film Edge Sensor (SD5)

Removing Procedure n

1. Remove the conveyor unit exit assembly. {MC:5.1_Conveyor Unit Exit Assembly}

FPEC0536.AI

2. Remove the conveyor unit exit grip roller assembly. {MC:5.2_Conveyor Unit Exit Grip Roller Assembly}

3. Remove the conveyor unit exit guide (lower). {MC:5.3_Conveyor Unit Exit Guide (Lower)}

4. Remove the stopper assembly. {MC:5.4_Stopper Assembly}

Reinstalling Procedure n Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-44

MC-45 5.8

Upper Conveyor Unit Open/Close Guide

Engagement Adjustment of Conveyance Unit Drive n Transmission Gear When the bracket of the conveyance unit drive transmission gear has been removed or when the fixing screws have been loosened, follow the steps below to adjust the engagement of the conveyance unit drive transmission gear.

Removing Procedure n

1. Open the front cover. 2. Open the right cover. 3. Remove the upper conveyor unit open/close guide.

FPEC0537.AI

The fixing screws (TP3x6) of the bracket of the conveyance unit drive transmission gear are painted in yellow.

1. Remove the rear cover. 2. Loosen the fixing screws. 3. While ensuring appropriate backlash between the conveyance unit drive transmission gear and turn roller gear shown in the figure, secure the fixing screws.

Reinstalling Procedure n Reinstall in the reverse order of removal. 020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-45

MC-46 5.9

Conveyor Unit Turn Roller

Removing Procedure n

1. Remove the upper conveyor unit open/close guide. {MC:5.8_Upper Conveyor Unit Open/Close Guide}

FPEC0538.AI

2. Remove the conveyor unit turn roller.

Reinstalling Procedure n Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-46

MC-47

4. Remove the plate of the sub-scanning unit/upper conveyor unit

5.10 Film Conveyance Motor (MD1) Removing Procedure n

1. Remove the sub-scanning unit/upper conveyor unit. {MC:6.1_Sub-Scanning Unit/Upper Conveyor Unit}

FPEC0540.AI

2. Remove the scanner unit. {MC:7.1_Scanner Unit}

3. Turn over the sub-scanning unit/upper conveyor unit. When turning over the sub-scanning unit/upper conveyor unit, do so while rotating it in the direction which does not add load on the upper conveyor unit open/close guide.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-47

MC-48

5. Remove the film conveyance motor (MD1).

Reinstalling Procedure n Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-48

MC-49 5.11 Conveyance Gear n Engagement Adjustment of the Conveyer Unit Exit Gear When the bracket of the conveyer unit exit gear has been removed or when the fixing screws have been loosened, follow the steps below to perform engagement adjustment of the conveyer unit exit gear.

FPEC0541.AI

The fixing screws (TP3x6) for the bracket of the conveyer unit exit gear are painted in yellow.

1. Loosen the fixing screws of the conveyer unit exit gear. 2. Insert a 0.5mm-thick spacer between the conveyer unit exit gear and the conveyer unit exit assembly gear, and tighten the fixing screws. The spacer must be inserted between the flanges of both gears. The thickness of a 150mm steel ruler is 0.5mm.

3. Remove the spacer. Check that the spacer comes out easily. If the spacer does not come out easily, the gear engagement may be too tight.

4. After attaching the removed parts, power on the equipment. 5. After the equipment started up, output a flat pattern from the PC for Servicing (or CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL). {MU:2.4 [5-4]_Flat Pattern}

6. Check that there is no horizontal streak unevenness in 55mm pitch on the output film. The unevenness above is caused by tight gear engagement. If the unevenness appears, perform the adjustment again.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-49

MC-50

4. Remove the sub-scanning unit/upper conveyance unit fixing brackets.

6. SUB-SCANNING UNIT 6.1

Sub-Scanning Unit/Upper Conveyor Unit

Removing Procedure n

1. Remove the film tray.

FPEC0630.AI

{MC:3.2_Film Tray}

2. Remove the following covers. • Rear cover • Film loading unit cover • Rear cover

3. Remove the heat development unit entrance guide. {MC:8.6_Heat Development Unit Entrance Guide}

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-50

MC-51

5. Disconnect the connectors.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-51

MC-52

6. Remove the sub-scanning unit/upper conveyance unit. Move the sub-scanning unit/upper conveyance unit along the slide guide holes on the unit base by 37 mm to the front and by 57 mm to the heat development unit, and remove it towards the front.

WARNING As the stopper has been removed, make sure that the sub-scanning unit/upper conveyor unit does not fall while pulling it out.



When removing the sub-scanning unit/upper conveyance unit, hold the following areas with both hands.

Reinstalling Procedure n Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-52

MC-53 6.2

4. Remove the flat belt (front).

Sub-Scanning Unit Roller

Removing Procedure n

1. Remove the following covers. • Rear cover • Belt cover

FPEC0631.AI

2. Remove the heat development unit entrance guide. {MC:8.6_Heat Development Unit Entrance Guide}

3. Remove the jam removing handle.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-53

MC-54

5. Remove the pulleys (left/right).

6. Remove the sub-scanning unit entrance roller.

• As the removal procedure of the pulleys is the same for the left and right sides, only the procedure for the right side is described. • By rotating the #5 TP4x8, the pulley removing tool and pulley can be removed together. • Use the tool only when removing the pulley. It is not required when reinstalling.

7. Remove the sub-scanning unit exit roller.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-54

MC-55 Reinstalling Procedure n Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

The flat belt has a front and back side. When attaching it to the pulley, place the marked side out.

CHECK/Adjusting Procedure n

1. After reinstalling, rotate the jam removing handle four or five times

and check that the sub-scanning unit rollers rotate smoothly, and the flat belt does not disconnect from the pulley.



• When attaching the sub-scanning unit roller, be careful not to forget to attach the waveform washer. • The pulley has a front and back side. Make sure that the tapered side of the pulley coincides with the tapered side of the shaft attaching portion.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-55

MC-56 6.3

Sub-Scanning Motor (ME1)

6.3.1

Removal/Reinstallation

Removing Procedure n

2. Remove the sub-scanning motor (ME1).

FPEC0632.AI

When replacing the sub-scanning motor (ME1), also replace the ME1 driver board at the same time.

1. Remove the sub-scanning unit/upper conveyor unit.

{MC:6.5_Film Leading Edge Detection Sensor (SE1) steps 1 to 6}

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-56

MC-57

3. Remove the ME1 driver board.

6.3.2

Adjusting when Replacing Sub-Scanning Motor

If the sub-scanning motor (ME1) has been replaced, check/adjust the film conveyance amount as follows.

1. Print the grid pattern. {MU:2.4 [5-5]_Grid}

2. Measure and calculate “F” and “G” of the output film and check that it is within the specified value.

{IN:APPENDIX1_SPECIFIED VALUE FOR EACH FILM SIZE}

3. If the measured value is out of the specified value, perform “Adjusting Sub Scanner” of the M-Utility.

{MU:2.4 [9-1]_Adjusting Sub Scanner}

Reinstalling Procedure n Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

Reinstall the sub-scanning motor so that the WP is at the D cut side of the motor shaft.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-57

MC-58 6.4

Flywheel

Removing Procedure n

1. Remove the following covers. • Rear cover • Belt cover

FPEC0633.AI

2. Remove the flat belt (rear).

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-58

MC-59

3. Remove the flywheel.

Reinstalling Procedure n



Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

• By rotating the #5 TP4x8, the pulley removing tool and flywheel can be removed together. • Use the tool only when removing the flywheel. It is not required when reinstalling.

The flat belt has a front and back side. When attaching it to the flywheel, place the marked side out.

020-201-01(1)E



FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-59

MC-60 The flywheel has a front and back side. Make sure that the tapered side of the flywheel coincides with the tapered side of the shaft attaching portion.

CHECK/Adjusting Procedure n

1. After reinstalling, rotate the jam removing handle four or five times and check that the flat belt does not disconnect from the flywheel.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-60

MC-61 6.5

4. Remove the sub-scanning unit/upper conveyance unit fixing brackets.

Film Leading Edge Detection Sensor (SE1)

Removing Procedure n

1. Remove the film tray.

FPEC0634.AI

{MC:3.2_Film Tray}

2. Remove the following covers. • Rear cover • Film loading unit cover • Rear cover

3. Remove the heat development unit entrance guide. {MC:8.6_Heat Development Unit Entrance Guide}

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-61

MC-62

5. Disconnect the connectors.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-62

MC-63

6. Draw the sub-scanning unit/upper conveyance unit. Move the sub-scanning unit/upper conveyance unit along the slide guide holes on the unit base by 37 mm to the front and by 57 mm to the heat development unit, and draw it towards the front.



When moving the sub-scanning unit/upper conveyance unit, hold the following areas with both hands.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-63

MC-64

7. Remove the film leading edge detection sensor (SE1).

Reinstalling Procedure n Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-64

MC-65

7. SCANNING OPTICS UNIT 7.1

7.1.1

Removal/Reinstallation

 Removing Procedure

Scanner Unit

1. Remove the sub-scanning unit/upper conveyor unit. {MC:6.1_Sub-scanning Unit/Upper Conveyor Unit}

CAUTION • The LD/IC may damage due to static electricity. When removing/reinstalling it, take anti-static measures by wearing a wrist band, etc. • Do not remove the upper cover of the scanner unit. • Do not place your finger inside the laser beam window (at the bottom of the scanner unit). • Handle the optical unit gently, making sure not to subject it to shock.

FPEC0710.AI

2. Remove the scanner unit.

As the positioning part shown below is mounted accurately by tool, never attempt to loosen the screws nor remove it even if not painted in red.

l When Using 839Y100047

This equipment can be used 839Y100047 or 839Y0060 scanner unit.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-65

MC-66 l When Using 839Y0060

 Reinstalling Procedure Reinstall in the reverse order of the removing procedure. However perform the following when installing the scanner unit to the sub-scanning unit/upper conveyor unit.

When pushing the scanner unit against the positioning plate, push gently without subjecting it to shock.

1. Align the scanner unit to the reinstalling position of the sub-scanning unit/upper conveyor unit, and secure temporarily with the screws.

2. Push the two positioning brackets and protruded part on the scanner unit against the sub-scanning unit/upper conveyor unit at the positions shown in the following figure.

3. Secure the scanner unit with the screws. l When Using 839Y100047

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-66

MC-67 l When Using 839Y0060

7.1.2

Adjustments in Replacement of Scanner Unit

If the scanner unit has been replaced, the data in the scanner unit data CD-R provided with the scanner unit needs to be sent to the equipment.

1. Turn ON the power of the equipment. 2. Start the PC-Utility.

{MU:2.2_Flow of PC-Utility Operation}

3. Insert the main unit software CD-R provided with the scanner unit into the CD-ROM drive of the PC for Servicing (or CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL).

4. Transfer scanner unit data to this equipment. {MU:2.4 [3-3]_Scanner Data}

5. After transfering the scanner unit data, reboot the equipment and start the PC-Utility.

6. Output the grid pattern using the PC-Utility. {MU:2.4 [5-5]_Grid}

7. Measure “C” of the output film and check that it is within the specified  CHECK/Adjusting Procedure • Make sure that there is no gap between the sub-scanning unit/upper conveyor unit positioning plate and scanner unit positioning parts. • Make sure that the connectors are connected properly.

value.

{IN:APPENDIX 1_SPECIFIED VALU FOR EACH FILM SIZE}

8. If the measured value is out of the specified value, change the value of “Scanning Width” of the PC-Utility. {MU:2.4 [7-1-1]_Scanning Width}

9. Measure “B” of the output film and check that it is within the specified value.

{IN:APPENDIX 1_SPECIFIED VALU FOR EACH FILM SIZE}

10. If the measured value is out of the specified value, change the value of “Scanning Position”.

{MU:2.4 [7-1-2]_Scanning Position}

11. Perform automatic density correction. {MU:2.4 [6-1]_Auto F.D.C.}

12. Check the film density.

{MU:2.4 [6-2]_Check Density}

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-67

MC-68

8. HEAT DEVELOPMENT UNIT

Reinstalling Procedure n

8.1

Engagement Adjustment of Film Cooling Section Drive n Transmission Gear

Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

Film Cooling Section

When the bracket of the film cooling section drive transmission gear has been removed or when the fixing screws have been loosened, follow the steps below to adjust the engagement of the film cooling section drive transmission gear.

Removing Procedure n

1. Remove the following covers. • Rear cover • Left cover • Upper cover

2. Remove the film cooling section.

FPEC0820.AI

The fixing screws (TP3x6) of the bracket of the film cooling section drive transmission gear are painted in yellow.

1. Loosen the fixing screws of the film cooling section drive transmission gear.

2.

020-201-01(1)E

2. While ensuring appropriate backlash between the film cooling section drive transmission gear and heat development unit large gear shown in the figure, secure the fixing screws.

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-68

MC-69 8.2

3. Remove the heat development harness bracket.

Heat Development Rack Assembly

Removing Procedure n

1. Remove the film cooling section.

FPEC0821.AI

{MC:8.1_Film Cooling Section}

2. Remove the heat development cover.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-69

MC-70

4. Remove the heat development rack assembly. When removing the heat development rack assembly, removing the front and rear fixing pins will separate the heater assembly and roller assembly. Therefore do not remove these pins.

Place the removed heat development rack assembly in the direction shown below.



Reinstalling Procedure n Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-70

MC-71 8.3

Heat Development Roller

Reinstalling Procedure n Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

Removing Procedure n

1. Remove the heat development rack assembly.

FPEC0822.AI

{MC:8.2_Heat Development Rack Assembly}

2. Remove the heat development roller.

• Heat development rollers and bearings may drop if the heat development rack assembly is tilted with the heater assembly removed. • Do not touch the rubber portion of the removed heat development rollers and heater side of the heater assembly with bare hand.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-71

MC-72 8.4

3. Remove the thermal protector.

Thermal Protector

Removing Procedure n

1. Remove the heat development rack assembly.

FPEC0825.AI

{MC:8.2_Heat Development Rack Assembly}

2. Remove the heater assembly.

• Heat development rollers and bearings may drop if the heat development rack assembly is tilted with the heater assembly removed. • Do not touch the rubber portion of the removed heat development rollers and heater side of the heater assembly with bare hand.





020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-72

MC-73 Reinstalling Procedure n Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

• When attaching the thermal protector, visually check that the tip of the screw is not protruding out to the film conveyance side. (Reference screw tightening torque: 0.6Nm = 6kgcm)



• Take note that the attaching direction of the thermal protector connectors differ between 1st rack assembly and 2nd rack assembly. • For 1st rack assembly, attach so that the connectors line up in a straight line. • For 2nd rack assembly, attach so that connectors line up diagonally.



020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-73

MC-74 8.5

Heat Development Unit Conveyance Motor (MG1)

Removing Procedure n

1. Remove the following covers.

FPEC0823.AI

• Rear cover • Left cover

2. Remove the heat development unit entrance guide. {MC:8.6_Heat Development Unit Entrance Guide}

3. Remove the heat development unit conveyance motor (MG1).

Reinstalling Procedure n Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-74

MC-75 8.6

Heat Development Unit Entrance Guide

Removing Procedure n

1. Remove the heat development unit entrance guide.

FPEC0824.AI

Reinstalling Procedure n Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-75

MC-76

3. Remove the stay.

9. FILM RELEASE UNIT 9.1

Film Release Unit

Removing Procedure n

1. Remove the covers. • • • •

Rear cover Left cover Upper cover Film release unit cover

FPEC0910.AI

2. Remove the operation panel.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-76

MC-77

4. Remove the film release unit.

Reinstalling Procedure n Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

Secure the table to the clamp so that the table does not slack around the density measurement light-emitting board and on the stay when reinstalling the removal unit. 020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-77

MC-78 9.2

Density Measurement LightEmitting Board (LED28A)

Reinstalling Procedure n Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

Removing Procedure n

1. Remove the covers. • • • •

FPEC0911.AI

Rear cover Left cover Upper cover Film release unit cover

2. Remove the density measurement light-emitting board (LED28A).

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-78

MC-79

4. Remove the PSU27A/PSU28B board assembly.

10. CONTROLLER 10.1 PSU27A/PSU28B Board CAUTION Be sure to wear a wristband for grounding when performing maintenance of boards. Otherwise static electricity in the body may cause damage to electronic parts on the boards.

FPEC1020.AI

Removing Procedure n

1. Insert the shutter into the film tray. 2. Remove the following covers. • Rear cover • Left cover

3. Remove the left shield plate.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-79

MC-80

5. Remove the PSU27A board and PSU28B board. Reinstalling Procedure n Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-80

MC-81

4. Remove the PRN28A board assembly.

10.2 PRN28A Board CAUTION Be sure to wear a wristband for grounding when performing maintenance of boards. Otherwise static electricity in the body may cause damage to electronic parts on the boards.

FPEC1021.AI

Removing Procedure n

1. Insert the shutter into the film tray. 2. Remove the rear cover. 3. Remove the rear shield plate.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-81

MC-82 The PRN28A board is connected to the CPU28A board by the CN7 connector. When disconnecting the CN7 connector, be careful not to damage the board.

Reinstalling Procedure n Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-82

MC-83 10.3 CPU28A Board

Reinstalling Procedure n Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION



• Replace the CPU board if the lithium battery has worn out. • Return the old CPU board to the Parts Center (factory). • Improper replacement of the battery may result in explosion. Do not remove or replace the lithium battery by itself. • Be sure to wear a wristband for grounding when performing maintenance of boards. Otherwise static electricity in the body may cause damage to electronic parts on the boards.

The connecting position of the CPU-J33 connector is as follows.

FPEC1022.AI

Removing Procedure n

1. Remove the PRN28A board. {MC:10.2_PRN28A Board}

2. Remove CPU28A board.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-83

MC-84 10.4 DIMM CAUTION Be sure to wear a wristband for grounding when performing maintenance of boards and optical units. Otherwise static electricity in the body may cause damage to electronic parts on the boards and optical units.

FPEC1023.AI

Removing Procedure n

1. Remove the CPU28A board. {MU:10.3_CPU28A board}

2. Remove the DIMM.

Reinstalling Procedure n Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-84

MC-85 10.5 CF (Compact Flash Memory) CAUTION Be sure to wear a wristband for grounding when performing maintenance of boards. Otherwise static electricity in the body may cause damage to electronic parts on the boards.

FPEC1024.AI

n Removing Procedure

1. Remove the CPU28A board. {MU:10.3_CPU28A board}

2. Remove the CF.

n Reinstalling Procedure Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-85

MC-86

11. INSTALLING THE MAIN UNIT SOFTWARE The main unit software is provided on CD-R. The DPX PRIMA Copy Tool included in this main unit software CD-R is required for installing the main unit software.

n Installing the Main Unit Software Copy the main unit software in the main unit software CD-R to the FTP folder of the PC for Servicing (or CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL), and install in the equipment via the network. The main unit software can be installed from the PC for servicing or from CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL connected to the equipment.

n Types of Main Unit Software Installations • Version upgrade: The concerned files excluding individual data of the currently installed software are overwritten. • Full installation: The concerned files including individual data of the currently installed software are overwritten.

CAUTION Do not perform settings, etc. of the equipment during the installation of the main unit software.

• As performing full installation will clear the individual data in the CF (Compact Flash memory), the individual data needs to be installed after completing full installation. Use the latest individual data for installation. • In version upgrades, individual data will be preserved.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-86

MC-87 11.1 Installing from the PC for Servicing (or CRIR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL) Perform full installation or version upgrading of the main unit software using the PC for Servicing (or CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL). Use the main unit software copied to the FTP folder in the PC for servicing when performing full installation or version upgrading of the equipment.

3. Enter the drive name into [Input drive]. 4. Click [Copy] of [CD->PC (Installation data copy from CD.)].

To prepare for times when the PC for servicing does not have a CD drive or the main unit software CD-R was not brought to the place where the equipment is installed, it is recommended that “11.1.1 Copying the Main Unit Software to the PC for Servicing (or CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL)” is performed beforehand at the service center or service station beforehand, etc.

11.1.1 Copying Main Unit Software to the PC for Servicing (or CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL) Insert the latest main unit software CD-R in the CD-ROM drive of the PC for Servicing (or CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL), and copy the main unit software to the FTP folder of the PC for Servicing (or CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL).

1. Turn ON the power of the PC for Servicing (or CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL).

2. Load the main unit software CD-R into the CD-ROM drive.

→ “DPXPRICopyTool.exe” starts automatically and [DPX PRIMA Copy Tool] window is displayed.

If it does not start automatically, double-click “DPXPRICopyTool.exe” in the CD-R and start it.

“DPXPRICopyTool.exe” must be started from the CD-ROM drive. “DPXPRICopyTool.exe” may not function properly if started from a copy on the desktop, etc.

020-201-01(1)E

→ The main unit software will be copied in the FTP folder (C:\Program Files\ FujiFilm\DRYPIX\DRYPIXPRIM). When completed, the [Success.] screen appears.

5. [OK] 6. Click [EXIT] to close [DPX PRIMA Copy Tool] window. 7. Unload the main unit software CD-R form the CD-ROM drive.

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-87

MC-88 11.1.2 Upgrading the Version from the PC for Servicing

1. Copy the latest main unit software to the FTP folder of the PC for

6. [Upgrading] → [Execute]

Servicing (or CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL).

{MC:11.1.1_Copying Main Unit Software to the PC for Servicing (or CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL)}

2. Check that the preparations of the PC for servicing have been completed. (Only when using the PC for servicing)

{MU:2.1_Preparations for Using the PC for Servicing}

3. Connect network cable of the PC for servicing to the network to which the equipment is connected. (Only when using the PC for servicing)

4. Turn ON the power of the equipment. 5. Connect the communication of the PC for Servicing (or CR-IR 391CL/ CR-IR 391V CL) to the equipment.

{MU:2.2.2_Connecting to the Equipment (Starting PC-Utility)}

→ The main unit software is transferred (version upgrade) in the equipment. When transferring completed, the [Command completed.] screen appears.

7. End the PC-Utility by clicking the [Logout] button on the maintenance tree.

→ PC-Utility terminates and the logout window opens indicating [It logged out from the printer. Please close this page.].

, unless the pop-up blocker setting of If the PC-Utility is ended by clicking the browser is canceled, the logout screen will not be displayed. {MU:2.1.1_Environment of PC for Servicing}

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-88

MC-89

8. Close the logout window. 9. Reboot the equipment so that the software is upgraded. 10. Check that the equipment whose software version has been upgraded starts and operates normally.

11. End the PC-Utility. 12. Shutdown the PC for servicing. (Only when using the PC for servicing) 13. Disconnect the network cable of the PC for servicing from the network to which the equipment is connected. (Only when using the PC for servicing)

11.1.3 Full Installation from the PC for Servicing

1. Copy the latest main unit software to the FTP folder of the PC for Servicing (or CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL).

{MC:11.1.1_Copying Main Unit Software to the PC for Servicing (or CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL)}

2. Check that the preparations of the PC for servicing have been completed. (Only when using the PC for servicing)

{MU:2.1_Preparations for Using the PC for Servicing}

3. Connect network cable of the PC for servicing to the network to which the equipment is connected. (Only when using the PC for servicing)

4. Turn ON the power of the equipment. 5. Connect the communication of the PC for Servicing (or CR-IR 391CL/ CR-IR 391V CL) to the equipment.

{MU:2.2.2_Connecting to the Equipment (Starting PC-Utility)}

6. If the PC for Servicing (or CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL) does not

contain the latest individual data, import the individual data from the equipment. {MU:2.4 [PC2]_Transfer Indv. Data}

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-89

MC-90

7. [Full Install] → [Execute]

11. Connect the communication of the PC for Servicing (or CR-IR 391CL/ CR-IR 391V CL) to the equipment.

12. Restore the individual data saved in the PC for Servicing (or CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL) prior to the full installation. {MU:2.4 [PC2]_Transfer Indv. Data}

The individual data restored will become effective after the equipment is rebooted.

13. End the PC-Utility by clicking the [Logout] button on the maintenance tree.

→ PC-Utility terminates and the logout window opens indicating [It logged out from the printer. Please close this page.].

14. Close the logout window. 15. Reboot the equipment so that the individual data becomes effective. 16. Connect the communication of the PC for Servicing (or CR-IR 391CL/ CR-IR 391V CL) to the equipment.

17. Execute [PC1-3-1.Set Date] of the PC-Utility to set the system date and time.

→ The main unit software is transferred (full installation) in the equipment. When transferring completed, the [Command completed.] screen appears.

8. End the PC-Utility by clicking the [Logout] button on the maintenance tree.

→ PC-Utility terminates and the logout window opens indicating [It logged out from the printer. Please close this page.].

, unless the pop-up blocker setting of If the PC-Utility is ended by clicking the browser is canceled, the logout screen will not be displayed. {MU:2.1.1_Environment of PC for Servicing}

9. Close the logout window. 10. Reboot the equipment so that the changes made in the main unit

{MU:2.4 [1-3-1]_Set Date}

18. Execute [1-2-1.Set Rem.Films] of the PC-Utility to set the remaining number of films.

{MU:2.4 [1-2-1]_Set Rem. Films>}

19. Check that the equipment which has been fully installed starts and operates normally.

20. End the PC-Utility. 21. Shutdown the PC for servicing. (Only when using the PC for servicing) 22. Disconnect the network cable of the PC for servicing from the network to which the equipment is connected. (Only when using the PC for servicing)

software become effective.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-90

MC-91

12. RESTORING THE COMPACT FLASH MEMORY (CF) When the CF becomes defective while the equipment is running, it can be restored by writing the main unit software.

• The CF cannot be restored if it is physically damaged. • As all settings are initialized after restoring, there is a need to restore the equipment individual data. • Do no use the main unit software copied to the FTP folder of the PC for servicing (or CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL). Instead copy from the CD-R containing the main unit software.

l What to Prepare • CD-ROM drive • CF reader/writer

12.1 Copying the Main Unit Software to the PC for Servicing (Or CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL) If the PC for servicing does not have a CD-ROM drive or the CD-R containing the main unit software is not available at the site of installation, perform this procedure beforehand on the service center or service station, etc.

1. Connect the CF reader/writer to the PC for servicing (or CR-IR 391CL/ CR-IR 391V CL).

2. Turn ON the power of the PC for servicing (or CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL).

3. Insert the CD-R with the main unit software into the CD-ROM drive.

→ DThe DPX PRIMA Copy Tool automatically starts, and the [DPX PRIMA Copy Tool] screen appears.

4. Click [EXIT] to quit the DPX PRIMA Copy Tool. 5. Open Windows Explorer of the PC for servicing (or CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL).

6. Create a new folder anywhere in the PC for servicing (or CR-IR 391CL/ CR-IR 391V CL).

7. Copy and paste “CFImage.zip” and “DDWin.exe” in the CD-R containing the main unit software to this new folder.

8. Double-click the “CFImage.zip” copied to decompress it. → The “CFImage.img” file is created.

9. To enable use of “CFImage.img”, copy the “CFImage.img” file to the desired folder.

10. Remove the CD-R containing the main unit software from the PC for servicing (or CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL).

This ends the procedure for copying the software to the PC for servicing (or CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL).

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-91

MC-92 12.2 Copying the Main Unit Software to the CF

8. Click [Open].

1. Remove the CF from the equipment. 2. Insert the CF into the CF reader/writer connected to the PC for servicing (or CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL).

3. Double-click “DDWin.exe” in the PC for servicing (or CR-IR 391CL/CRIR 391V CL) to start DD for Windows.

4.

Click [Choose disk].

9. Click [Restore].

→ The [Choosing a disk] screen appears.

5. Select the CF reader/writer disk, and click [OK].

6. Click [Choose file]. 7. Select [All files] at [Files of type], and select [CFImage.img].

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-92

MC-93

10. Click [Yes] twice until writing starts.

→ When writing ends, the following screen appears.

11. Click [Verify]. 12. Click [Yes] twice until comparison starts.

→ When comparison ends, the following screen appears.

13. Execute [Safely Remove Hardware] and remove the CF. 14. Load the CF in the equipment. 15. Start the equipment and then the PC-Utility. 16. Restore the equipment data in the equipment. {MU:2.4 [2]_Transfer Indv. Data}

17. Reboot the equipment and check that it operates normally. 020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MC-93

CONTROL SHEET

FM-DL 100 SERVICE MANUAL

Issue Date

Revision Number

11.25.2008 03.20.2009 04.20.2009 05.20.2009

00 00 01 01(1)

Reason

New release for UL (00 (1) Edition) (FM5451) New release (00 (2) Edition) (FM5501) Revised edition release (FM5532) New release for the field (FM5546)

SERVICE MODE (MU)

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

Pages Affected

All pages All pages All pages All pages

MU-1

1. U-UTILITY (USER-UTILITY) The U-Utility functions are intended for both the user and service engineer.

Menus which can be executed differ according to the state before transition.

1.3 [1]

Details of U-Utility Commands Automatically Calibrating the Film Density

Outputs the 24-steps density pattern and performs automatic density correction.

1.1

U-Utility Menu Tree

[2]

Outputting QC Test Pattern

U-Utility [U-1]

Automatically Calibrating the Film Density

[U-2]

Outputting a QC Test Pattern

[U-3]

Reset Film Counters

[U-4]

Setting the Sensitive Material Correction Parameter

[U-5]

Setting the Date and Time

Every time the Utility button is pressed, the display changes to the next menu. After [U-5], the display exits the Utility menu and displays the number of films remaining.

1.2

Starting and Ending the U-Utility

n Starting the U-Utility In the stand-by mode, press the [Utility] button on the operation panel.

n Ending the U-Utility U-Utility ends when its execution is completed.

Outputs the QC test pattern and performs density measurement for image evaluation of this equipment.

[3]

Reset Film Counters

Resets the number of films remaining on the tray to the default value (number of films in the film pack). Use this function to replace films which have been accidentally exposed during tray exchange, etc. (The total number of films used will not be reset.)

[4]

Setting the Sensitive Material Correction Parameter

Used for setting the sensitivity information of film. If this setting has been changed, the changes made will not be valid unless "[U-1] automatic density correction” is executed. Consequently, if the execution timing of automatic density correction is set to “Every film pack”, perform this setting with no films on the tray. If this setting is performed after executing automatic density correction after replacing film, there will be a need to execute automatic density correction again.

[5]

Setting the Date and Time

Set the date and time of this equipment. Change the time accordingly when using in countries with summer time.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MU-1

MU-2

2. PC-UTILITY PC-Utility is used for changing the settings of the equipment by directly accessing setup files in the equipment and editing them using FTP communication as interface. Edit this setup file on the browser of the PC for Servicing (or CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL).

This chapter describes only an outline of the PC-Utility. For details on the functions of the PC-Utility, refer to the separate “CR-IR 391CL/ CR-IR 391V CL Service Manual”.

2.1

Preparations for Using the PC for Servicing

In order to use the DI Tool (DPX7 PC Tool function), the Service Center or Service Station, etc. must first install the DI Tool in the PC for servicing and set the directory of the FTP site.

The 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX straight cable is required for connecting the PC for servicing.

2.1.1

Environment of PC for Servicing

OS l Microsoft Windows 2000 (SP4), Windows XP Professional (SP2), or Windows Vista

Accessories l CD-ROM drive

Network Interface l Ethernet port should be usable.

External Connecting Device l CD-ROM drive

Browser l Internet Explorer version 6 or 7 should be installed.

When any pop-up blocker tool such as Google Toolbar is installed, the pop-up blocker feature must be disabled.

Others l The FTP of the Internet Information Service should be operating.

This manual describes the procedure for connecting the PC for servicing to this equipment via the network, but it is also possible to directly connect the PC for servicing to this equipment using the 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX crossing cable.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MU-2

MU-3 2.1.2

Preparations for Using the PC for Servicing

l Setting a Windows Account for the PC for Servicing The userrname and password should be registered. • User: dryprinter • Password: fujifilm • Access permission: Administrator The above are already set and need not be set for PCs for servicing using DI Tools for FUJIFILM imager equipment other than this equipment.

l Setting the FTP Site Directory The FTP site directory should be set as follows “Any drive name”:\Program Files\fujifilm\DRYPIX” {MU:2.1.3_Setting the FTP Site Directory of the PC}

2.1.3

Setting the FTP Site Directory of the PC

To perform transmission and reception of various data with the equipment, there is a need to set the FTP site directory of the PC for servicing. Described here is the setting method for an example of Windows 2000. Settings are performed in the same way basically for Windows XP, however precautionary items and addition setup items may be provided. {MU:2.1.6_Precaution and Settings in the Use of Windows XP PC for Servicing}

To set the FTP site directory of the PC, Internet Information Services (IIS) function (one of the Windows 2000 components) is required. This Internet Information Services (IIS) will not be installed in the standard installation of Windows 2000. If not installed in the PC used, install it as follows.

Installing the Internet Information Services (IIS) n

1. Click [Start] from the Windows taskbar, then [Settings] → [Control Panel].

2. Double-click the [Add/Remove Programs] icon. 3. Click [Add/Remove Windows Components]. 4. Select the checkbox of [Internet Information Services (IIS)] from the [Components:] list, and click [Next].

5. Follow the instructions of the [Windows Components Wizard] dialog to install the Internet Information Services (IIS).



If the message [Insert Disk] appears halfway through to prompt for the “Windows 2000 CD-ROM” to be inserted, insert the CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive and click [OK]. If the [Microsoft Windows 2000 CD] window appears upon inserting the “Windows 2000 CD-ROM”, click [Exit] to close the window.

6. After completing installation, click [Finish]. 7. Close all windows opened on the Windows desktop.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MU-3

MU-4 Setting the FTP Site Directory of the PC n

1. Click [Start] from the Windows taskbar, then [Settings] → [Control

9. Set the directory of the FTP site (C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\DRYPIX) at [Local Path:] , and select the checkboxes of [Read], [Write], and [Log visits].

Panel].



2. Double-click the [Administrative Tools] icon. 3. Double-click the [Internet Services Manager] icon. 4. Double-click the computer name of the PC used from the [Computer]

If the directory of the FTP site is not set to “C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\ DRYPIX”, the PC-Utility will not operate properly. If using other applications on the same PC, after using the PC-Utility, return to the settings noted down at step 8. In addition, “C:\inetpub\ftproot” is the default value of Windows 2000 and can be changed.

list.

5. Check that [Default FTP Site] is set to [Running]. If set to [Stopped] or [Pause], right-click [Default FTP Site] and select [Start].

6. Right-click [Default FTP Site], and click [Properties] from the pop-up menu.

7. Click the [Home Directory] tab. 8. Note down the path set at [Local Path:].



As Windows 2000 has only one home directory for all accounts, if another directory (folder name) has already been specified for [Local Path:], other applications may be using it.

10. Click [OK]. 11. Close all windows opened on the Windows desktop.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MU-4

MU-5 2.1.4

Setting Grouping Symbols

When the [Regional Options] of the PC for servicing is not English, check the setting of the grouping symbol, and change it if different from below.

5. Click the [Time] tab. 6. Check that [Time separator] is “ : ” (colon).

n Checking Procedure

1. Click [Start] from the Windows taskbar, then [Settings] → [Control Panel].

2. Double-click the [Regional Options] icon. 3. Click the [Numbers] tab. 4. Check that [Decimal symbol] is “ . ” (period).



If as a result of the above selection, the same symbol is selected for [Digit grouping symbol] and [Decimal symbol], change the symbol for [Digit grouping symbol].

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MU-5

MU-6

7. Click the [Date] tab. 8. Check that [Date separator] is “ / ” (slash).



9. Click [OK]. 10. Close the [Control Panel] window.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MU-6

MU-7 2.1.5

Creating the Data Storage Folder

Create the storage folder for various data of the equipment.

4. [Make]

1. Load the main unit software CD-R into the CD-ROM drive.

→ The “DPXPRICopyTool.exe” starts automatically and [DPX PRIMA Copy Tool] window is displayed.

If it does not start automatically, double-click “DPXPRICopyTool.exe” in the CD-R and start it.

→ Data strage folder is created and the [Success.] screen appears.



2. Enter the FTP site root directory at [Input drive of FTP-Home]. {MU:2.1.3_Setting the FTP Site Directory of the PC}

3. Enter [Establish name] and [Printer host name].

• Data strage folder: “C:\Program Files\Fujifilm\DRYPIX\DRYPIXPRIMA\Printers\Establish name_ Printer name” • The data storage folder contains the following four empty folders: • “Indv” folder: Location for storing individual data • “Log” folder: Location for storing log data • “Operation” folder: Location for storing equipment operation data • “Scanner” folder: Location for storing scanner data

5. [OK] 6. Close all windows, and unload the main unit software CD-R.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MU-7

MU-8 2.1.6

Precaution and Settings in the Use of Windows XP PC for Servicing

When using the Windows XP (SP2) PC for servicing, the following precautions and additional settings are required for operating the service tool software.

n Precautions on Installing Internet Information Services (IIS) If IIS has not been installed in the Windows XP PC for servicing to be used, perform the additional install in the same way. Also, during the installing procedure, check the following.

1. Select the checkmark in the [Internet Information Services (IIS)]

checkbox from the [Components:] list at [Add/Remove Windows Components], and click [Details...].

2. Check that the checkmark is selected in the [File Transfer Protocol

(FTP) Service] checkbox from the [Subcomponents of Internet Information Services (IIS):] list. If not selected, select the checkmark, and click [OK]. If [File Transfer Protocol (FTP) Service] is not selected at the [Subcomponents of Internet Information Services (IIS):] list, [Default FTP Site] will be disabled, disabling directory settings of the FTP site hereafter.

n Windows Firewall Settings Like the Windows 2000 PC for servicing, implement FTP site directory settings, Windows XP will also require additional setting of the TCP Port number used by the [Default FTP Site] to the Windows Firewall Exceptions. Set as follows.

1. Click [Start] from the Windows taskbar, then [Settings] →[Control Panel].

2. Double-click the [Administrative Tools] icon. 3. Double-click the [Internet Information Services] icon. 4. Double-click the computer name of the PC used from the [Computer] list.

5. Double-click the [FTP Sites] folder from the [Name] list. 6. Right-click [Default FTP Site], and select [Properties]. 7. At the [FTP Site] tab, note down the number displayed at [TCP Port:] of [Identification] (“21” in the following screen example).





3. Proceed with the installation procedure according to the instructions displayed.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MU-8

MU-9

8. Click [Cancel]. 9. Close all windows opened on the Windows desktop. 10. Click [Start] from the Windows taskbar, then [Settings] → [Control

14. Enter “FTP” in [Name:], and enter the number noted down at step 7. in [Port number:] (“21” in the following screen example).

Panel].

11. Double-click the [Windows Firewall] icon. 12. Click the [Exceptions] tab.



15. Click [OK].



13. Click [Add Port...].

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MU-9

MU-10

16. Check that the checkmark of the [FTP] checkbox has been added in the [Programs and Services:] list of the [Exceptions] tab.

17. Click the [Advanced] tab. 18. Click [Settings] of [Network Connection Settings].

The contents of the [Programs and Services:] list of the [Exceptions] tab of the Windows Firewall shown below are just an example, and actual contents displayed will differ according to the state of use of the PC for servicing (different programs and service names may be registered).



020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MU-10

MU-11

19. Select the checkbox of [FTP Server] of [Advanced Settings] window.

→ This will display the [Service Settings] window.

20. Check that host name is entered at [Name or IP address (for example 192.168.0.12) of the computer hosting this service on your network:] then click [OK].

21. Click [OK] of the [Advance Settings] window.

22. 23.

Click [OK]. Close all windows opened on the Windows desktop.

n Disabling Browser’s Pop-up Blocker When the PC for servicing runs Windows XP (SP2 or later), the browser’s pop-up blocker must be disabled.

→ Returns to the [Advanced Settings] window. 020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MU-11

MU-12 2.2

Flow of PC-Utility Operations

2.2.1

Connecting PC for Servicing to the Network

Connect PC for servicing to the network. (When using the PC for servicing)

1. Connect network cable of the PC for servicing to the network to which the equipment is connected.

2.2.2

Connecting to the Equipment (Starting PC-Utility)

Connect the communication of the PC for Servicing (or CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL) to the equipment.

1. Turn ON the power of the equipment. 2. Start Internet Explorer on the PC for Servicing (or CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL).

3. Enter the following address in the address bar, and then press the <ENTER> key on the key board.

http://default IP address of this equipment:20051/USER/Login.htm

When entering the address, discriminate between upper and lower cases. → The login screen is displayed.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MU-12

MU-13

3. Enter the following username and password, select the language (English) and click [Login].

• Starting the PC-Utility displays the "oFL" on the operation panel.

Login: dryprinter Password: fujifilm • Entering an incorrect user name or password displays “Login failure (Illegal login name)” or “(Login failure (Illegal password)”.

→ The PC-Utility starts and the maintenance tree is displayed.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MU-13

MU-14 2.2.3

PC-Utility Operations

Select PC-Utility menu, and perform equipment settings, etc.

n Selecting Menu Command

1. In the maintenance tree in the left frame of the PC-Utility, click the command name.

n Executing Command l To Change the Equipment Settings

1. To change the equipment settings, select/enter the setting values in the command execution window, and click [Execute]. When one of [Setting1] through [Setting3] is selected, scroll the command execution window until the command is visible.

→ The command execution window appears in the upper right frame of the window.



→ When the equipment settings have been changed successfully, [Command completed.] is displayed.

When one of [Setting1] through [Setting3] is selected, the setting values already set for the equipment are displayed in the command execution window.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MU-14

MU-15 l To Operate the Equipment

1. To check the operation of the equipment, select/enter the operation

conditions, etc. in the command execution window, and click [Execute].

→ The equipment operates according to the operation conditions. When the operation has completed successfully, [Command completed.] is displayed.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MU-15

MU-16 2.2.4

Disconnecting the Equipment

1. After completing settings, click [Logout] button of the maintenance

2. Close the logout window after the logout screen shows “It logged out from the printer. Please close this page.”

tree.

→ The equipment performs reinitialization and [oFL] disappears. → PC-Utility terminates and the logout window opens indicating [Now logging out from the printer. Please wait.].

, the logout screen will not be If the PC-Utility was ended by clicking displayed unless the pop-up blocked setting of the browser is canceled. {MU:2.1.1_Environment of PC for Servicing}

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MU-16

MU-17 2.3

PC-Utility Menu Tree

A

PC-Utility [PC1]

B

[PC1-3] Setting3

System information and setup

[PC1-3-1] Set Date

[PC1-1] Setting1

[PC1-3-2] Ele Save Mode

[PC1-1-1] Check Version

[PC1-3-3] Set Alarm

[PC1-1-1a] Input Serial No.

[PC1-3-4] Reboot

[PC1-1-2] Set DICOM [PC1-1-2-1]

AE Title

[PC1-1-2-2]

Port No.

[PC1-3-5] Film Characteristic ID [PC1-3-6] Power Supply Voltage [PC1-4] Log data

[PC1-1-3] Set Network [PC1-1-3-1]

IP Address

[PC1-1-3-2]

Subnet Mask

[PC1-1-3-3]

Gateway

[PC1-1-3-4]

Host Name

[PC1-4-1] Display Error Log [PC1-4-2] Clear Error Log [PC1-4-3] Display DICOM Log [PC1-4-4] Logging Mode

[PC1-1-4] Display Mac address [PC1-1-5] Registration service pc

[PC2]

Transfer Indv. Data

[PC3]

File Transfer

[PC3-1] Single File

[PC1-2] Setting2

[PC3-2] Analysis Data

[PC1-2-1] Set Rem. Films

[PC3-3] Scanner Data

[PC1-2-2] Set Tray

[PC3-4] Operation Data

[PC1-2-3] Enable QC

[PC4]

[PC1-2-4] Set Target Den.

Upgrading

[PC4-1] Full Install

[PC1-2-5] Printing Dmax

[PC4-2] Upgrading

[PC1-2-6] Auto F.D.C. [PC1-2-7] Set Film infomation [PC1-2-8] Display indv. data

A 020-201-01(1)E

B

C

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MU-17

MU-18 D

C

[PC5]

Output Film

[PC9]

Check Mechanism

[PC5-1] 24-Steps

[PC9-1] Adjusting Sub Scanner

[PC5-2] 17-Steps

[PC9-2] Other Actuators

[PC5-3] Cleaning Film

[PC9-3] Sensor Monitor

[PC5-4] Flat pattern

[PC9-4] Inter Lock Check

[PC5-5] Grid [PC5-6] Uniformity [PC6]

F.D.C.

[PC6-1] Auto F.D.C. [PC6-2] Check Density [PC6-3] 24-Steps [PC6-4] Display 24-Steps [PC6-5] Manual F.D.C. [PC6-6] Set Collect.T. [PC6-7] Clear Collect.T. [PC6-7] Uniformity [PC6-7-1] Clear [PC6-7-2] Manual Input [PC6-8] DM Sensor Monitor [PC7]

Check Scanner

[PC7-1] Adjusting Main Scanner [PC7-2] Film Characteristic ID [PC7-3] Edge Sensor Monitor [PC7-4] Reset Scanner Data [PC8]

Heat- Developer

[PC8-1] Temperature [PC8-2] Set Heater Cond. Temp. [PC8-3] Power Supply Voltage D 020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MU-18

MU-19 2.4 [1] [1-1]

Details of PC-Utility Commands System information and setup Setting1

Confirm details such as IP address and subnet mask with the network administrator of the installation site. [1-1-1] Check Version

Command for displaying various versions of the equipment. [1-1-1a] Input Serial No.

Command for setting the serial number of the equipment and scanner unit.

Do not change the values set.

[1-1-2] Set DICOM [1-1-2-1] AE Title

Command for setting the AE Title of the printer.

“DRYPIX” • The allowable characters for the AE Title are symbols from 20h to 7Eh of the 1-byte code table. • If the number of digits entered does not add up to 16, spaces are set for the remaining number of digits. • The following are not accepted. • All spaces • Space for the first digit • First character is a number [1-1-2-2] Port No.

Command for setting the port number used on the network.

“17238”

Do not set the following port numbers as they are reserved. • 23 : Telnet port • 135, 445, 5000 : OS port • 20051, 20052 : PC-Utility port Input range: 0 to 65535

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MU-19

MU-20 [1-1-3] Set Network

[1-1-3-3] Gateway

[1-1-3-1] IP Address



Command for setting the IP address used on the network.

“172.16.1.30” • •

Input range: 0 to 255 The following are not accepted. • “0.0.0.0” • “255.255.255.255” • No value is entered.

[1-1-3-2] Subnet Mask

Command for setting the subnet mask used on the network.

“255.255.0.0”



1. Enter the subnet mask (decimal).

Command for setting the gateway address used on the network.

“0.0.0.0” • Input range: 000 to 255 • Invalid input: “255.255.255.255” • If no value is entered or “0.0.0.0” is entered, it will be taken as incomplete setting. [1-1-3-4] Host Name

Command for setting the host name used on the network.

“fujiprinter” • The allowable characters for the host name are alphabets (upper and lower cases), numbers, and hyphen “-”. • The following are unaccepted. • Space • Less than 2 characters • First character is a number.

• Input range: 0 to 255 • Out of input range if no value is input.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MU-20

MU-21 [1-1-4] Mac Address

[1-2]



[1-2-1] Set Rem.Films

The MAC address of the CPU board is displayed. [1-1-5] Registration service pc

Command for registering the PC for Servicing (or CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL) to enable file transfer. Any unregistered PC for Servicing (or CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL) are limited in function and does not support “Transfer Indv. Data” and “File Transfer” of PC-Utility. Only one PC for Servicing (or CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL) can be registered. Only the one registered last supports file transfer.

“172.16.1.20”

Setting2

Command for resetting the number of films remaining in each film tray.

The number is reset to the default number of films in the film pack of the corresponding size, instead of being set to a random number of films. [1-2-2] Set Trays

Command for setting whether film trays mounted on the equipment are used or not.

All “ON”



[1-2-3] Enable QC

Default IP address of CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL: “172.16.1.20”

Command for enabling/disabling the image QC function of the U-Utility.

“ON”

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MU-21

MU-22 [1-2-4] Set Target Den.

[1-2-7] Set Film infomation





Command for setting the density of each step wedge used when recording the image QC pattern of U-Utility.

Command for setting the printing position of film information.





The density step to be set is the middle wedge (1 to 3). "Density 4” (Dmax) and “Density 0” (Fog) cannot be set.

[1-2-8] Display indv. data

• [Density 1] : Density of the first step (Range: 20 to 250 (
“Upper Left”

Command for displaying system file list.

“Density 1: 48, Density 2: 120, Density 3: 192” [1-2-5] Printing Dmax

Command for setting whether to enable/disable the “density 4” step wedge for density measurement in the QC test pattern of U–Utility.

“Density4” means the uppermost wedge (density=Dmax). If set to disable, the guide number (4) is not shown and the density is Fog.

“OFF” [1-2-6] Auto F.D.C.

Command for setting the automatic execution timing of automatic density correction.

“every pack”

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MU-22

MU-23 [1-3]

Setting3

[1-3-1] Set Date

Command for setting the system date and time. [1-3-2] Ele Save Mode

Command for setting the timer value when this equipment shifts into the power save mode. • This software stops the following loads in the running state. • Heat development section temperature decrease • Motor excitation OFF • Polygon motor OFF • Under the following conditions, the equipment recovers from the power consumption mode and sets into the standby state. • Image transfer from external equipment • When level 1 error occurs

“15” [1-3-3] Set Alarm

Command for setting the ON/OFF of the operation panel alarm.

“ON”

[1-3-5] Film Characteristic ID

Command for setting film sensivity correction value.

Film size 14x17 14x14 10x14 10x12 8x10

Correction information 3 0 0 2 2 2

Correction information 4 2 2 2 2 2

Do not change the settings until instructed by the Servicing Department. [1-3-6] Power Supply Voltage

Command for setting the power voltage of the heater.

• As 100V models are equipped with a different heater from 200V models, even if 200V/220V/230V/240V is set, there is no risk of overheating of the heater. • If the wrong voltage is set, the equipment may set into the stand-by state earlier or later than expected, resulting in change in recording density for the first few films immediately after Ready. This equipment performs heat development control by changing the pulse width of the heater ON time according to the voltage selected.





“100V”

020-201-01(1)E

Correction information 2 2 2 2 2 2

CAUTION

[1-3-4] Reboot

If the equipment needs to be rebooted after completing command settings, execute this menu and reboot or shut down the equipment. Even if the “Abnormal Operations” errors occurred, execute this menu and reboot the equipment.

Correction information 1 2 2 2 2 2

The default value of the 200V model is “200V”.

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MU-23

MU-24 [1-4]

Initialize

[1-5]

Log data

[1-4-1] Save Data

[1-5-1] Display Error Log





Command for saving various configuration settings (system state after installation).

Do not select [Manufact]. The various configuration settings saved on this menu can be returned to the state when saved, using “[1-4-3] Recover”. [1-4-2] Initialize

Command for executing initialization of various setting information and returning default values set at shipment.

Executing this menu initializes the following data other than the data initialized using “[1-4-3] Recover”. • Various configuration data • Data on whether I/O tracer is executed

Command for displaying error log list. [1-5-2] Clear Error Log

Command for deleting error logs. [1-5-3] Display DICOM Log

Monitors the operating state of the software on the equipment in DICOM communication (communication between software tasks, calculation results, etc.) saved in the PC for Servicing (or CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL). • The data for analysis which will be displayed. • Error logs and text files of various setting information • Communication logs (external input/formatter/formatter to printer/printer ISC) • The time stamp of the analysis data is not guaranteed, but is of the date of execution. • The I/O tracer is also saved when jams occur in addition to when this menu is executed.

[1-4-3] Recover

Command for returning configuration settings to their saved state when [Service] of “[1-4-1] Save Data”is selected. Also initializes some data managed by the system.

• To execute this menu, save the various configuration settings beforehand using “[1-4-1] Save Data”. • The initialized data are as follows. • Remaining film count • User counter • Error log

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MU-24

MU-25 [1-5-4] Logging Mode





• If there is a need to acquire logs for analysis of problems, set this setting to [ON], reproduce the phenomenon, and acquire the required log. • This setting differs according to the time the equipment was ended (End display). When function is [ON]: Within 35 seconds When function is [OFF]: Within 5 seconds

Command for setting whether to save log data for equipment analysis in the PC for servicing or CR-IR during termination of the equipment.

Analysis log

Operation data log

Log type

Log acquisition mode

: Log to be seved, -: Log not to be saved Non-log acquiDetails sition mode

Error log





Records equipment failures. Cover open is also recorded as error. Magazine open is not taken as error.

IOT





Records ON/OFF state of sensors and motors in timechart format. Special viewer is required for referencing.

ISC





Records reception of messages between tasks of conveyance and print functions.

Mechanism log





Records control of ON/OFF of sensors and motors, etc.

Edge sensor log





Records edge sensor reading values.

PFIF log





Records message transmission/reception between the formatter and printer.

Jam log





Collects logs related to jams when jams occur.

DICOM log



-

DICOM communication log with connected part. Log volume is heavy.

Main log



-

Log on control of all applications. Records start and termination time, control transition time with each subsystem, etc.

Output log



-

Records progress to printing after image processing completes.

PCUTL log



-

PC-Utility function processing trace.

Spooler log



-

Records results of printing request. Also records information such as remaining films when printing is requested.

Trace log



-

Records start state between sub-systems on chart.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MU-25

MU-26 [2]

Transfer Indv. Data

Command for transferring individual data files. The files to be transferred are the files in the “Indv” folder (C:\Program Files\Fujifilm\ DRYPIX\DRYPIXPRIMA\Printers\Establish name_Printer name\Indv).

To perform File Transfer, there is a need to perform “[PC1-1-5] Registration service pc”. Executing [PC->Printer] transfers the file “CLTInfo.csv” in the “Indv” folder of the PC for serving (or CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL). This file is written in the format in which the setup information of each client is partitioned by a comma like “Setting item name, setting value”.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MU-26

MU-27 [3]

File Transfer

Transfer data files between the equipment and PC for servicing.

To perform file transfer, “[PC1-1-5] Registration service pc” must have been performed in advance.

[3-1]

[3-3]

Command for transferring scanner data file to the equipment. After the scanner unit is replaced, the files in the “Scanner Data CD-R” supplied with the scanner unit must be transferred to the equipment.



1. Check that the PC for Servicing (or CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL) is registered.

Single file

Command for transferring manually selected data file to the equipment.

{MU:2.4 [1-1-5]_Registration service pc}

2. Copy the files in the Scanner Data CD-R to the “Scanner” folder (C:\

Program Files\Fujifilm\DRYPIX\DRYPIXPRIMA\Printers\Establish name_Printer name\Scanner) in the PC for Servicing (or CR-IR 391CL/ CR-IR 391V CL).

Files which can be sent to the equipment include parameter files and program files.

[3-2]

Analysis Data

3. Input the serial number of the label affixed on a new scanner unit. 4. [Execute]

→ File transfer starts. When file transfer is completed, the [Command completed.] is displayed. If the file transfer fails, [Command incompleted.] is displayed

Command for transferring analysis data files from the equipment. A log file for analysis is transferred to the “Log” folder (C:\Program Files\Fujifilm\ DRYPIX\DRYPIXPRIMA\Printers\Establish name_Printer name\Log) of the PC for Servicing (or CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL).

Scanner Data

[3-4]

Operation Data

Command for transferring operation data files from the equipment. A CSV format file is transferred to the “Operation” folder (C:\Program Files\Fujifilm\ DRYPIX\DRYPIXPRIMA\Printers\Establish name_Printer name\Operation) of the PC for Servicing (or CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL).

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MU-27

MU-28 [4]

Upgrading

Perform full installation or version upgrading of the main unit software. Use the main unit software copied to the FTP folder in the PC for Servicing (or CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL) when performing full installation or version upgrading of the equipment. For details on version upgrading or full installation procedure using the PC for servicing, refer to “REMOVAL AND ADJUSTMENT (MC)”. {MC:11_INSTALLING THE MAIN UNIT SOFTWARE}

2. Enter the drive name into [Input drive]. 3. Click [Copy] of [Please specify the drive of FTP-Home].

Before starting this procedure, the individual data should be backed up because it will be initialized by [Full Install].

[4-1]

Full Install

[4-2]

Upgrading

n Copying Main Unit Software to the PC for Servicing (or CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL)

1. Load the main unit software CD-R into the CD-ROM drive.

→ “DPXPRICopyTool.exe” starts automatically and [DPX PRIMA Copy Tool] window is displayed.

If it does not start automatically, double-click “DPXPRICopyTool.exe” in the CD-R and start it.

“DPXPRICopyTool.exe” must be started from the CD-ROM drive. “DPXPRICopyTool.exe” may not function properly if started from a copy on the desktop, etc.

020-201-01(1)E

→ The main unit software will be copied in the FTP folder (C:\Program Files\ FujiFilm\DRYPIX\DRYPIXPRIMA\CD-Image). → When completed, the [Success.] screen appears.

4. [OK] 5. Click [EXIT] to close [DPX2 Copy Tool] window. 6. Unload the main unit software CD-R from the CD-ROM drive.

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MU-28

MU-29 n Transferring the Main Unit Software to the Equipment (Full Install/Upgrading)

1. Start the PC-Utility. 2. When performing full installation, save individual data first. 3. [Full Install] or [Upgrading] → [Execute]

→ The main unit software is transferred (version upgrade or full installation) in the equipment. When transferring completed, the [Command completed.] screen appears.

4. Select

[Reboot] of the PC-Utility menu.

Reboot the equipment so that the changes made in the main unit software become effective.

5. [Reboot] → [Execute]

→ [End] is displayed on the operation panel. [End] means termination processing is currently being carried out. The equipment will reboot after about 75 seconds. → “System off. Please close this page.” is displayed on the PC Utility.

6. Close the PC-Utility window. 7. If full installation has been performed, perform the following procedure as well. • • • •

020-201-01(1)E

Restoring the individual data Reboot the equipment Setting the system date and time Setting the number of remaining films

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MU-29

MU-30 [5]

Output Film

[5-1]

24-Steps

Command for printing the 24-steps pattern.

[5-2]

17-Steps

Command for printing the 17-steps pattern.

[5-3]

Cleaning Film

Command for printing the cleaning film.

[5-4]

Flat pattern

Command for printing the flat pattern.

[5-5]

Grid

Command for printing the grid pattern.

[5-6]

Uniformity

Command for printing the uniformity measurement pattern.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MU-30

MU-31 [6] [6-1]

F.D.C. AUTO F.D.C.

Command for printing 24-steps patterns and calculating the 24-steps density correction value from the density data measured by the density measurement section. The number of prints is fixed at 1.

020-201-01(1)E

[6-2]

Check Density

Command for printing 17-steps pattern, and displaying 17-steps data measured by the density measurement section. The number of prints is fixed at 1.

l Specified Values Step

Dmax 3.0

1

fog

2

Density should be between densities of step 1 and step 3.

3

Density should be between densities of step 2 and step 4.

4

0.30±0.07

5

0.48±0.07

6

0.66±0.07

7

0.84±0.07

8

1.02±0.07

9

1.20±0.07

10

1.38±0.07

11

1.56±0.07

12

1.74±0.07

13

1.92±0.07

14

2.10±0.09

15

2.40±0.09

16

2.70±0.11

17

3.00±0.11

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MU-31

MU-32 [6-3]

24-Steps

Command for outputting the 24-steps pattern using the current setting value.

[6-4]

Display 24-Steps

Command for displaying the 24-steps density data measured by “[6-1] AUTO F.D.C.”.

If the equipment is rebooted after executing “[6-1] AUTO F.D.C.”, this density data will be deleted.

[6-5]

Manual F.D.C.

Command for entering the 24-steps density value measured using the external densitometer, and creating density correction information.

[6-6]

Set Collect.T.

Command for creating densitometer calibration tables for calibrating the built-in densitometer.

To execute this menu, “[6-3] 24-Steps” needs to be executed first.

[6-7]

Clear Collect.T.

Command for initializing densitometer calibration tables.

[6-8]

Uniformity

[6-8-1] Clear

Command for returning the uniformity correction data to the state at shipment (?default value) or clearing the data to zero for all specified film sizes or all sizes.

l Clear Type [Single]/[All]

l Clear data type [Manufacture] [Zero]

: Returns to state at shipment : Clears to zero.

l Film Size (When “Single” is selected at “Clear Type”) [14x17]/[14x14]/[10x14]/[10x12]/[8x10] [6-8-2] Manual Input

Measure the uniformity measurement pattern output at “[PC6-8] Uniformity” using an external densitometer, and repeatedly enter the required number of measurement data. (Number=Low Density/High Density: 15 each)

Correction is carried out on the film size set on the equipment. Make sure that the film size to be measured and film size set on the equipment are the same before executing this command.

[6-9]

DM Sensor Monitor

Command for monitoring whether the density measurement sensor of the internal densitometer is operating normally or not.

After completing monitoring, execute ?[Quit] to end communication with the equipment. If communication is not ended, it may not be possible to execute other menus.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MU-32

MU-33 [7] [7-1]

Check Scanner Adjusting Main Scanner

[7-1-1] Scanning Width



[7-2]

Edge Sensor Monitor

Command for monitoring changes in the film edge sensor (SD5) used in the correction of the scanning position. This monitoring of changes allows checking of the quantitative film tilt degree during printing, and checking of the film edge sensor alone.

[7-1-2] Scanning Position

The following are displayed: • Current value (pixel value and counter value, average value during printing) • Maximum value (pixel value and counter value: maximum value during monitoring, value only during printing) • Minimum value (pixel value and counter value: minimum value during monitoring, value only during printing) • Starting Position (Reference value) • Start position adjustment value (Reference value)





Command for setting the main scanning width (compression rate in the main scanning direction). Measure the output “[5-5] Grid” pattern “B”, and adjust.

Command for setting the scanning position in the main scanning direction. Measure the output “[5-5] Grid” pattern “C”, and adjust. [7-1-3] Initialize Scanner

Command for initializing the scanning width adjusting values and scanning position adjusting values.

020-201-01(1)E

After completing monitoring, execute ?[Quit] to end communication with the equipment. If communication is not ended, it may not be possible to execute other menus.

[7-3]

Reset Scanner Data

Command for resetting the total running time of the scanner unit to “0”. Reset the time at this menu when replacing the scanner unit.

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MU-33

MU-34 [8]

Heat-Developer

[9]

Check Mechanism

[8-1]

Temperature

[9-1]

Adjusting Subscanner





Command for performing temperature monitoring of each thermistor.

Command for adjusting the film conveyance speed of the sub-scanning unit.





The displayed temperature is ten times the value and can be displayed to the first decimal point.

Enter the average value in four digits (x10 value) of the output “[5-5] Grid” patterns “F” and “G”.

After completing monitoring, execute ?[Quit] to end communication with the equipment. If communication is not ended, it may not be possible to execute other menus.

[8-2]

Set Heater Cond. Temp.

Command for setting the default of the targeted temperature of each heater.

[9-2]

Other Actuator

Command for performing individual operations of the tray lock solenoid (SOLA1). Perform this command to release tray lock.

To end, execute [OFF] and to turn OFF the solenoid.



[9-3]

Sensor Monitor

The displayed temperature is ten times the value and can be displayed to the first decimal point.

Command for performing sensor monitoring.

After completing monitoring, execute ?[Quit] to end communication with the equipment.

[9-4]

Interlock Function

Command for checking the interlock function during installation and periodic maintenance and inspection.

Executing this menu starts the rotation of the conveyance motor (MG1) of the heat development unit.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MU-34

MU-35 BLANK PAGE

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

MU-35

CONTROL SHEET

FM-DL 100 SERVICE MANUAL

Issue Date

Revision Number

11.25.2008 03.20.2009 04.20.2009 05.20.2009

00 00 01 01(1)

Reason

New release for UL (00 (1) Edition) (FM5451) New release (00 (2) Edition) (FM5501) Revised edition release (FM5532) New release for the field (FM5546)

SERVICE PARTS LIST (SP)

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

Pages Affected

All pages All pages All pages All pages

SP-1

How to Use Service Parts List

Character A B

 RANK  Handling RANK characters (Parts that are handled in a special manner during parts management, such as replacement)

C D

Character Under Warranty Out of Warranty R Q

T

without R, Q, T

Must be returned. Must be returned. (We use for analysis.) Must not be returned. (Consumable part. Not applicable to free-of-charge warranty.) Must not be returned.

Repairable Not repairable

Not repairable

Not repairable

 Export regulation-applicable character (Parts with the following character are controlled by Export regulation.) Character +

Significance

Parts applicable to export regulations.

 Fault RANK characters (Which provide reference for determining the recommended stock quantity) All parts are assigned with one of characters A through E.

E

Consumable parts or parts that will be replaced at short intervals. Parts that may become faulty accidentally and have a relatively high failure rate. Parts that have a sufficiently long MTBF, but are expected to have a relatively high failure rate. Parts that have a sufficiently long MTBF, but are expected to become faulty. Parts that are necessary for fault analysis, or parts that may be needed in case of unexpected accidents such as man-induced damage.

The Fault RANK characters, Handling RANK characters, and Export regulation-applicable character are assigned in that order. Thus, at least one character or up to three characters are assigned in the RANK column.

 REF. NO. REF. NO. is a part number indicated in the Service Parts Exploded Views. For parts having different functions, they are clearly distinguished in the REMARKS and SERIAL NUMBER columns.

 PART NUMBER PART NUMBER is a code number that is unique to each part. An alphabetic letter at the rightmost position of the code number has the following meaning.

For hardware The alphabet denotes the version number of a part. If parts have different version numbers, they are upwardcompatible.

For software 020-201-01(1)E

Significance

The alphabet denotes a difference in the specifications. Parts differing in the suffix are not compatible with each other. Version number is omitted in the list.

 PART NAME PART NAME represents a general name of a part.

 QTY. QTY. denotes the quantity of parts used in each unit. A part whose quantity is suffixed with -S represents a small part that is shipped in packs of 50. (Even if such a part is ordered in quantity of 1, a pack containing 50 pieces of that part is supplied.)

 REMARKS The REMARKS column indicates a unique name or relevant information of each part.

 SERIAL NUMBER The units may contain different parts depending on their shipment control number. SERIAL NUMBER indicates the shipment control number to which the relevant parts are applicable. If the SERIAL NUMBER column is blank, the parts are applicable to all the relevant units. The shipment control number is represented by lower five digits of eightdigit number indicated on the rating indication label.

 RECOMMENDED QUANTITIES OF SPARE PARTS It is recommended as a rough guide to keep in stock a certain quantity of parts according to the rank (A, B, C, D, E) assigned to the parts, as follows. For periodically replaced parts, keep them in stock separately. Adjust the stock quantity of service parts depending on the number of working units (N). Quantity used in a single system : Q N=1 Rank A = 1 + Q × 0.3 Rank C = 1 + Q × 0.05 Rank D = 1 + Q × 0.02 2 ≤ N ≤ 10 Rank A = 2 + N × Q × 0.3 Rank C = 2 + N × Q × 0.05 Rank D = 1 + N × Q × 0.02 11 ≤ N ≤ 300 Rank A = 3 + N × Q × 0.3 Rank C = 3 + N × Q × 0.05 Rank D = 2 + N × Q × 0.02

 PRECAUTIONS TO BE OBSERVED WHEN RETURNING PARTS FOR REPAIR When returning a component for repair, pack it in the same manner as for the supplied substitute, using the substitute packing materials. The use of different packing materials or packing methods may incur damage to packed component during transit.

 REFER TO The "REFER TO" column shows reference sections concerning the part. Clicking the reference section in the “REFER TO” column jumps to the top page of the reference section where the related information is in.

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

SP-1

SP-2

INDEX INDEX 01 ● カバー COVER

FPEZ001A.AI

INDEX 04 ● 枚葉部 REMOVAL UNIT

FPEZ004A.AI

INDEX 02 ● フレーム FRAME

FPEZ002A.AI

INDEX 05 ● 搬送部 CONVEYOR UNIT

FPEZ005A.AI

INDEX 07 INDEX 08 ●光学部 ● 熱現像部 SCANNING OPTICS UNIT HEAT DEVELOPMENT UNIT

FPEZ007A.AI

020-201-01(1)C

FPEZ008A.AI

INDEX 03 ● 装填部 FILM LOADING UNIT

FPEZ003A.AI

INDEX 06 ● 副走査部 SUB-SCANNING UNIT

INDEX 10 ● 制御部 CONTROLLER

INDEX 11 ● 回路図 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

INDEX 12 ● 部品番号検索表 PARTS NOS. SEARCH TABLE

FPEZ010A.AI

INDEX 13 ● 締結用および配線用の サービス部品一覧表 List of Service Parts for Securing and Wiring

FPEZ006A.AI

INDEX 09 ● 排出部 FILM RELEASE UNIT

FPEZ009A.AI

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

SP-2

SP-3

01A

カバー 1 COVER 1



FPEZ0111.AI

020-201-01(1)C

RANK D D D D D D D D D D D D A D

カバー 1 COVER 1 REF. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

PART NO. 350Y101032 350N101291B 405N101308 314N100058A 314Y100018A 366N100039 398Y100017 382N100323 350Y101033 350N101292D 388N100593 398N100015 393N100002 309N100065

カバー カバー 銘板 蝶番 蝶番 ガイド シャッタ テープ カバー カバー 圧縮コイルばね カバー 刃物 プラワッシャ

PART NAME Cover Cover Label Hinge Hinge Guide Shutter Sponge Cover Cover Compression Spring Cover Cutter Plastic Washer

QTY. 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 4 1 1 4

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

REMARKS

01A

SERIAL NO.

REFER TO

SP-3

SP-4

01B

カバー 2 COVER 2



FPEZ0112.AI

020-201-01(1)C

RANK D D D D D D

カバー 2 COVER 2 REF. 1 2 3 4 5 6

PART NO. 350N101294A 350Y101034 350N101293B 314Y100019A 314N100059B 316N100152

カバー カバー カバー 蝶番 蝶番 止め具

PART NAME Cover Cover Cover Hinge Hinge Stopper

QTY. 1 1 1 2 2 1

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

REMARKS

01B

SERIAL NO.

REFER TO

SP-4

SP-5

01C



カバー 3 COVER 3



FPEZ0113.AI

020-201-01(1)C

RANK D D D D

カバー 3 COVER 3 REF. 1 2 3 4

PART NO. 350N101287B 350N101290A 350N101295C 350N101296B

カバー カバー カバー カバー

PART NAME Cover Cover Cover Cover

QTY. 1 1 1 1

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

REMARKS

01C

SERIAL NO.

REFER TO

SP-5

SP-6

02A

フレーム 1 FRAME 1



FPEZ0211.AI

020-201-01(1)C

RANK D D D D D D D D

フレーム 1 FRAME 1 REF. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

PART NO. 363N100769B 367S0135 386S1115 366S0006 128S0987 376N100044 899Y100501 899Y100502

PART NAME ガイド Guide ゴム足 Rubber Foot 緩衝機材 Rubber アクチュエータ Actuator マイクロスイッチ Micro-Switch メカニカルフィルタ Filter 保守部品 Tool 保守部品 Tool

QTY. REMARKS 1 2 3 2 2 SK1, SK2 1 1 1

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

02A

SERIAL NO.

REFER TO

SP-6

SP-7

02B

フレーム 2 FRAME 2



FPEZ0212.AI

020-201-01(1)C

RANK D D D D D D D

フレーム 2 FRAME 2 REF. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

PART NO. 345N100656 386S1115 367S0135 345N100655 310N100213 356N103818 115Y0041A

遮板 緩衝機材 ゴム足 遮板 ストッパ ブラケット サーミスタ

PART NAME Shield Plate Rubber Rubber Foot Shield Plate Stopper Bracket Thermistor

QTY. REMARKS 1 1 2 1 4 1 1 THK1

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

02B

SERIAL NO.

REFER TO

SP-7

SP-8

03A

装填部 1 FILM LOADING UNIT 1



FPEZ0311.AI

020-201-01(1)C

RANK D D D D D D D D D

装填部 1 FILM LOADING UNIT 1 REF. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

PART NO. 128S0971 366S0011 388N100575 107Y100017 146S0029A 362N100327 334N100216A 146N0010A 363N100798

マイクロスイッチ アクチュエータ 引張りコイルばね ソレノイド ホトインタラプタ 受 樹脂ローラ ホトインタラプタ ガイド

PART NAME Micro-Switch Actuator Tension Spring Solenoid Photo Interrupter Guide Resin Roller Photo Interrupter Guide

QTY. 1 1 1 1 3 4 10 1 2

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

REMARKS SA2

03A

SERIAL NO.

REFER TO

SOLA1 SA3, SA4, SA5

SA1

SP-8

SP-9

03B

装填部 2 FILM LOADING UNIT 2



FPEZ0312.AI

020-201-01(1)C

RANK D D D D D D D D D D D D D

装填部 2 FILM LOADING UNIT 2 REF. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

PART NO. 363N100779A 363N100761 363N100781A 363N100762 317N100055 340N100101A 363Y100253 334N100216A 345N100699 343N100059A 316Y100073 388N100585A 342N100055

ガイド ガイド ガイド ガイド キャップ つまみ ガイド ローラ 仕切り板 フック 止め具 ねじりコイルばね レバー

PART NAME Guide Guide Guide Guide Cap Knob Guide Roller Plate Hook Stopper Spring Lever

QTY. 4 1 1 2 13 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

REMARKS

03B

SERIAL NO.

REFER TO

SP-9

SP-10

04A

枚葉部 1 REMOVAL UNIT 1



FPEZ0411.AI

020-201-01(1)C

RANK D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D

枚葉部 1 REMOVAL UNIT 1 REF. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

PART NO. 345N100683A 356Y100873C 335N100043 322SP201 334N100202 334N100203 322N100244A 388N100598 322N100241 341N100289A 327N100344A 327N100345A 335N100046 327N100346A 118SX208A 327N100327 327N100312A 341N100290A 319Y100089 334N100201B 118SX210 327N100352 327N100321A 327N100322A 327N100320

遮板 アーム フランジ 軸受け ゴムローラ ゴムローラ すべり軸受 引張りコイルばね 軸受 アーム 歯車 歯車 フランジ 平歯車 パルスモータ 平歯車 平歯車 アーム 軸 ゴムローラ パルスモータ 歯車 平歯車 歯車 歯車

PART NAME Shield Plate Arm Flange Bearing Rubber Roller Rubber Roller Plain Bearing Tension Spring Bearing Arm Gear Gear Flange Spur Gear Stepping Motor Spur Gear Spur Gear Arm Shaft Rubber Roller Stepping Motor Gear Spur Gear Gear Gear

QTY. REMARKS 1 2 2 2 1 1 4 2 4 4 3 1 1 5 1 MB2 2 2 4 1 1 1 MB1 1 2 1 1

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

04A

SERIAL NO.

REFER TO

SP-10

SP-11

04B

枚葉部 2 REMOVAL UNIT 2



FPEZ0412.AI

020-201-01(1)C

RANK D D D D D D D D D D D D

枚葉部 2 REMOVAL UNIT 2 REF. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

PART NO. 341Y100104 146S0029A 356N103803 322SY223 388N100573 402N0020A 375N100126 316Y100071 392N100001 371N100090 316Y100075B 334N100224

アーム ホトインタラプタ ブラケット 軸受け 圧縮コイルばね ベローズ シール 止め具 吸着盤 ノズル 止め具 ゴムローラ

PART NAME Arm Photo Interrupter Bracket Bearing Compression Spring Bellows Seal Holder Suction Cup Nozzle Holder Rubber Roller

QTY. REMARKS 1 1 SA2 1 26 6 3 3 3 3 3 2 2

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

04B

SERIAL NO.

REFER TO

SP-11

SP-12

04C



枚葉部 3 REMOVAL UNIT 3



FPEZ0413.AI

020-201-01(1)C

RANK D D D D D

枚葉部 3 REMOVAL UNIT 3 REF. 1 2 3 4 5

PART NO. 146S0029A 346N100527B 347S0281A 332N100180A 328N100016A

ホトインタラプタ 補助板 スペーサ ストッパ 爪

PART NAME Photo Interrupter Support Plate Spacer Stopper Claw

QTY. REMARKS 1 SA1 3 4 4 2

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

04C

SERIAL NO.

REFER TO

SP-12

SP-13

05A

搬送部 1 CONVEYOR UNIT 1



FPEZ0511.AI

020-201-01(1)C

RANK D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D

搬送部 1 CONVEYOR UNIT 1 REF. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27

PART NO. 327N100315A 388Y10007 322N100251 322SP213 362N100320A 388N100588 322N100247A 334Y100147 322N100246A 313Y100027 363N100783 322N100245A 327N100338A 146S0029A 313N100189 341N100288 107Y0185C 388N100574 118SX202B 327N100316A 356Y100865 327N100317A 113Y100332A 332Y100036 334N100198 388N100580 146S0086

PART NAME 歯車 Gear 板ばね Leaf Spring すべり軸受 Plain Bearing 軸受 Bearing 受 Support 圧縮コイルばね Compression Spring 軸受 Bearing ゴムローラ Rubber Roller すべり軸受 Plain Bearing ステー Stay ガイド板 Guide Plate すべり軸受 Plain Bearing 歯車 Gear ホトインタラプタ Photo Interrupter フレーム Frame アーム Arm ソレノイド Solenoid 圧縮コイルばね Compression Spring パルスモータ Stepping Motor 歯車 Gear ブラケット Bracket 歯車 Gear エッジセンサ Assy Edge Sensor Assy ストッパ Stopper ゴムローラ Rubber Roller 引張りコイルばね Tension Spring ホトインタラプタ Photo Interrupter

QTY. 2 2 1 4 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

REMARKS

05A

SERIAL NO.

REFER TO

SD3, SD4

SOLD1 MD2

MD2

SD2

SP-13

SP-14

05B

搬送部 2 CONVEYOR UNIT 2



FPEZ0512.AI

020-201-01(1)C

RANK D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D

搬送部 2 CONVEYOR UNIT 2 REF. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

PART NO. 363N100752 322N100241A 334N100200 327N100340 363N100749 388N100564 363N100754 334N100196 118SX210 340N100098 355N100698A 327N100318A 327N100324A 327N100323A 341N100287 327N100326A 327N100318A 360N100219A

ガイド 軸受 ゴムローラ 歯車 ガイド ばね ガイド ローラ パルスモータ 取手 フレーム 歯車 歯車 歯車 アーム 歯車 歯車 ハウジング

PART NAME Guide Bearing Rubber Roller Gear Guide Spring Guide Roller Stepping Motor Handle Frame Gear Gear Gear Arm Gear Gear Housing

QTY. REMARKS 1 4 2 2 4 2 4 4 1 1 1 MD1 1 4 2 1 1 1 1

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

05B

SERIAL NO.

REFER TO

SP-14

SP-15

05C



搬送部 3 CONVEYOR UNIT 3



FPEZ0513.AI

020-201-01(1)C

RANK D D D D D A D D D D D

搬送部 3 CONVEYOR UNIT 3 REF. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

PART NO. 342N100054A 363N100757 363N100773 363N100772 341N100295 334Y100148A 341N100294 334N100196 363N100758 146S0086 363N100756

レバー ガイド ガイド ガイド アーム ローラ アーム ローラ ガイド ホトインタラプタ ガイド

PART NAME Lever Guide Guide Guide Arm Roller Arm Roller Guide Photo Interrupter Guide

QTY. REMARKS 2 1 4 4 1 1 1 8 1 1 SD1 1

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

05C

SERIAL NO.

REFER TO

SP-15

SP-16

05D

搬送部 4 CONVEYOR UNIT 4



FPEZ0514.AI

020-201-01(1)C

RANK D D D D D D D D D D D D

搬送部 4 CONVEYOR UNIT 4 REF. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

PART NO. 322N100241A 363N100775 363N100764 334N100196 345N100684 363N100763 363N100776 363N100777 388N100584A 350N101326 327N100342 334N100204A

軸受 ガイド ガイド ローラ 遮板 ガイド ガイド ガイド 板ばね カバー 平歯車 ゴムローラ

PART NAME Bearing Guide Guide Roller Shield Plate Guide Guide Guide Leaf Spring Cover Spur Gear Rubber Roller

QTY. 2 4 1 16 1 4 4 4 4 1 1 1

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

REMARKS

05D

SERIAL NO.

REFER TO

SP-16

SP-17

06A

副走査部 1 SUB-SCANNING UNIT 1



FPEZ0611.AI

020-201-01(1)C

RANK D D D D D D

副走査部 1 SUB-SCANNING UNIT 1 REF. 1 2 3 4 5 6

PART NO. 350N101325A 386N100282 350N101316A 332N100182A 386N100280A 345N100682

カバー 緩衝機材 カバー ストッパ 防振ゴム 遮光布

PART NAME Cover Shock Absorber Cover Stopper Shock Absorber Shading Cloth

QTY. 1 16 1 1 1 1

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

REMARKS

06A

SERIAL NO.

REFER TO

SP-17

SP-18

06B

副走査部 2 SUB-SCANNING UNIT 2



FPEZ0612.AI

020-201-01(1)C

RANK D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D

副走査部 2 SUB-SCANNING UNIT 2 REF. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

PART NO. 309S0075 334Y100146 334N100199 343N100061 323N1264B 324N100106 339N100012A 388N100590 322N100241A 322SP213 324N100110A 388N100589 308N100136 319Y100086B 113Y100333 118YA184A 324Y100040 309S0127 324N100108 323N1265A 401N100124 322SF227

座金 ゴムローラ ゴムローラ フック 平ベルト 平ベルト車 ハンドル 引張りコイルばね 軸受 軸受 平ベルト車 圧縮コイルばね 特殊ねじ 軸 検出部 パルスモータ 平ベルト車 座金 平ベルト車 平ベルト 押え板 軸受

PART NAME Washer Rubber Roller Rubber Roller Hook Belt Belt Wheel Handle Tension Spring Bearing Bearing Belt Wheel Compression Spring Special Screw Shaft Sensor Unit Stepping Motor Wheel Washer Belt Wheel Belt Pressure Plate Bearing

06B

QTY. REMARKS SERIAL NO. 2 2 1 1 1 2 1 2 2 4 2 2 2 1 1 SE1 (SED28A) 1 MD1 1 1 1 1 1 2

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

REFER TO

SP-18

SP-19

07



光学部 SCANNING OPTICS UNIT

RANK DR DR FPEZ0711.AI

光学部 SCANNING OPTICS UNIT REF. PART NO. 1 839Y100047 2 839Y0060/A/B

光学部 光学部

PART NAME Scanning Optics Unit Scanning Optics Unit

QTY. 1 1

REMARKS

SERIAL NO.

07 REFER TO

◇参 考◇ 本装置は 839Y100047 または 839Y0060 のスキャナユニットを使用することができる。 This equipment can be used 839Y100047 or 839Y0060 scanner unit.

020-201-01(1)C

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

SP-19

SP-20

08A

熱現像部 1 HEAT DEVELOPMENT UNIT 1



FPEZ0811.AI

020-201-01(1)C

RANK D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D

熱現像部 1 HEAT DEVELOPMENT UNIT 1 REF. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

PART NO. 118SX208A 310S9042516 327N100341 322SP214 327N100314A 327Y100033A 319N101353 363N100768B 347N100422 363N100767B 322N100248 347N100418 339N100013 347S0829 405N101307 119Y10046

パルスモータ 平行ピン 平歯車 すべり軸受 平歯車 平歯車 軸 ガイド板 スペーサ ガイド板 すべり軸受 スペーサ ハンドル スペーサ 銘板 電動ファン

PART NAME Stepping Motor Straight Pin Spur Gear Bushing Spur Gear Spur Gear Shaft Guide Plate Spacer Guide Plate Bushing Spacer Handle Spacer Label Fan

QTY. REMARKS 1 MG1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

08A

SERIAL NO.

REFER TO

SP-20

SP-21

08B

熱現像部 2 HEAT DEVELOPMENT UNIT 2



FPEZ0812.AI

020-201-01(1)C

RANK D D D D D D D D

熱現像部 2 HEAT DEVELOPMENT UNIT 2 REF. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

PART NO. 327N100332 327N100331 327N100333A 327N100329A 327N100330 115Y0041A 356N103818B 334Y100154

歯車 歯車 歯車 歯車 歯車 サーミスタ ブラケット ローラ

PART NAME Gear Gear Gear Gear Gear Thermistor Bracket Roller

QTY. REMARKS 1 1 9 1 1 THG5 1 1 9

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

08B

SERIAL NO.

REFER TO

SP-21

SP-22

08C



熱現像部 3 HEAT DEVELOPMENT UNIT 3



FPEZ0813.AI

020-201-01(1)C

RANK D D D D D D D D D D D

熱現像部 3 HEAT DEVELOPMENT UNIT 3 REF. 1 2.1 2.2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

PART NO. 350Y1000854 117Y100019A 117Y100021A 334N100197 310Y100010 327N100319 348N100158B 322NF006 348N100157B 310Y100009 115N100002A

PART NAME カバー Cover ヒータ(100V 第 1) Heater ヒータ(200V 第 1) Heater ゴムローラ Rubber Roller ピン Pin 歯車 Gear 側板 Side Plate 転がり軸受け Ball Bearing 側板 Side Plate ピン Pin 感熱スイッチ Thermal Protector

QTY. REMARKS 1 1 100-120VAC 1 200-240VAC 4 2 4 1 8 1 2 2

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

08C

SERIAL NO.

REFER TO

SP-22

SP-23

08D

熱現像部 4 HEAT DEVELOPMENT UNIT 4



FPEZ0814.AI

020-201-01(1)C

RANK D D D D D D D D D D D

熱現像部 4 HEAT DEVELOPMENT UNIT 4 REF. 1 2.1 2.2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

PART NO. 350Y100855 117Y100020A 117Y100022A 334N100197 310Y100010 327N100319 348N100156C 322NF006 347N100155C 310Y100009 115N100002A

PART NAME カバー Cover ヒータ(100V 第 1) Heater ヒータ(200V 第 1) Heater ゴムローラ Rubber Roller ピン Pin 歯車 Gear 側板 Side Plate 転がり軸受け Ball Bearing 側板 Side Plate ピン Pin 感熱スイッチ Thermal Protector

QTY. REMARKS 1 1 100-120VAC 1 200-240VAC 6 2 6 1 12 1 2 2

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

08D

SERIAL NO.

REFER TO

SP-23

SP-24

09A

排出部 1 FILM RELEASE UNIT 1



FPEZ0911.AI

020-201-01(1)C

RANK D D D D D D D D D D D D

排出部 1 FILM RELEASE UNIT 1 REF. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

PART NO. 327N100334 327N100328 322NY156 322N100240A 327N100311A 388N2081 334N100214 334N100210 334N100206 334N100208 334N100207 334N100209

平歯車 平歯車 転がり軸受け 軸受け 平歯車 引張りコイルばね 樹脂ローラ ゴムローラ ゴムローラ ゴムローラ ゴムローラ ゴムローラ

PART NAME Spur Gear Spur Gear Ball Bearing Bearing Spur Gear Tension Spring Resin Roller Rubber Roller Rubber Roller Rubber Roller Rubber Roller Rubber Roller

QTY. 4 1 4 8 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 2

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

REMARKS

09A

SERIAL NO.

REFER TO

SP-24

SP-25

09B

排出部 2 FILM RELEASE UNIT 2



FPEZ0912.AI

020-201-01(1)C

RANK D D D D D D D D D D

排出部 2 FILM RELEASE UNIT 2 REF. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

PART NO. 146S0086 113Y100334A 313N100175C 350N101318B 363N100736A 363N100753B 387N0165 363N100727 334N100196 113Y100335A

ホトインタラプタ LED28A ステー カバー ガイド ガイド 帯電防止材 ガイド ローラ PDD28A

PART NAME Photo Interrupter LED28A Stay Cover Guide Guide Antistatic Material Guide Roller PDD28A

QTY. 2 1 1 1 3 1 1 5 15 1

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

REMARKS

09B

SERIAL NO.

REFER TO

SP-25

SP-26

10



制御部 CONTROLLER



FPEZ1011.AI

020-201-01(1)C

RANK D D D C C D C CR CR CR D D

制御部 CONTROLLER REF. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

PART NO. 113Y100329C 128S1102 119S0049A 113Y100328C 125N100032A 350N101334 113Y100331B 113Y100327C 113Y100330C 113Y100326B 347S0911 308S2760308

PNL28A スイッチ 電動ファン PSU28B PSU27A カバー HTD28A SND28A PRN28A CPU28A スペーサ ネジ

PART NAME PNL28A Switch Fan PSU28B PSU27A Cover HTD28A SND28A PRN28A CPU28A Spacer Screw

QTY. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

REMARKS

SERIAL NO.

10 REFER TO

SP-26

SP-27

11

回路図 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

240%0

     

8↪$TGCMGT B

+0.'6

; 7.#9)㤥

+0.



5256 &527

OO

.+0'



OO

5256 &527

+0)



.1#&

5256 &527



5256 &527

7.#9)✛㤛 

OO

㪘㪚㩿㪣㪀 OO  㪘㪚㩿㪥㪀 OO 

OO





257#%0

  

0

 

8*40 58*62

OO

5

; 7.#9)ᯍ

257# 㔚Ḯ



/CVUWUJKVC $#/

()

257#%0

7.#9)㤥

OO

#



5256 &527

.1#&

.+0'

;

7.#9)㤥

5256 5256 &527 &527

 7.#9)⊕ 

+00



8*40 58*62



㪞㪥㪛 㪞㪥㪛 㪞㪥㪛 㪞㪥㪛 㪂㪉㪋㪭 㪂㪉㪋㪭 㪂㪉㪋㪭 㪂㪉㪋㪭



257$%0







  

+2$&&

6$+0





;QUJKFC ,62

(8

6$176 (8



7.#9)✛㤛

6$+0 6$176 

(8

(8

6$176 (8



㪂㪌㪭㪪㪙 OO 㪞㪥㪛 㪆㪧㪪㪄㪦㪥

%%4652

257$%0 7.#9)⊕

 







+2$&5



㪂㪉㪋 㪥㪚 㪘㪣㪘㪩㪤 㪞㪥㪛

(#0

㪈 㪉 㪊 㪋

OO

㪘㪚㩿㪣㪀 㪘㪚㩿㪥㪀

OO

㪥㪅㪚 㪞㪥㪛 㪞㪥㪛 㪞㪥㪛 㪂㪌㪭 㪂㪌㪭











257$%0

 

  

ਛ⛮↪ࠕ࠳ࡊ࠲ ߇ᔅⷐ

*6&%0





OO

 





 

+2$&&

*6&#ၮ᧼ *) 

*6&%0

OO



㪟㪜㪘㪩㪫㩿㪥㪀 㪟㪜㪘㪩㪫㪈 㪟㪜㪘㪩㪫㩿㪥㪀 㪟㪜㪘㪩㪫㪉

   

    

H

2 2$6.



+2$&5



; 7.#9)Ἧ

OO 㪟㪜㪘㪩㪫㩿㪥㪀 㪟㪜㪘㪩㪫㪊 㪟㪜㪘㪩㪫㩿㪥㪀 㪟㪜㪘㪩㪫㪋 㪥㪅㪚 㪥㪅㪚

㪥㪅㪚 㪥㪅㪚



*6&%0



OO

OO

㪥㪅㪚 

㪥㪅㪚



㪊㪅㪊㪭 OO 㪞㪥㪛 㪌㪭 㪞㪥㪛 㪂㪈㪉㪭 㪞㪥㪛 㪄㪈㪉㪭 㪞㪥㪛 㪌㪭㪪㪙 㪞㪥㪛

&($54 &($5%#

 

*6&%0

 

&('5% &($5%#

 



㪥㪅㪚

7.#9)ᯍ

㪭㪚㪚 㪞㪥㪛

OO

OO

A

.&&%0



.&&%0









 

&('5%



&($5%#

 

㪭㪚㪚㪶㪂㪈㪉㪭㪶㪣㪛㪛 㪞㪥㪛㪶㪘 㪭㪚㪚㪶㪄㪈㪉㪭㪶㪣㪛㪛 㪞㪥㪛㪶㪘

; 7.#9)ᯍ

OO

 

&($54



&($5%#

%0, %02 











5'&%0

㪂㪌㪭㪝 㪞㪥㪛 㪪㪜㪛

&($'24% &($'54%

5'&#



;

 

7.#9)Ἧ ;

&(5% &(5%(#

OO

 C



%27, :*2

; ‫ޓ‬-$562-

%27# .#0

.#0

OO

%27# ၮ᧼

/+57/+ ‫ޓ‬095+%'5*

$:*62

5

D

%27, %27, 









 



㪧㪮㪙㪥㪶㪧 㪞㪥㪛 OO OO

; 7.#9)Ἧ

OO

20.%0  

50&#ၮ᧼



;

ᾲ෼❗䉼䊠䊷䊑

 

㪂㪉㪋㪭 OO 㪞㪥㪛

; ;

   

















 

 



+2$&&



%%4652

 

50&%0



+2$&5



%%4652 

㪥㪅㪚

 

50&%0



&($&54%



&($5%#

&('5% &($5%#

20.#ၮ᧼

50&%0 50&%0



 

7.#9)Ἧ 㪛㪇 㪛㪈 㪛㪉 㪛㪊 㪛㪋 㪛㪌 㪛㪍 㪛㪎 㪛㪠㪞㪈 㪛㪠㪞㪉 㪛㪠㪞㪊 㪌㪭㪪㪙 㪙㪬㪱㪱㪜㪩㪄㪧 㪞㪥㪛 㪜㪥㪫㪜㪩 㪞㪥㪛 㪧㪮㪙㪥 㪬㪣㪫㪶㪙㪫㪥

OO



E

20.%0

        

F

       

&($&54% &($5%#

 

㪥㪅㪚

G

50&%0



  



&($&54% &($5%#

 

&('5% &($5%#

 

㪞㪥㪛 㪚㪘㪥㪂 㪚㪘㪥㪄

; 7.#9)Ἧ

OO

50&%0

 

 



&(2&5%$ &($5%#









㪥㪅㪚 㪥㪅㪚

&($5%#



; 7.#9)ᯍ

㪟㪦㪫㪚㪦㪥㪊 㪟㪦㪫㪚㪦㪥㪋





OO

&($54



㪟㪦㪫㪚㪦㪥㪈 㪟㪦㪫㪚㪦㪥㪉





㪂㪌㪭㪝 㪞㪥㪛 㪪㪜㪛

; 7.#9)Ἧ

;

%%4652





*)

257$%0

;

; 7.#9)⊕



2 2$6.



; 7.#9)ᯍ



+2$&5 %%4652



.&&#

;

7.#9)Ἧ

8*40 &($54 58*62 &($5%#

%%4652

G



; 7.#9)ᯍ

257$%0



5

F

; 7.#9)Ἧ

(#0

7.#9)⊕

*'#6'4



%%4652

7.#9)㤥 E



; 7.#9)ᯍ



;

.&&%0



8*40 58*62

+2$&5



11





5

&($5%#



&('5% &($5%#

257$%0

 





OO

(8 (8

&('5%



()

6$176



240%0



6$





㪞㪥㪛㪶㪘

240%0





(8

D





240%0

%%4652

7.#9)⊕

0+%110 0%( 5



㪂㪌㪭 OO 㪞㪥㪛㪶㪘 㪞㪥㪛 㪂㪈㪉㪭 㪄㪈㪉㪭

10

B

; 7.#9)ᯍ



;



&($5%#

5#

$TGCMGT



&($54

; 257$%0

C



257$ၮ᧼

/CVUWUJKVC $#/ #

OO

5/.

㪣㪛㪛㪦㪥 ; 㪣㪛㪛㪦㪥㪹 㪞㪥㪛 㪣㪛㪛㪦㪢 㪣㪛㪛㪦㪢㪹 㪞㪥㪛 㪪㪪 㪪㪪㪹 㪞㪥㪛 㪂㪌㪭㪝



240%0

9

㪞㪥㪛

5/.

;

A

㪣㪛㪪㪠㪞

 

240#ၮ᧼

8

; 7.5$&8







4 2$6.

&($&54% &($5%#

機種

2108

ユニット <ユニット>

名称

装置回路図

補助名称 i-BASE

コード

Z22N2108000A

H

_

Rev.

㗁  1

020-201-01(1)C

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

11



SP-27

SP-28

11



回路図 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

A

A

.&&%0

B

㪣㪛㪛㪉㪏㪘ၮ᧼ ; C

&($&54%

㪣㪛㪦㪥 㪘㪞㪥㪛  㪣㪛㪪㪠㪞㪟  㪘㪞㪥㪛  㪣㪛㪠㪦㪧  㪘㪞㪥㪛  㪧㪏㪭  㪘㪞㪥㪛  㪤㪏㪭  㪘㪞㪥㪛  㪧㪭㪣㪛  㪘㪞㪥㪛  㪤㪭㪣㪛  㪘㪞㪥㪛  㪧㪭㪣㪛  㪧㪏㪭㪉  㪣㪛㪢㪫㪛  㪣㪛㪟㪉 

; 7.#9)Ἧ

OO



.&#%0



B

  

㪣㪛㪘㪉㪏㪘ၮ᧼

 

;

   

C

      

&($&54%



&($5%#

&($5%#

D

D

.&&%0

  

&(5%



; 7.#9)Ἧ

㪪㪪㪟 㪪㪪㪣 㪞㪥㪛 㪭㪚㪚

OO

5;0%0



㪪㪰㪥㪉㪏㪘ၮ᧼



;

 

&(5%

&(5%(#

&(5%(#

E

E

.&&%0

      

&($54



; 7.#9)㕍

㪩㪜㪘㪛㪰 㪪㪫㪘㪩㪫㪣 㪞㪥㪛 㪞㪥㪛 㪉㪋㪭 㪞㪥㪛 㪞㪥㪛 㪉㪋㪭

OO

2%-%0





㪧㪚㪢㪉㪏㪘ၮ᧼

 



;



 











&($5%#

F

;

2%-%0





㪚㪣㪦㪚㪢 㪩㪜㪘㪛㪰 㪪㪫㪘㪩㪫㪣 㪞㪥㪛 㪉㪋㪭

7.#9)㕍

OO

  

21.%0

䊘䊥䉯䊮ၮ᧼

 



 



F

G

G

H

機種

2108

ユニット <ユニット>

名称

装置回路図

補助名称 i-BASE

コード

Z22N2108000A

H

_

Rev.

㗁  1

020-201-01(1)C

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

11



SP-28

SP-29

11



回路図 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

A

A

50&#ၮ᧼ ; 50&%0

      

B

 

&($&54%



; 7.#9)Ἧ

㪭㪚㪚㪶㪪㪜㪥㪪 㪪㪡㪈㪭 㪞㪥㪛 㪭㪚㪚㪶㪪㪜㪥㪪 㪪㪡㪉㪭 㪞㪥㪛

OO



5, ឃ಴౉ญ࠮ࡦࠨ

5,

 



)2#.45#(



㪥㪅㪚 㪥㪅㪚 㪥㪅㪚 㪥㪅㪚

OO



5, ឃ಴಴ญ࠮ࡦࠨ

5,

 

&($5%#



B

)2#.45#(



&48%0 OO



C

C



50&%0

      

:#&428

D



㪭㪚㪚㪶㪂㪉㪋㪭㪶㪚 㪞㪥㪛㪶㪛 㪭㪚㪚㪶㪪㪜㪥㪪 㪤㪜㪈㪚㪣㪢㪚 㪭㪚㪚㪶㪪㪜㪥㪪 㪤㪜㪈㪚㪮㪙 㪭㪚㪚㪶㪪㪜㪥㪪 㪤㪜㪈㪜㪥

㪥㪅㪚

; 7.#9)㕍







OO

-8%5$AUS˜2

&48%0



-8%5$AUS˜2



-8%5$AUS˜2



-8%5$AUS˜2



-8%5$AUS˜2



-8%5$AUS˜2



5:#62

㪥㪅㪚 㪥㪅㪚 㪥㪅㪚 㪥㪅㪚

&48%0

; 7.#9)㕍



/'&48 㧡⋧㩝㨺㩊㩎㩨㩡㨼㩔㩨



OO





















/' ೽⿛ᩏࡕ࡯࠲ %(-$2# D

:#448 5:#/62

 



/'







() (8



; 6$%53 

()

OO



(8

೽⿛ᩏ)0&✢4WD[ຠࠍ૶↪㧔*ᄌᦝ㧕 E

E

50&%0 㪭㪚㪚㪶㪂㪉㪋㪭



; 7.#9)㕍

%02 %0, OO 





8*40 58*62

F

50&%0 

; 7.#9)㕍

 

㪥㪅㪚

8*40 58*62

G

5- OO



2

4

2$6.

2$6.









4

2

2$6.

2$6.

5-

;

5-%1/ 5-0% &527 5256



%0, %02 OO

; 7.#9)㕍

7.#9)㕍 

&527 5256

OO



5-%1/ 5-0% &527 5256

#/%0



&527 5256

.&ࠗࡦ࠲࡯ࡠ࠶ࠢ

#/%0

F

OO

; 7.#9)㕍

5# OO



5#%1/ 5#0% &527 5256

&527 5256



࠻࡟࡯ࠗࡦ࠲࡯ࡠ࠶ࠢ

#/%

G

OO

㪈㪊㪍㪰㪈㪇㪉㪇㪌㪊䋨䉟䊮䉺䊷䊨䉾䉪䋩 㪪㪥㪛ၮ᧼ᡷ 䈮䉋䉍䇮೥㒰 H

機種

2108

ユニット <ユニット>

名称

装置回路図

補助名称 i-BASE

コード

Z22N2108000A

H

_

Rev.

㗁  1

020-201-01(1)C

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

11



SP-29

SP-30

11



回路図 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

A

A

50&%0

  

50&#ၮ᧼ ; B

     

5&

5&

៝ㅍ౉ญ㩈㩧㩅 )2#.45#(

 





; 7.#9)Ἧ

㪭㪚㪚㪶㪪㪜㪥㪪㪎 㪪㪛㪈㪭 㪞㪥㪛

5&

5&

៝ㅍ಴ญ㩈㩧㩅 )2#.45#(

 



OO

㪥㪅㪚 㪥㪅㪚 㪥㪅㪚

 C

%02 %0,



㪭㪚㪚㪶㪪㪜㪥㪪㪋 OO 㪪㪛㪉㪭 㪞㪥㪛

; 7.#9)Ἧ

























; 7.#9)Ἧ



OO

   

㪥㪅㪚 㪥㪅㪚 㪥㪅㪚

  

&($'54% &($'24%



&($5%# &(2&5%$

  





&($&54%

5& D

5&

㩇㩎㨹㩔㩩૏⟎㩈㩧㩅 )2##

 





50&#ၮ᧼

㪭㪚㪚㪶㪪㪜㪥㪪 OO 㪪㪛㪊㪭 㪞㪥㪛



5&

5&

㩐㨹㩖㩩㩈㩧㩅 )2##

%02 %0,

 





㪭㪚㪚㪶㪪㪜㪥㪪 OO 㪪㪛㪋㪭 㪞㪥㪛

 E

5&

5&

㨾㨹㩆㩨㩈㩧㩅

2+5#ၮ᧼ ;

&($5%#

    

㪪㪛㪌㪶㪣㪜㪛㪘 㪭㪚㪚㪶㪪㪜㪥㪪 㪞㪥㪛 㪪㪛㪌㪘 㪪㪛㪌㪙

7.#9)Ἧ

OO

&(5% &(5%(#

㪥㪅㪚 㪥㪅㪚

































































OO

㪭㪚㪚㪶㪪㪜㪥㪪㪎 㪪㪛㪈㪭 㪞㪥㪛 㪭㪚㪚㪶㪪㪜㪥㪪㪋 㪪㪛㪉㪭 㪞㪥㪛 㪭㪚㪚㪶㪪㪜㪥㪪 㪪㪛㪊㪭 㪞㪥㪛 㪭㪚㪚㪶㪪㪜㪥㪪 㪪㪛㪋㪭 㪞㪥㪛 㪪㪛㪌㪶㪣㪜㪛㪘 㪭㪚㪚㪶㪪㪜㪥㪪 㪞㪥㪛 㪪㪛㪌㪘 㪪㪛㪌㪙

㪥㪅㪚 㪥㪅㪚

㪥㪅㪚 㪥㪅㪚 㪥㪅㪚 㪥㪅㪚 㪥㪅㪚

&($&'54% &($&'24%

F

&($5%# &(2&5%$



 

㪭㪚㪚㪶㪪㪜㪥㪪㪌㪈 㪪㪘㪈㪭 㪞㪥㪛 㪭㪚㪚㪶㪪㪜㪥㪪 㪪㪘㪊㪭 㪞㪥㪛 㪭㪚㪚㪶㪪㪜㪥㪪 㪪㪘㪋㪭 㪞㪥㪛 㪭㪚㪚㪶㪪㪜㪥㪪 㪪㪘㪌㪭 㪞㪥㪛 㪭㪚㪚㪶㪪㪜㪥㪪 㪪㪙㪈㪭 㪞㪥㪛 㪭㪚㪚㪶㪪㪜㪥㪪 㪪㪙㪉㪭 㪞㪥㪛

; 7.#9)Ἧ

%0, OO

%02

















































㪭㪚㪚㪶㪪㪜㪥㪪㪌㪈 㪪㪘㪈㪭 㪞㪥㪛 㪭㪚㪚㪶㪪㪜㪥㪪 㪪㪘㪊㪭 㪞㪥㪛 㪭㪚㪚㪶㪪㪜㪥㪪 㪪㪘㪋㪭 㪞㪥㪛 㪭㪚㪚㪶㪪㪜㪥㪪 㪪㪘㪌㪭 㪞㪥㪛

; 7.#9)Ἧ

OO  

5#

5#

㩖㨲㩣㩛㩔㩩㨹㩂㧛㩆㨶㨹㩊㨺ᬌ಴ 1*(2  

OO  



㩖㨲㩣㩛㩅㨼㩇㩨ᬌ಴ )2##



:#&428 :#&48 5:#62 5:#/62

OO

5#

5#

 

 

㪥㪅㪚 㪥㪅㪚 㪥㪅㪚 㪥㪅㪚 㪥㪅㪚 㪥㪅㪚

OO





 

50&%0

%0, OO

     























㪭㪚㪚㪶㪪㪜㪥㪪 㪪㪙㪈㪭 㪞㪥㪛 㪭㪚㪚㪶㪪㪜㪥㪪 㪪㪙㪉㪭 㪞㪥㪛

; 7.#9)Ἧ

OO





':6A%˜#9)

5$

 

OO

5:#62 5:#/62



㩖㨲㩣㩛㩅㨼㩇㩨ᬌ಴ )2##

5$



:#28 :#448



C

D

%02



㩖㨲㩣㩛㩅㨼㩇㩨ᬌ಴ )2##

5#

5#





B

5#

5#



5$

5$









 



ᨎ⪲㨻㩛*2ᬌ⍮ )2##

㩖㨼㩣㩛⴫㕙ᬌ಴ )2##

E

       F

 

&($&54% &($5%#

G

G

H

機種

2108

ユニット <ユニット>

名称

装置回路図

補助名称 i-BASE

コード

Z22N2108000A

H

_

Rev.

㗁  1

020-201-01(1)C

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

11



SP-30

SP-31

11



回路図 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 1

2

3

A

50&%0

;

      

B

         

C

&($&54%

5

6

7

8

;

 

50&#ၮ᧼

4



7.#9)Ἧ 㪫㪟㪞㪈㪟 㪞㪥㪛㪶㪘 㪫㪟㪞㪉㪟 㪞㪥㪛㪶㪘 㪫㪟㪞㪊㪟 㪞㪥㪛㪶㪘 㪫㪟㪞㪋㪟 㪞㪥㪛㪶㪘 㪫㪟㪞㪌㪟 㪞㪥㪛㪶㪘 㪫㪟㪢㪈㪟 㪞㪥㪛㪶㪘 㪭㪚㪚㪶㪪㪜㪥㪪 㪞㪥㪛 㪣㪜㪛㪶㪦㪥㪶㪚㪹 㪭㪚㪚㪶㪂㪈㪉㪭㪶㪧㪛㪛 㪞㪥㪛㪶㪘 㪭㪚㪚㪶㪄㪈㪉㪭㪶㪧㪛㪛 㪣㪦㪞㪦㪬㪫

9

㪫㪟㪞㪈㪟 㪞㪥㪛㪶㪘 㪫㪟㪞㪉㪟 㪞㪥㪛㪶㪘

10

OO



6*)

   

&($'54% &($5%#

B

㪫㪟㪞㪊㪟 㪞㪥㪛㪶㪘 㪫㪟㪞㪋㪟 㪞㪥㪛㪶㪘

OO



6*)

6*) ࠨ࡯ࡒࠬ࠲㧟㧛㧠 262((

  

㪥㪅㪚 㪥㪅㪚

 

&($'54% &($5%#

㪥㪅㪚

㪫㪟㪞㪌㪟 㪞㪥㪛㪶㪘

&($5%#

OO

㪫㪟㪢㪈㪟 㪞㪥㪛㪶㪘

OO

6*)



&($'54%

6*-



6*-



&($'54% &($5%#

D

50&%0

        

E

       

:#&428



㪤㪛㪈㪘㪙 㪤㪛㪈㪶㪘㪚㪦㪤㩿㪉㪋㪭㪶㪛㪀 㪤㪛㪈㪘 㪤㪛㪈㪙㪙 㪤㪛㪈㪶㪙㪚㪦㪤㩿㪉㪋㪭㪶㪛㪀 㪤㪛㪈㪙 㪤㪞㪈㪘㪙 㪤㪞㪈㪶㪘㪚㪦㪤㩿㪉㪋㪭㪶㪙㪀 㪤㪞㪈㪙㪙 㪤㪞㪈㪘 㪤㪞㪈㪶㪙㪚㪦㪤㩿㪉㪋㪭㪶㪙㪀 㪤㪞㪈㪙 㪤㪛㪉㪘㪙 㪤㪛㪉㪙㪙 㪤㪛㪉㪶㪚㪦㪤㩿㪉㪋㪭㪶㪙㪀 㪤㪛㪉㪘 㪤㪛㪉㪙 㪤㪛㪉㪶㪚㪦㪤㩿㪉㪋㪭㪶㪙㪀

%0, OO



















; 7.#9)㕍

㪤㪛㪈㪘㪙 㪤㪛㪈㪶㪘㪚㪦㪤 㪤㪛㪈㪘 㪤㪛㪈㪙㪙 㪤㪛㪈㪶㪙㪚㪦㪤 㪤㪛㪈㪙

OO

/&

 

/&

㪭㪚㪚㪶㪪㪜㪥㪪 OO 㪞㪥㪛  㪣㪜㪛㪶㪦㪥㪶㪚㪹 

៝ㅍ㩝㨺㩊



5:

 

OO



/) ᾲ⃻௝៝ㅍ㩝㨺㩊

 

;



2&&%0

 

E

2&&#ၮ᧼



&(5%

;

&(5%(#

5:#

 

.'&#ၮ᧼ &(5%

OO 㪭㪚㪚㪶㪂㪈㪉㪭㪶㪧㪛㪛 㪞㪥㪛㪶㪘 㪭㪚㪚㪶㪄㪈㪉㪭㪶㪧㪛㪛 㪣㪦㪞㪦㪬㪫

/)



.'&%0

&(5%(#

5:#62

:#28 :#448

7.#9)㕍

⸥㍳ㇱࠨ࡯ࡒࠬ࠲ 262((

:#28



5:#62 5:#/62

2*4 52*625

5:#62

F





ᓢ಄ㇱࠨ࡯ࡒࠬ࠲ 262((

D

%02



C

6*)



&($5%#

; 7.#9)㕍

A

6*) ࠨ࡯ࡒࠬ࠲㧝㧛㧞 262((



㪥㪅㪚 㪥㪅㪚

11

F

%0, %02 7.#9)㕍

OO

























㪤㪛㪉㪘㪙 㪤㪛㪉㪶㪚㪦㪤 㪤㪛㪉㪙㪙 㪤㪛㪉㪘 㪤㪛㪉㪶㪚㪦㪤 㪤㪛㪉㪙

; 7.#9)㕍

OO

/&



/& 㩐㨹㩖㩩⸃㒰㩝㨺㩊

  

5:#



2*4



52*625

:#28 :#448 5:#62 5:#/62 G

50&%0 㪭㪚㪚㪶㪂㪉㪋㪭㪶㪜 㪪㪦㪣㪛㪚㪹

 

OO



G

51.& :#28 㩇㩎㨹㩔㩩⸃㒰 5:#62 㩉㩤㩓㨼㩎㩨 51.&

 

㪥㪅㪚 㪥㪅㪚



:#28

; 7.#9)㕍

5&% ǡ

5:#62

H

機種

2108

ユニット <ユニット>

名称

装置回路図

補助名称 i-BASE

コード

Z22N2108000A

H

_

Rev.

㗁  1

020-201-01(1)C

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

11



SP-31

SP-32

11



回路図 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

A

A

50&#ၮ᧼

50&%0



;



B

         

C

 

:#&428

%0, %02

;

7.#9)㕍 㪤㪙㪈㪘㪙 㪤㪙㪈㪶㪘㪚㪦㪤㩿㪉㪋㪭㪶㪘㪀 㪤㪙㪈㪘 㪤㪙㪈㪙㪙 㪤㪙㪈㪶㪙㪚㪦㪤㩿㪉㪋㪭㪶㪘㪀 㪤㪙㪈㪙 㪤㪙㪉㪘 㪤㪙㪉㪶㪘㪚㪦㪤㩿㪉㪋㪭㪶㪚㪀 㪤㪙㪉㪙 㪤㪙㪉㪘㪙 㪤㪙㪉㪙㪙 㪤㪙㪉㪶㪙㪚㪦㪤㩿㪉㪋㪭㪶㪚㪀 㪭㪚㪚㪂㪉㪋㪭㪶㪜 㪪㪦㪣㪘㪈㪟㪚㪹



㪥㪅㪚



OO

㪤㪙㪈㪘㪙 㪤㪙㪈㪶㪘㪚㪦㪤 㪤㪙㪈㪘 㪤㪙㪈㪙㪙 㪤㪙㪈㪶㪙㪚㪦㪤 㪤㪙㪈㪙 㪤㪙㪉㪘 㪤㪙㪉㪶㪘㪚㪦㪤 㪤㪙㪉㪙 㪤㪙㪉㪘㪙 㪤㪙㪉㪙㪙 㪤㪙㪉㪶㪙㪚㪦㪤 㪂㪉㪋㪭㪶㪘 㪪㪦㪣㪘㪈㪟㪚㪹

             

㪥㪅㪚

㪪㪦㪣㪘㪈㪣㪚㪹

㪥㪅㪚

 

5:#62

; 7.#9)㕍

/$ OO



 

:#&48

5:#62

5:#/62



:#28 5:#62 7.#9)㕍

OO



/$ ៝ㅍ㩝㨺㩊

㩖㩩㩤㩖㨲㨺㩎㩨↪

/$

  



2*4 52*625

OO



51.#

 

D

51.# 㩎㩤㨼㩥㨹㩂

 

㪩㪜㪘㪛㪰㪙 㪤㪪㪈㪪㪫㪚㪙 㪞㪥㪛㪶㪛 㪞㪥㪛㪶㪛 㪭㪚㪚㪶㪂㪉㪋㪭㪶㪜 㪞㪥㪛㪶㪛 㪞㪥㪛㪶㪛 㪭㪚㪚㪶㪂㪉㪋㪭㪶㪜 㪭㪚㪚㪶㪂㪉㪋㪭㪶㪜 㪝㪘㪥㪞㪈㪚㪙

 

E

        

:#&428

F



; 7.#9)㕍

OO



C

5:#



7.#9)㕍

50&%0

B

5:



㪪㪦㪣㪘㪈㪣㪚㪹

:#&428

/$ ᨎ⪲㩝㨺㩊



5&%

D

.&&%0

  

E

.&&#ၮ᧼

   

&($54 &($5%#

㪥㪅㪚 㪥㪅㪚

F

5:#62

(#0

OO

㪈 㪉 㪊 㪋

   

㪂㪉㪋 㪥㪚 㪘㪣㪘㪩㪤 㪞㪥㪛

(#0 ;$

  G

G

H

機種

2108

ユニット <ユニット>

名称

装置回路図

補助名称 i-BASE

コード

Z22N2108000A

H

_

Rev.

㗁  1

020-201-01(1)C

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

11



SP-32

SP-33

12



部品番号検索表 PARTS NOS. SEARCH TABLE

部品番号 INDEX No.- 図番 107Y0185C 05A-17 107Y100017 03A-4 113Y100326B 10-10 113Y100327C 10-8 113Y100328C 10-4 113Y100329C 10-1 113Y100330C 10-9 113Y100331B 10-7 113Y100332A 05A-23 113Y100333 06B-15 113Y100334A 09B-2 113Y100335A 09B-10 115N100002A 08C-10 115N100002A 08D-10 115Y0041A 02B-7 115Y0041A 08B-6 117Y100019A 08C-2.1 117Y100020A 08D-2.1 117Y100021A 08C-2.2 117Y100022A 08D-2.2 118SX202B 05A-19 118SX208A 04A-15 118SX208A 08A-1 118SX210 04A-21 118SX210 05B-9 118YA184A 06B-16 119S0049A 10-3 119Y10046 08A-16 125N100032A 10-5 128S0971 03A-1 128S0987 02A-5 128S1102 10-2 146N0010A 03A-8 146S0029A 03A-5 146S0029A 04B-2 146S0029A 04C-1 146S0029A 05A-14 146S0086 05A-27 146S0086 05C-10 146S0086 09B-1 308N100136 06B-13 308S2760308 10-12 309N100065 01A-14 309S0075 06B-1 020-201-01(1)C

部品番号 INDEX No.- 図番 309S0127 06B-18 310N100213 02B-5 310S9042516 08A-2 310Y100009 08C-9 310Y100009 08D-9 310Y100010 08C-4 310Y100010 08D-4 313N100175C 09B-3 313N100189 05A-15 313Y100027 05A-10 314N100058A 01A-4 314N100059B 01B-5 314Y100018A 01A-5 314Y100019A 01B-4 316N100152 01B-6 316Y100071 04B-8 316Y100073 03B-11 316Y100075B 04B-11 317N100055 03B-5 319N101353 08A-7 319Y100086B 06B-14 319Y100089 04A-19 322N100240A 09A-4 322N100241 04A-9 322N100241A 05B-2 322N100241A 05D-1 322N100241A 06B-9 322N100244A 04A-7 322N100245A 05A-12 322N100246A 05A-9 322N100247A 05A-7 322N100248 08A-11 322N100251 05A-3 322NF006 08C-7 322NF006 08D-7 322NY156 09A-3 322SF227 06B-22 322SP201 04A-4 322SP213 05A-4 322SP213 06B-10 322SP214 08A-4 322SY223 04B-4 323N1264B 06B-5 323N1265A 06B-20

部品番号 INDEX No.- 図番 324N100106 06B-6 324N100108 06B-19 324N100110A 06B-11 324Y100040 06B-17 327N100311A 09A-5 327N100312A 04A-17 327N100314A 08A-5 327N100315A 05A-1 327N100316A 05A-20 327N100317A 05A-22 327N100318A 05B-12 327N100318A 05B-17 327N100319 08C-5 327N100319 08D-5 327N100320 04A-25 327N100321A 04A-23 327N100322A 04A-24 327N100323A 05B-14 327N100324A 05B-13 327N100326A 05B-16 327N100327 04A-16 327N100328 09A-2 327N100329A 08B-4 327N100330 08B-5 327N100331 08B-2 327N100332 08B-1 327N100333A 08B-3 327N100334 09A-1 327N100338A 05A-13 327N100340 05B-4 327N100341 08A-3 327N100342 05D-11 327N100344A 04A-11 327N100345A 04A-12 327N100346A 04A-14 327N100352 04A-22 327Y100033A 08A-6 328N100016A 04C-5 332N100180A 04C-4 332N100182A 06A-4 332Y100036 05A-24 334N100196 05B-8 334N100196 05C-8 334N100196 05D-4

部品番号 INDEX No.- 図番 334N100196 09B-9 334N100197 08C-3 334N100197 08D-3 334N100198 05A-25 334N100199 06B-3 334N100200 05B-3 334N100201B 04A-20 334N100202 04A-5 334N100203 04A-6 334N100204A 05D-12 334N100206 09A-9 334N100207 09A-11 334N100208 09A-10 334N100209 09A-12 334N100210 09A-8 334N100214 09A-7 334N100216A 03A-7 334N100216A 03B-8 334N100224 04B-12 334Y100146 06B-2 334Y100147 05A-8 334Y100148A 05C-6 334Y100154 08B-8 335N100043 04A-3 335N100046 04A-13 339N100012A 06B-7 339N100013 08A-13 340N100098 05B-10 340N100101A 03B-6 341N100287 05B-15 341N100288 05A-16 341N100289A 04A-10 341N100290A 04A-18 341N100294 05C-7 341N100295 05C-5 341Y100104 04B-1 342N100054A 05C-1 342N100055 03B-13 343N100059A 03B-10 343N100061 06B-4 345N100655 02B-4 345N100656 02B-1 345N100682 06A-6 345N100683A 04A-1

部品番号 INDEX No.- 図番 345N100684 05D-5 345N100699 03B-9 346N100527B 04C-2 347N100155C 08D-8 347N100418 08A-12 347N100422 08A-9 347S0281A 04C-3 347S0829 08A-14 347S0911 10-11 348N100156C 08D-6 348N100157B 08C-8 348N100158B 08C-6 350N101287B 01C-1 350N101290A 01C-2 350N101291B 01A-2 350N101292D 01A-10 350N101293B 01B-3 350N101294A 01B-1 350N101295C 01C-3 350N101296B 01C-4 350N101316A 06A-3 350N101318B 09B-4 350N101325A 06A-1 350N101326 05D-10 350N101334 10-6 350Y1000854 08C-1 350Y100855 08D-1 350Y101032 01A-1 350Y101033 01A-9 350Y101034 01B-2 355N100698A 05B-11 356N103803 04B-3 356N103818 02B-6 356N103818B 08B-7 356Y100865 05A-21 356Y100873C 04A-2 360N100219A 05B-18 362N100320A 05A-5 362N100327 03A-6 363N100727 09B-8 363N100736A 09B-5 363N100749 05B-5 363N100752 05B-1 363N100753B 09B-6

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

部品番号 INDEX No.- 図番 363N100754 05B-7 363N100756 05C-11 363N100757 05C-2 363N100758 05C-9 363N100761 03B-2 363N100762 03B-4 363N100763 05D-6 363N100764 05D-3 363N100767B 08A-10 363N100768B 08A-8 363N100769B 02A-1 363N100772 05C-4 363N100773 05C-3 363N100775 05D-2 363N100776 05D-7 363N100777 05D-8 363N100779A 03B-1 363N100781A 03B-3 363N100783 05A-11 363N100798 03A-9 363Y100253 03B-7 366N100039 01A-6 366S0006 02A-4 366S0011 03A-2 367S0135 02A-2 367S0135 02B-3 371N100090 04B-10 375N100126 04B-7 376N100044 02A-6 382N100323 01A-8 386N100280A 06A-5 386N100282 06A-2 386S1115 02A-3 386S1115 02B-2 387N0165 09B-7 388N100564 05B-6 388N100573 04B-5 388N100574 05A-18 388N100575 03A-3 388N100580 05A-26 388N100584A 05D-9 388N100585A 03B-12 388N100588 05A-6 388N100589 06B-12

SP-33

SP-34

12



部品番号検索表 PARTS NOS. SEARCH TABLE

部品番号 INDEX No.- 図番 388N100590 06B-8 388N100593 01A-11 388N100598 04A-8 388N2081 09A-6 388Y10007 05A-2 392N100001 04B-9 393N100002 01A-13 398N100015 01A-12 398Y100017 01A-7 401N100124 06B-21 402N0020A 04B-6 405N101307 08A-15 405N101308 01A-3 839Y0060/A/B 07-2 839Y100047 07-1 899Y100501 02A-7 899Y100502 02A-8

020-201-01(1)C

部品番号

INDEX No.- 図番

部品番号

INDEX No.- 図番

部品番号

INDEX No.- 図番

部品番号

INDEX No.- 図番

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

部品番号

INDEX No.- 図番

SP-34

SP-35

13

13



締結用および配線用のサービス部品一覧表 List of Service Parts for Securing and Wiring

1. Service Parts for Securing and Wiring l Screws, stopper rings, washers, nuts, wiring parts, etc. used in a large number are provided as service parts. l Clearly indicate the part code and quantity required when ordering service parts. Service parts can be ordered in sets of 100. l The table in “5. [Parts Code] to [Symbol] Conversion Table” is provided for converting the parts code of delivered service parts to the symbols used in the service manual. {SP:13_5. [Parts Code] to [Symbol] Conversion Table}

2. Screws l Iron screw treatment has been changed from chromate treatment to zinc plating/white trivalent chromate treatment. l Chromate treated screws will be no longer provided for new models. However, in some models already shipped, chromate treated screws will continue to be supplied. Other screw treatments will be as usual. l The following is an example of how screws in the service parts table are described. This description method is the same as that in this Service Manual.

Symbol A2.6x16 A3x4 A3x6

Parts code

Reference information Shape

Parts name

Material/treatment, etc.

Steel Cross recessed Zinc plating/White trivalent pan head screw with spring washer chromating Color: Light white

A3x8 A3x15 A4x8 A4x10 A4x40 B2x5 B2.5x5 B3x4

Cross recessed pan head screw with spring and plain washers

Steel Zinc plating/White trivalent chromating Color: Light white

B3x6 B3x8 B3x10 B3x12 B3x16 B3x18 B3x20 B3x30 B3x35 B4x8 B4x10 B4x30 B4x35 B4x45

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

SP-35

SP-36

13



Symbol

締結用および配線用のサービス部品一覧表 List of Service Parts for Securing and Wiring Parts code

BR3x6

308S0401

BR3x8

308S0402

BR3x10

Reference information Shape

Parts name

Material/treatment, etc.

Cross recessed hexagon head screw with spring and plain washers

Steel Zinc plating/White trivalent chromating Color: Light white

Symbol

Parts code

*N2x4

301S2000204

*N2x10

301S2000210

*N3x6

301S2000306

BR3x12

308S0404

*N3x8

BR3x16

308S0405

*N3x10

BR3x32

*N4x10

BR3x35

PK2.5x3

BR4x6

PK3x10

Shape

Parts name Cross recessed pan head screw

Material/treatment, etc. Stainless steel Passive state treatment

301S2000410 Steel Hexagon socket set screw with cup Black oxide treatment point

BR4x8

308S0406

PK4x16

BR4x10

308S0407

PK6x5

BR4x12

308S0408

Ps3x6

306S0151

Ps3x8

306S0152

BR4x15 BR4x16

Reference information

Hexagon head tapping screw for resin

Steel Zinc plating/White trivalent chromating Color: Light white

Hexagon socket head bolt

Steel Black oxide treatment

Cross recessed flat head screw

Stainless steel Passive state treatment

BR4x20 Q3x10

BR4x25 BR4x30

Steel Chromating

Q3x12 Q4x6

BR4x35

308S9420435

BR4x40

308S9420440

Q4x8

BR5x10

308S9420510

Q4x10

BR5x12

308S9420512

Q4x12

BR6x12

308S9420612

Q4x14

DT3x6

306S0101

DT3x8 DT4x8 DT4x12

Hexagon head deltight screw

Steel Zinc plating/White trivalent chromating Color: Light white

Q4x30 Q6x12 Q6x25 Q8x20 *S3x5 *S3x10

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

SP-36

SP-37

13



Symbol *T3x4

締結用および配線用のサービス部品一覧表 List of Service Parts for Securing and Wiring Parts code 301S3000304

*T3x6

Reference information Shape

Parts name Cross recessed truss head screw

Material/treatment, etc. Stainless steel Passive state treatment

Symbol

Parts code

WP3x3

303S0101

WP3x4

303S0102

*T3x8

301S3000308

WP3x5

303S0103

*T4x4

301S3000404

WP3x6

303S0104

*T4x5

WP3x8

303S0105

*T4x6

WP3x10

303S0106

*T4x8

WP4x4

303S0107

*T4x10

WP4x5

303S0108

*T4x12

WP4x6

303S0109

WP4x8

303S0110

WP4x10

303S0111

WP4x12

303S0112

WP4x16

303S0113

WP5x5

303S0114

WP5x6

303S0115

WP5x8

303S0116

WP5x10

303S0117

WP6x6

303S0118

WP6x8

303S0119

WP6x10

303S0120

*T4x16

301S3000416

*T4x25 *T4x35

301S3000435

TP3x6

308S0414

TP4x6

308S0416

TP4x8

308S0424

Steel Cross recessed hexagon head TP Zinc plating/White trivalent chromating screw Color: Light white

*V3x6

301S4000306

Bind screw

*V3x10

020-201-01(1)E

Stainless steel Passive state treatment

Reference information Shape

Parts name Hexagon socket head set screw (double -point)

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

Material/treatment, etc. Steel Zinc plating/Phosphate treatment

SP-37

SP-38

13



締結用および配線用のサービス部品一覧表 List of Service Parts for Securing and Wiring

3. Stopper Rings, Washers, Nuts Symbol

Parts code

E3

Reference information Shape

Parts name E ring

E4 E6 *E3

315S3050030

*E4

315S3050040

*E6

315S3050060

KL4

K-CL ring

Steel Zinc plating/White trivalent chromating Color: Light white

Spring washer

Steel Zinc plating/White trivalent chromating Color: Light white

Plain washer

Steel Zinc plating/White trivalent chromating Color: Light white

SW4 SW12 W3

Steel Zinc plating/White trivalent chromating Color: Light white Stainless steel Passive state treatment

KL6 SW3

Material/treatment, etc.

W4 W5 W12 *W5 Na3

020-201-01(1)E

309S0120005

SUS304 Hexagon nut

Steel Zinc plating/White trivalent chromating Color: Light white

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

SP-38

SP-39

13



締結用および配線用のサービス部品一覧表 List of Service Parts for Securing and Wiring

4. Wiring Parts Symbol

Parts code

EDS-0607U

Reference information Shape

Parts name Cord clamp

Approx. external dimensions (mm), etc. 14x9x4 (WxHxD)

Symbol LAMS-05

LWS-3S VO EDS-17L

EDS-25L

Cord clamp

316S2028

55x26x5 (WxHxD)

75x32x5 (WxHxD)

Parts code

316S1242

Reference information Shape

Parts name

Approx. external dimensions (mm), etc.

Cord clamp

9x23x5 (WxHxD)

Cord clamp

13x10x29 (WxHxD)

LWS-3S-2W VO

15x13x2 (WxHxD)

LWS-5S-2W 318S1130 VO

15x18x2 (WxHxD)

LWS-8S2.5W VO

318S1195

15x25x3 (WxHxD)

EDS-2

Cord clamp

20x10x5 (WxHxD)

PCB-3S

316S0268

Cord clamp

15x13x7 (WxHxD)

FGC-8

Cord clamp

10x10x25 (WxHxD)

SB-2718

318S1032

Cord clamp

35x26x6 (WxHxD)

SB-4025

316S0029

KFCS-3002

KGES-4

020-201-01(1)E

316S1244

Cable clamp

53x10x15 (WxHxD)

Cord clamp

11x20x10 (WxHxD)

SNP-1-HSO

48x33x6 (WxHxD)

Hose clamp

12x12x4 (WxHxD)

Cable tie

100x2.5 (LxW)

T18R

316S1001

T30R

316S1002

152x3.5 (LxW)

T50R

316S1003

202x4.7 (LxW)

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

SP-39

SP-40

13



締結用および配線用のサービス部品一覧表 List of Service Parts for Securing and Wiring

5. [Parts Code] to [Symbol] Conversion Table Use this table for converting the parts code of delivered service parts to the symbols used in this Service Manual.

n Screws Parts code

Symbol

Parts code

Symbol

Parts code

Symbol

Parts code

Symbol

Parts code

Symbol

301S2000204 *N2x4

303S0105

WP3x8

Q4x14

A3x6

308S9420440 BR4x40

301S2000210 *N2x10

303S0106

WP3x10

Q4x30

A3x8

308S9420510 BR5x10

301S2000306 *N3x6

303S0107

WP4x4

Q6x12

A3x15

308S9420512 BR5x12

*N3x8

303S0108

WP4x5

Q6x25

A4x8

308S9420612 BR6x12

*N3x10

303S0109

WP4x6

Q8x20

A4x10

BR3x32

301S2000410 *N4x10

303S0110

WP4x8

DT3x6

A4x40

BR3x35

301S3000304 *T3x4

303S0111

WP4x10

DT3x8

A2.6x16

BR4x6

*T3x6

303S0112

WP4x12

DT4x8

B2x5

BR4x15

301S3000308 *T3x8

303S0113

WP4x16

DT4x12

B3x4

301S3000404 *T4x4

303S0114

WP5x5

306S0151

Ps3x6

B3x6

*T4x5

303S0115

WP5x6

306S0152

Ps3x8

B3x8

*T4x6

303S0116

WP5x8

308S0401

BR3x6

B3x10

*T4x8

303S0117

WP5x10

308S0402

BR3X8

B3x12

*T4x10

303S0118

WP6x6

BR3x10

B3x16

*T4x12

303S0119

WP6x8

308S0404

BR3x12

B3x18

301S3000416 *T4x16

303S0120

WP6x10

308S0405

BR3x16

B3x20

*T4x25

PK3x10

308S0406

BR4x8

B3x30

301S3000435 *T4x35

PK4x16

308S0407

BR4x10

B3x35

301S4000306 *V3x6

PK6x5

308S0408

BR4x12

B4x8

306S0101

*V3x10

PK2.5x3

BR4x16

B4x10

*S3x5

Q3x10

BR4x20

B4x30

*S3x10

Q3x12

BR4x25

B4x35

303S0101

WP3x3

Q4x6

308S0414

TP3x6

B4x45

303S0102

WP3x4

Q4x8

308S0416

TP4x6

B2.5x5

303S0103

WP3x5

Q4x10

308S0424

TP4x8

BR4x30

303S0104

WP3x6

Q4x12

020-201-01(1)E

A3x4

Parts code

Symbol

308S9420435 BR4x35

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

SP-40

SP-41

13



締結用および配線用のサービス部品一覧表 List of Service Parts for Securing and Wiring

n Stopper Rings, Washers, Nuts Parts code

Symbol

Parts code

n Wiring Parts Symbol

Parts code

Symbol

Na3

SW3

315S3050040 *E4

309S0120005 *W5

SW4

315S3050060 *E6

Parts code 316S0029

Symbol SB-4025

FGC-8

Symbol EDS-17L

LWS-3S VO

316S1244

KFCS-3002

LAMS-05

EDS-0607U

LWS-3S-2W VO

E3

316S0268

PCB-3S

W4

KL4

E4

316S1001

T18R

W5

KL6

E6

316S1002

T30R

316S1003

T50R EDS-2

020-201-01(1)E

Parts code

316S1242

SW12

315S3050030 *E3

Symbol

KGES-4

W3

W12

Parts code

316S2028

EDS-25L

318S1130

318S1195

LWS-5S-2W VO

LWS-8S-2.5W VO

SNP-1-HSO 318S1032

SB-2718

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

SP-41

CONTROL SHEET

FM-DL 100 SERVICE MANUAL

Issue Date

Revision Number

09.20.2008 11.25.2008 03.20.2009 04.20.2009 05.20.2009

00 00 00 01 01(1)

Reason

New release for HHS (00 (0) Edition) (FM5418) New release for UL (00 (1) Edition) (FM5451) New release (00 (2) Edition) (FM5501) Revised edition release (FM5532) New release for the field (FM5546)

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

Pages Affected

All pages All pages All pages All pages All pages

PM-1

1. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE ITEMS Safety provided by grounding is assured by properly establishing power cable and additional protective ground wire connections and by securing the parts with retaining screws. To maintain safety, ensure that the parts and retaining screws removed for servicing purposes are restored to the original states upon installation. After the parts and retaining screws are restored to the abovementioned states, follow the procedures set forth in this service manual to verify that the retaining screws are securely tightened to properly secure the parts.

1.1

List of Preventive Maintenance Items

Refer to

3.1 3.2

3.3

3.4 3.5

3.6 3.7 3.8

Maintenance Work Power ON Starting the PC-Utility Checking, Saving, and Deleting Error Logs Printing/Checking Conveyance/ Checking Images • Grid pattern • Check density Checking the Interlock Function • Front cover/Right cover • Film tray Checking the Fan Operation Ending the PC-Utility Checking the Tray Periphery • Checking the traylock • Checking the traylock mechanism Power OFF Cleaning/Replacing the Cleaning Roller, Removing the Cover Cleaning the Air Filter Cleaning the Removal Unit, Cleaning Inside the Equipment

020-201-01(1)E

Intervals

1Y

Work time Remarks (Min.) 15 Stand-by switch – Start during initialization 5 –

1Y

5



1Y

10



1Y

5

1Y

– 5

1Y (3Y)

– 5

1Y (2Y) 1Y

5 10

– – – Check lock state Check for shaking – Clean with ethanol after washing. Replace every three years. Vacuum cleaner Wet cloth, cleaning cloth, vacuum cleaner

Refer Work time Maintenance Work Intervals to (Min.) 3.9 Checking/Cleaning the Rubber Belt, 1Y 5 Cleaning the Dust-proof Glass, Cleaning the Sub-scanning Conveyance Roller 3.10 Cleaning the Density Measurement 1Y 3 Section 3.11 Cleaning the Heat development 3Y 60 Unit • Heat plate • Rubber roller • Heat development unit periphery Installing the heat development 20 rack assembly 3.12 Reinstalling/Cleaning Covers 1Y 5 • Reinstalling covers • Reinstalling the cleaning roller • Cleaning covers Power ON – Starting the PC-Utility – 3.13 Final Operation Checks/Checking 1Y 15 Images • Grid pattern • AUTO F. D. C. • Check Density 3.14 Setting Date and Time 1Y 1 Power OFF – 3.15 Checking for Improper Protective 1Y 5 Grounding 3.16 Replacing the Cutter 1Y 1 3.17 Work Completion Report –

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

Remarks Clean with ethanol

Clean with ethanol using cotton swab – Clean with ethanol Clean with ethanol Vacuum cleaner – – – – Wet cloth – – –

– – – – –

PM-1

PM-2 1.2

Symbols on Maintenance Cycle

In this chapter, the following symbols are indicated for every maintenance item. Before beginning the respective maintenance work, be sure to confirm the cycle indicated by the symbols. : Maintenance to be performed every year. : Maintenance to be performed every three years.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

PM-2

PM-3

2. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE FLOW START

A

3.1 Checking, Saving, and Deleting Error Logs

3.12 Reinstalling/Cleaning Covers

3.2 Printing/Checking Conveyance/Checking Images

3.13 Final Operation Checks/Checking Images

3.3 Checking the Interlock Function

3.14 Setting Date and Time

3.4 Checking the Fan Operation

3.15 Checking for Improper Protective Grounding

3.5 Checking the Tray Periphery

3.16 Replacing the Cutter

3.6 Cleaning/Replacing the Cleaning Roller, Removing the Cover

3.17 Work Completion Report

3.7 Cleaning/Replacing the Air Filter

END

3.8 Cleaning the Removal Unit, Cleaning Inside the Equipment 3.9 Checking/Cleaning the Rubber Belt, Cleaning the Dustproof Glass, Cleaning the Sub-scanning Conveyance Roller 3.10 Cleaning the Density Measurement Section 3.11 Cleaning the Heat Development Unit

A

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

PM-3

PM-4

3. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE 3.1

Checking, Saving, and Deleting Error Logs

l Deleting Error Logs

1. [Log data] → [Clear Error Log] 2. [Execute] → Clears all log data.

Check whether errors have occurred using the PC-Utility of the PC for Servicing (or CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL). If errors have occurred, correct them appropriately. If necessary, save the error logs as a file, and delete those error logs. Although all errors which have occurred in the past are saved in the PC for servicing (Or CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL), check the log of errors which occurred after the previous error log was deleted here.

n Procedure l Checking Error Logs

1. Turn ON the power of the FM-DL 100, and PC for Servicing (or CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL).

2. Start the PC-Utility.

{MU:2.2_Flow of PC-Utility Operations}

3. [Log data] → [Display Error Log] → The error log window appears.

To correct the errors, refer to “TROUBLESHOOTING, 2.3 Error Code Table” for meanings of error codes, suspected causes, and remedies. To analyze error codes, refer to detailed information on errors in “TROUBLESHOOTING, 2.2 Format of Detailed Information”.

4. Refer to each error code displayed to confirm if serious errors have occurred.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

PM-4

PM-5 3.2

Printing/Checking Conveyance/Checking Images

Print from each film tray using the PC-Utility (grid pattern, 17-steps pattern), and check the recorded image format, density correction function, and there are no unevenness on the images and scratches. Also check that the mechanism and conveyor system are operating normally during film conveyance.

n Procedure l Printing Grid Pattern Print grid pattern from each film tray, and check the operations of the mechanism system and conveyor system, recorded image format, and also check for unevenness and scratches on the images.

1. 2. Insert the maximum size film tray. 3. [Output Film] → [Grid] 4. [Number of copies]: “1” → [Execute]

Check that the equipment is in the standby state.

→ The grid pattern is printed.

5. Check the following. • • • •

If there are abnormal sounds and smell from the equipment. If film jam has occurred. If the format of the recorded image is correct. If there are unevenness on the images and scratches. {l Specified Values for Each Film Size (Grid Pattern)}

6. If using several film sizes, check the format for all film sizes.

020-201-01(1)E

l 17-steps Pattern The data of the 17-steps pattern measured by the density measurement section is displayed on the PC-Utility. Check from this data that the density value is within the specification.

1. [F.D.C.] → [Check Density] → [Execute]

→ The 17-steps pattern is printed, and the x100 value of the 17-steps data is displayed on the PC-Utility.

2. Check that the measured values are within the specified values shown below.

3. If several trays are used, check the density of all trays. Step

Dmax 3.0

1

fog

2

Density should be between densities of step 1 and step 3.

3

Density should be between densities of step 2 and step 4.

4

0.30±0.07

5

0.48±0.07

6

0.66±0.07

7

0.84±0.07

8

1.02±0.07

9

1.20±0.07

10

1.38±0.07

11

1.56±0.07

12

1.74±0.07

13

1.92±0.07

14

2.10±0.09

15

2.40±0.09

16

2.70±0.11

17

3.00±0.11

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

PM-5

PM-6 l Specified Values for Each Film Size (Grid Pattern)

(Unit: mm)

020-201-01(1)E

Position

35 x 43 cm size

35 x 35 cm size

26 x 36 cm size

25 x 30 cm size

20 x 25 cm size

B

27.0 ±1.5

27.0 ±1.5

32.3 ±1.5

51.1 ±1.5

25.5 ±1.5

C

300.0 ±1.2

300.0 ±1.2

300.0 ±1.2

200.8 ±1.2

150.0 ±1.2

D, E

14.5 ±1.0

26.5 ±1.0

27.5 ±1.0

25.8 ±1.0

26.0 ±1.0

| D–E |

≤1.2

≤1.0

≤1.0

≤1.0

≤1.0

F

413.0 ±1.0

325.2 ±0.8

226.5 ±1.0

200.0 ±0.4

225.0 ±0.5

| F–G |

≤1.0

≤1.0

≤1.0

≤1.0

≤1.0

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

PM-6

PM-7 3.3

Checking the Interlock Function

Interlocks are provided at the front cover/right cover (SK1, SK2), and film loading unit (SA2). Whether the interlock is functioning normally can be checked by opening a cover while executing the PC-Utility. {MU:2.4 [9-4]_Interlock Function}

1. [Check Mechanism] → [Inter Lock Check] 2. [ON] → [Execute] → MG1 of the heat development unit drives.

3. Open the front cover.

Check that the operating sound of the MG1 stops.

4. Close the front cover.

Check that the operating sound of the MG1 can be heard.

5. Return to the PC-Utility, open the film tray.

[Check Mechanism] → [Other Actuators]

6. [ON] → [Execute]

→ Film tray lock is released.





Check that the operating sound of the MG1 stops.

7. Turn OFF the tray lock solenoid.

[OFF] → [Execute]

8. Push the film tray into the equipment.

Check that the operating sound of the MG1 can be heard.

9. [Check Mechanism] → [Inter Lock Check] 10. [OFF] → [Execute] → MG1 stops.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

PM-7

PM-8 3.4

Checking the Fan Operation

Altogether operations of two fans need to be checked. Check the operation and wind direction of the fans.



020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

PM-8

PM-9 3.5

Checking the Tray Periphery

Check the traylock and traylock mechanism.

 Procedure

1. Click [Logout] button to end the PC-Utility {MU:2.2.4_Disconnecting the Equipment}

2. Insert the shutter into the film tray. 3. Check that when the film tray is locked, it cannot be pulled out to the front. With the film tray locked, pull the film tray forward and check that the film tray interlock functions so that it cannot be pulled out, and no error codes are displayed.

4. Release the tray lock, and remove the film tray. 5. Turn OFF the power of the equipment.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

PM-9

PM-10 3.6

Cleaning/Replacing the Cleaning Roller, Removing the Cover

Inspect the cleaning roller (option), wash away dirt with water, and clean with absolute ethanol.

Replace the cleaning roller every three years.

 Procedure

4. Clean the cleaning roller with a cloth moistened adequately with absolute ethanol.

Wiping with absolute ethanol helps vaporize the water remaining on the cleaning roller.

5. Leave the cleaning roller to dry until the completion of maintenance work.

6. Close the upper conveyance unit open/close guide. 7. Remove the rear cover, left cover, upper cover, and film loading unit cover.

1. Remove the cleaning roller.

2. Wash the cleaning roller removed using water or warm water. 3. Wipe the cleaning roller dry with a dry cloth.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

PM-10

PM-11 3.7

Cleaning/Replacing the Air Filter

Clean the air filter.

Replace the cleaning roller every three years.

 Procedure

1. Remove the air filter attached to the lower right side of the equipment.

2. Clean the air filter using a vacuum cleaner. 3. Reinstall the air filter. 4. Close the right cover.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

PM-11

PM-12 3.8

Cleaning the Removal Unit, Cleaning Inside the Equipment

2. Remove the removal unit/film loading unit.

Clean the suction cup and rubber roller of the removal unit, and clean inside the equipment.

 Procedure l Cleaning the Removal Unit Clean the removal unit after removing the removal unit/film loading unit.

1. Move the gear assembly.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

PM-12

PM-13

3. Clean the suction cup and removal conveyance rollers (upper/lower) with a cloth moistened with water.

l Cleaning Inside the Equipment

1. Remove the dusts and dirt in the equipment such as frame,

mechanism unit, and inside the controller section, etc. with a cleaning cloth or vacuum cleaner, etc.

2. Check the inside of the mechanism unit visually, and clean if dirty. 3. Reinstall the removal unit/film loading unit. 4. Reinstall film loading unit cover, then insert the film tray to its original position.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

PM-13

PM-14 3.9

Checking/Cleaning the Rubber Belt, Cleaning Dust-proof Glass, Cleaning Subscanning Conveyance Roller

2. Clean the rubber belt with a cloth moistened with water.

Check and clean the rubber belt, and clean the sub-scanning conveyance rollers.

 Procedure



l Checking/Cleaning the Rubber Belt

1. Remove the belt cover of the sub-scanning unit.

3. Clean the rubber belt at the rear side of the sub-scanning unit with a cloth moistened with water.



020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

PM-14

PM-15 l Cleaning the Sub-scanning Unit Conveyance Roller

1. Remove the heat development unit entrance guide.

020-201-01(1)E

2. Remove the sub-scanning unit/upper conveyance unit fixing bracket.

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

PM-15

PM-16

3. Disconnect the connectors.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

PM-16

PM-17

4. Draw the sub-scanning unit/upper conveyance unit. Move the sub-scanning unit/upper conveyance unit along the slide guide holes on the unit base by 37 mm to the front and by 57 mm to the heat development unit, and draw it towards the front.



When moving the sub-scanning unit/upper conveyance unit, hold the following areas with both hands.



020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

PM-17

PM-18

5. Clean the sub-scanning unit conveyance rollers with a cloth moistened with ethanol.

6. Return the sub-scanning unit/upper conveyance unit to its original position.

7. Reinstall the fixing bracket of heat development rack assembly (lower) and heat development unit entrance guide.

8. Reinstall the belt cover.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

PM-18

PM-19 3.10 Cleaning the Density Measurement Section

3. Clean the light-receiving surface of the PDD board with a cotton swab moistened with absolute ethanol.

Clean the density measurement section light-receiving surface.

 Procedure

1. Remove the film release unit cover. 2. Remove the film release unit upper guide bracket.

4. Reinstall the film release unit upper guide bracket, and ejection cover.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

PM-19

PM-20 3.11 Cleaning the Heat Development Unit

3. Clean the heat plate and rubber roller with a cloth moistened with ethanol.

Clean the heat development unit heat plate and rubber roller.

CAUTION Because the heat plate inside the heat development rack assembly is very hot, wait more than 60 minutes after turning OFF the power of the equipment before cleaning to allow the heat plate to cool down completely.

 Procedure

1. Remove the heat development rack assembly. [MC:8.2_Heat Development Rack Assembly}

2. Remove the adiabatic cover and heater assembly from the heat development rack assembly.

[MC:8.3_Heat Development Roller}

Rubber rollers and bearings may drop if the heat development rack assembly is tilted with the heater assembly removed.

4. Assemble the heat development rack assembly. When installing the adiabatic cover, make sure that the cables do not get caught.

5. Clean the periphery of the heat development unit of this equipment with a vacuum cleaner.

6. Reinstall the heat development rack assembly to the heat development unit.

Make sure that the thermistor cable is not damaged by the screw with grounding.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

PM-20

PM-21 3.12 Reinstalling/Cleaning Covers Wipe covers with a moist cloth. Inspect the covers for missing screws and gaps with the equipment.

 Procedure

1. Reinstall all covers. 2. Reinstall the cleaning roller. 3. Wipe the covers with a moistened cloth. 4. Check that no cover screws are missing and that there are no spaces between the cover and equipment.

5. Insert the film tray into the equipment.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

PM-21

PM-22 3.13 Final Operation Checks/Checking Images Perform final operation check after completing preventive maintenance by printing the grid pattern and 17-steps pattern, and perform automatic density correction, and recheck the format of the recorded image, density correction function, and check that there are no unevenness on the image and scratches. Also check that the mechanism and conveyor system are operating normally during film conveyance. {PM:3.2_Printing/Checking Conveyance/Checking Images}

 Procedure l Printing Grid Pattern

1. Turn ON the power of the FM-DL 100, and PC for Servicing (or CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL).

2. Start the PC-Utility after the equipment is in the standby state. 3. [Output Film] → [Grid] 4. [Copies]: “1” → [Execute] → The grid pattern is printed.

5. Check the following. • • • •

If there are abnormal sounds and smell from the equipment. If film jam has occurred. If the format of the recorded image is correct. If there are unevenness on the images and scratches. {l Specified Values for Each Film Size (Grid Pattern)}

l Density Correction

1. [F.D.C.] → [AUTO F.D.C.]→ [Execute]

→ The 24-steps pattern is printed, and automatic density correction is performed.

020-201-01(1)E

l 17-steps Pattern Print 17-steps patterns from each film tray, and check the density according to tone type (Dmax.).

1. [F.D.C.] → [Check Density] → [Execute]

→ The 17-steps pattern is printed, and the x100 value of the 17-steps data is displayed on the operation panel.

2. Check that the measured values are within the specified values shown below.

3. If several trays are used, check the density of all trays. Step

Dmax 3.0

1

fog

2

Density should be between densities of step 1 and step 3.

3

Density should be between densities of step 2 and step 4.

4

0.30±0.07

5

0.48±0.07

6

0.66±0.07

7

0.84±0.07

8

1.02±0.07

9

1.20±0.07

10

1.38±0.07

11

1.56±0.07

12

1.74±0.07

13

1.92±0.07

14

2.10±0.09

15

2.40±0.09

16

2.70±0.11

17

3.00±0.11

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

PM-22

PM-23 3.14 Setting Date and Time Check the system date and time, and reset the date and time if incorrect.

 Procedure

1. [System information and setup] → [Setting3] → [Set Date] → The current system date and time are displayed.

2. If the date and time are wrong, change the date and time. 3. End the PC-Utility, and turn OFF the power of the equipment.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

PM-23

PM-24 3.15 Checking for Improper Protective Grounding

1. Check that the power cable and additional protective ground wire

connections are established in the same manner as for installation.

2. Check that the parts and cables removed for servicing purposes are secured and connected in the same manner as for installation.

3. Check that the removed screws are properly tightened.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

PM-24

PM-25 3.16 Replacing the Cutter Replace the cutter.

Replace the cutter every year.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

PM-25

PM-26 3.17 Work Completion Report After completing preventive maintenance, notify the user that the density tone curve has changed because density correction was carried out.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

PM-26

PM-27 BLANK PAGE

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

PM-27

CONTROL SHEET

FM-DL 100 SERVICE MANUAL

Issue Date

Revision Number

09.20.2008 11.25.2008 03.20.2009 04.20.2009 05.20.2009

00 00 00 01 01(1)

Reason

New release for HHS (00 (0) Edition) (FM5418) New release for UL (00 (1) Edition) (FM5451) New release (00 (2) Edition) (FM5501) Revised edition release (FM5532) New release for the field (FM5546)

INSTALLATION (IN)

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

Pages Affected

All pages All pages All pages All pages All pages

IN-1

1. INSTALLATION CONDITIONS 1.1

Dimensions and Weight

 Dimensions

 Weight  Main Unit Only Approx. 85 kg

 Main Unit with Cart Approx. 110 kg

 Main Unit Only 610 mm x 630 mm x 620 mm (W x D x H)

 Main Unit with Cart 610 mm x 630 mm x 1080 mm (W x D x H)

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

IN-1

IN-2 1.2

Environmental Requirements

 Temperature, Relative Humidity and Atmospheric Pressure  Operating Temperature : 15 ˚C (40%RH) to 30 ˚C (70%RH) Relative humidity : 15%RH (30 ˚C) to 70%RH (30 ˚C) (No condensation) Atmospheric pressure : 750 to 1060 hPa

 Floor (installation surface) Vibration Requirement Frequency Amplitude

: 10 to 55 Hz : 0.0075 mm or less

 Floor Levelness 10 mm/m (1/100 of inclination) or less all around

 Floor Flatness 10 mm or less



 Non-operating (not including film) Temperature : 0 to 45 ˚C Relative humidity : 10 to 90%RH (No dew condensation) Atmospheric pressure : 750 to 1060 hPa

 Transit or Storage Temperature/Relative humidity : -10 (10%RH) to 50 ˚C (90%RH) (No freezing/No condensation) Atmospheric pressure : 500 to 1060 hPa

 Exhaust Air of Equipment  Maximum Exhaust Air in Standby State 31.3 m3/hour

 Maximum Exhaust Air in Printing 63 m3/hour

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

IN-2

IN-3 1.3

Electrical Requirements

100/110/120 V ~ 200/220/230/240 V ~

 Frequency 50-60 Hz Acceptable variation: ±3%

 Line Voltage 100/110/120 V ~ Acceptable variation: ±10% Single-phase (2 lines or 3 lines) 200/220/230/240 V ~ Acceptable variation: ±10% Single-phase (2 lines or 3 lines) The mark “ ~ ” means AC power supply.

 Capacity 1.2 kVA

: 15 A : 10 A

n Power Cable Use a power cable that complies with the requirements stated below.

l For U.S. and Canada • • • • •

Cable wire diameter: 16 AWG or larger, 3-conductor Rated voltage: 125 VAC or higher Rated amperage: minimum 15 A Cable Type: SJT Cable length: 3 m or less

l For U.S. Only • Label for receptacle grounding reliability according to UL60601-1 • UL-listed detachable power supply cable • Hospital Grade Plug

l For Canada Only

 Rated Current 100/110/120 V ~ : 12 A 200/220/230/240 V ~ : 6 A

• Plug: If molded on type – hospital grade complying with CSA C22.2, No.21. If hospital grade disassemble type – complying with CSA C22.2, No.42. • Cable: Complies with CSA C22.2 No. 21.

l For Europe

 Power Consumption Maximum 1.5 kW

 Electric Energy Printing Ready Power saving mode

 Overload Protection

: Approx. 350 Wh : Approx. 180 Wh : Approx. 110 Wh

 Maximum Heat Generation Printing : Approx. 1300 kJ Ready : Approx. 700 kJ

 Grounding Resistance

• • • • • • •

Label for receptacle grounding reliability according to UL60601-1 Cable certified by a country in which the equipment is to be installed Cable wire diameter: 1.0 mm2 or larger, 3-conductor Rated voltage: 250 VAC or higher Rated amperage: 6 A Cable type: H05VV-F Cable length: 3 m or less

 Network Cable {IN:6.1_Connecting the Network Cable}

100 Ω or less

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

IN-3

IN-4 1.4

Other Specifications

 Noise Printing : Approx. 50 dB (excluding transient noises) Ready : Approx. 45 dB

 Start-up Time Approx. 15 minutes (When ambient temperature is 25 ˚C)

1.5

Equipment Installation Space

1.5.1

Installation Space

 When Not Fixed with Fixtures Front: Rear: Left: Right:

More than 800 mm More than 0 mm More than 50 mm More than 200 mm

 When Fixed with Fixtures Front: Rear: Left: Right:

1.5.2

More than 800 mm More than 50 mm More than 250 mm More than 250 mm

Space Required for Maintenance Work

To rotate the equipment, one side requires more than 1000 mm of space. Front: Rear: Left: Right: Top:

020-201-01(1)E

More than 1000 mm More than 600 mm More than 800 mm More than 800 mm More than 400 mm

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

IN-4

IN-5

2. INSTALLATION PROCEDURE FLOW START 3.

A WORK BEFORE INSTALLATION

5.1 Removing Shipping Fixtures

3.2 Preparing the PC for Servicing

5.2 Setting Film Tray

3.3 Embedding Anchor Nuts

5.2.1

Affixing the Film Size Label

3.4 Specifications of Installation Table

5.2.2

Changing the Film Tray Size

3.5 Cautions on Electromagnetic Waves

5.2.3

Setting the Tray Number

Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)

5.3 Installing the Cleaning Roller (Option)

TEMPORARY INSTALLATION

5.4 Installing the Cart (Option)

4.1 Carrying

6.

4.2 Unpacking and Unloading 4.2.1

020-201-01(1)E

CONNECTING CABLES 6.1 Connecting the Network Cable

Equipment Main Body

6.2 Connecting the PC for Servicing to the Network

4.3 Checking Components

A

REMOVING SHIPPING FIXTURES AND INSTALLING OPTIONS

3.1 Precautions on Installation

3.5.1 4.

5.

6.3 Connecting the Power Cable and Checking the Resistance

B FM-DL 100 Service Manual

IN-5

IN-6

B

C 7.

SETTINGS OF THE EQUIPMENT

8.

7.1 Creating the Data Storage Folder

8.1 Checking Automatic Density Correction and Conveyance Operations

7.2 DRYPIX PRIMA Monitor Tool Settings (When Connecting CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL)

8.2 Checking Density 8.3 Checking Recording Image Format, and for Image Unevenness and Scratches

7.3 Setting the Firewall in CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL (When using CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL)

8.3a Check when Using Multiple Film Trays

7.4 Power ON

8.4 Checking the Interlock Function

7.2 Connecting to the Equipment (Starting PC-Utility) 7.6 System Settings 7.6.1

Setting 1

7.6.2

Setting 2

7.6.3

Setting 3

CHECKING EQUIPMENT OPERATIONS

8.4.1

Checking the Front Cover/Right Cover Interlock

8.4.2

Checking the Film Tray Interlock

8.5 Checking Fan Operation 8.6 Image QC Function 8.7 Power OFF

7.7 Rebooting the Equipment

9.

CHECKING CONNECTION 9.1 Checking the Start-up of the Equipment 9.2 Checking Film Output and Images from Connected Equipment 9.3 Checking the Termination of the Equipment

C 020-201-01(1)E

D FM-DL 100 Service Manual

IN-6

IN-7

D 10. INSTALLING THE EQUIPMENT 10.1 Backing Up Individual Data 10.2 Checking Error Logs Which Occur at Installation 10.3 Installing the Equipment 10.3.1 Installing the Equipment on the Floor without Using Fixtures 10.3.2 Installing the Equipment on the Table and Securing with Fixtures 10.3.3 Securing the Cart with Fixtures 10.4 Cleaning the Equipment

END

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

IN-7

IN-8

3. WORK BEFORE INSTALLATION 3.1

Precautions on Installation

The machine installation site must satisfy the “n Installation Site Requirements” below. Also be sure to complete procedures beforehand for necessary construction work, electrical utility, and air-conditioning system installation. Note that UL/TÜV is not effective when used as mobile type because usage of this equipment as mobile type has not been applied for with UL/TÜV-PS.

n Installation Site Requirements Avoid the following installation sites. • Places where the temperature drastically changes. • Places near heat sources such as heaters. • Places where water leakage or equipment submersion may occur. • Places where the equipment may be exposed to any corrosive gas. • Dusty places. • Places where the equipment is subject to constant or excessive vibration or shock. • Places that are exposed to direct sunlight.

n Prevention of Condensation When transporting an equipment to a hospital from outdoors where the temperature is low such as cold regions, condensation may occur inside the equipment. Take precautions against the following to prevent this condensation. • Transport the equipment indoors without removing the vinyl packaging wrapping the equipment body. However, the cardboard boxes can be removed outdoors as this will not cause condensation. • After transporting indoors, refer to the following table and wait until the equipment settles to the indoor temperature, and then remove the vinyl. • Install the equipment, touch the metal portions such as guide plates, etc. and check that no condensation has occurred, and then turn ON the power. • If the vinyl is accidentally removed outdoors, wrap the equipment up in the vinyl tightly again before transporting indoors. The following table shows the approximate time to wait before removing the vinyl after transporting the equipment into a room with 50% humidity. Extend the waiting time shown if the indoor humidity is high. If humidity is low, the waiting time can be shortened. Example:

Humidity 70%→Increase waiting time by 40% Humidity 30%→Decrease waiting time by 30%

Indoor temperature

10ºC

5ºC

0ºC

10ºC

-

-

15ºC

-

-

20ºC

-

25ºC 30ºC

020-201-01(1)E

External temperature

30 minute 60 minute

30 minute 60 minute 100 minute

30 minute 65 minute 100 minute 130 minute

-5ºC

-10ºC

-15ºC

-20ºC

30 minute 70 minute 100 minute 130 minute 165 minute

70 minute 110 minute 135 minute 170 minute 200 minute

110 minute 140 minute 170 minute 200 minute 235 minute

140 minute 175 minute 205 minute 240 minute 270 minute

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

IN-8

IN-9 n Power Cable Use a power cable that complies with the requirements stated below.

l For U.S. and Canada • • • • •

Cable wire diameter: 16 AWG or larger, 3-conductor Rated voltage: 125 VAC or higher Rated amperage: minimum 15 A Cable Type: SJT Cable length: 3 m or less

l For U.S. Only • Label for receptacle grounding reliability according to UL60601-1 • UL-listed detachable power supply cable • Hospital Grade Plug

l For Canada Only • Plug: If molded on type – hospital grade complying with CSA C22.2, No.21. If hospital grade disassemble type - complying with CSA C22.2, No.42. • Cable: Complies with CSA C22.2 No. 21.

l For Europe • • • • • • •

Label for receptacle grounding reliability according to UL60601-1 Cable certified by a country in which the equipment is to be installed Cable wire diameter: 1.0 mm2 or larger, 3-conductor Rated voltage: 250 VAC or higher Rated amperage: 6 A Cable type: H05VV-F Cable length: 3 m or less

n Additional Protective Grounding Additional protective grounding will be required if installing this equipment in the patient environment with the connected equipment in a non-medically used room. This installation work should only be performed by persons certified to handle electrical facility construction. Definitions of “patient environment”, “medically-used room”, and “non-medically used room” are given below.

l Patient Environment Patient environment is the area for the patient to receive medical procedures (treatment, tests, diagnosis, monitoring). It is the space measuring 2.5 m in all four directions and 2.5 m in height from the area of the patient’s body. It excludes the space traveled by the patient to reach the medically-used room.

l Medically-Used Room Room equipped with protective grounding (medical use outlet or medical use grounding terminal) implemented by the medical grounding method. The protective grounding inside the medically-used room is equipotential, and the protective grounding of this medically-used room is equipotential to that in the other medicallyused room. Generally, a portion of the medically-used room is the patient environment.

l Non-Medically Used Room Areas outside the medically-used room are considered the non-medically used room.

n Network Connection As the equipment needs to be connected to the network, prepare network materials and parts and complete constructions beforehand. Prepare the network materials and accessories according to the place of installation as they are not designated parts.

n Board and Optical Unit Handling Precautions Be sure to wear a wristband for grounding when performing maintenance of boards and optical unit. Otherwise static electricity in the body may cause damage to electronic parts on the boards and optical unit.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

IN-9

IN-10 3.2

Preparing the PC for Servicing

The various settings and operations of this equipment are performed using PC-Utility. The PC-Utility can be executed on the screen of the browser (Internet Explorer) of the PC for Servicing (or CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL) connected via the network to the equipment. To execute the PC-Utility using the PC for servicing, prepare the PC for servicing beforehand. {MU:2.1_Preparations for Using the PC for Servicing} To execute the PC-Utility on CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL without using the PC for servicing, there is a need to complete setup of CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL before installing the equipment.

■ Outline of Connection

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

IN-10

IN-11 3.3

Embedding Anchor Nuts

l Drilling Holes for Embedding Anchor Nuts

To secure the equipment or cart on the floor with fixtures, embed the anchor nuts beforehand.

n Position of the Anchor Nuts to Be Enbedded l Position of the Cart Fixture Bracket (Two positions)



l Embedding Anchor Nuts

• Remove the cuttings that are stuck in the holes. • Push in to a depth where the top of the anchor nut does not protrude out.

n Example of Embedding Procedure CAUTION Wear a protective goggle when using a drill.

Use a drill that is suitable for floor hole drilling. Before drilling a hole, move the cart to the place of installation, and mark the locations to be drilled.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

IN-11

IN-12 3.4

Specifications of Installation Table

When placing the equipment on the table, check that the table satisfies the following questions. • Weight tolerance of table: Above 255kg • Specified torque of screws for installing: M5 (27 kgcm or 2.65 Nm) M10 (220 kgcm or 21.6 Nm)

l Hole Positions when Securing Equipment to the Table using Fall Prevention Fixtures (Four Positions)



020-201-01(1)E

3.5

Cautions on Electromagnetic Waves

3.5.1

Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)

This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for medical devices to the IEC 60601-1-2 Ed2.1: 2004, Medical Device Directive 93/42/EEC. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a typical medical installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to other devices in the vicinity. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to other devices, which can be determined by tuning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures: • Reorient or relocate the receiving device. • Increase the separation between the equipment. • Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the other device(s) are connected. Consult the manufacturer or field service technician for help.

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

IN-12

IN-13 n Further Information for IEC60601-1-2 Ed2.1: 2004 • Medical electrical equipment needs special precautions regarding EMC and needs to be installed and put into service according to the EMC information described as follows. • Portable and mobile RF communications equipment can affect medical electrical equipment. • The use of accessories, transducers and cables other than those specified, with the exception of transducers and cables sold by FUJIFILM Corporation as replacement parts for internal components, may result in increased emissions or decreased immunity of the FM-DL 100.

Guidance and manufacturer's declaration - electromagnetic immunity The FM-DL 100 is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment specified below. The customer or the user of the FM-DL 100 should assure that it is used in such an environment. Immunity test

IEC 60601test level

Electrostatic discharge ±6kV contact (ESD) IEC 61000-4-2 ±8kV air

FUJIFILM parts code

I/F Cable

-

General specification TIA/EIA-568 Cat 5E or more. Straight cable of UTP type. IEC 60950/UL 60950 standard.

• The FM-DL 100 should not be used adjacent to or stacked with other equipment. If adjacent or stacked use is necessary, the FM-DL 100 should be observed to verify normal operation in the configuration in which it will be used. Guidance and manufacturer's declaration - electromagnetic emissions The FM-DL 100 is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment specified below. The customer or the user of the FM-DL 100 should assure that it is used in such an environment. Emissions test RF emissions CISPR 11

Compliance Group 1

RF emissions CISPR 11

Class A

Harmonic emissions IEC 61000-3-2

Class A

Voltage fluctuations/ flicker emissions IEC 61000-3-3

Complies

Electromagnetic environment - guidance

±2kV for power supply lines ±1kV for input/output lines

Electromagnetic environment guidance Floors should be wood, concrete or ceramic tile. If floors are covered with synthetic material, the relative humidity should be at least 30%. Mains power quality should be that of a typical commercial or hospital environment.

Electrical fast transient/burst IEC 61000-4-4

±2kV for power supply lines ±1kV for input/output lines

Surge IEC 61000-4-5

±1kV differential mode ±1kV differential mode Mains power quality should be that of a ±2kV common mode ±2kV common mode typical commercial or hospital environment.

Voltage dips, short interruptions and voltage variations on power supply input lines IEC 61000-4-11

< 5 % UT (>95% dip in UT) for 0.5 cycle

< 5 % UT (>95% dip in UT) for 0.5 cycle

40 % UT (60% dip in UT) for 5 cycles

40 % UT (60% dip in UT) for 5 cycles

70 % UT (30% dip inUT) for 25 cycles

70 % UT (30% dip in UT) for 25 cycles

< 5 % UT (>95% dip in UT) for 5 s

< 5 % UT (>95% dip in UT) for 5 s

3 A/m

3 A/m

The FM-DL 100 uses RF energy only for its internal function. Therefore, its RF emissions are very low and are not likely to cause any interference in nearby electronic equipment. The FM-DL 100 is suitable for use in all establishments other than domestic and those directly connected to the public low-voltage power supply network that supplies buildings used for domestic purposes.

±2kV contact ±4kV contact ±6kV contact ±2kV air ±4kV air ±8kV air

List of Cables Name

Compliance level

Power frequency (50/60 Hz) magnetic field IEC 61000-4-8

Mains power quality should be that of a typical commercial or hospital environment. If the user of the FM-DL 100 requires continued operation during power mains interruptions, it is recommended that the FM-DL 100 be powered from an uninterruptible power supply or a battery. Power frequency magnetic fields should be at levels characteristic of a typical location in a typical commercial or hospital environment.

NOTE: UT is the a.c. mains voltage prior to application of the test level.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

IN-13

IN-14 Guidance and manufacturer's declaration - electromagnetic immunity The FM-DL 100 is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment specified below. The customer or the user of the FM-DL 100 should assure that it is used in such an environment. Immunity test

IEC 60601 test level

Conducted RF 3 Vrms IEC 61000-4-6 150kHz to 80MHz

Radiated RF IEC 61000-4-3 3 V/m 80MHz to 2.5GHz

Compliance level 3 Vrms

3 V/m

Electromagnetic environment - guidance Portable and mobile RF communications equipment should be used no closer to any part of the FM-DL 100, including cables, than the recommended separation distance calculated from the equation applicable to the frequency of the transmitter.

Recommended separation distances between Portable and mobile RF communications equipment and the FM-DL 100 The FM-DL 100 is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment in which radiated RF disturbances are controlled. The customer or the user of the FM-DL 100 can help prevent electromagnetic interference by maintaining a minimum distance between portable and mobile RF communications equipment (transmitters) and the FM-DL 100 as recommended below, according to the maximum output power of the communications equipment. Rated maximum output power of transmitter W

Separation distance according to frequency of transmitter m 150 kHz to 80 MHz d = 1.2

80 MHz to 800 MHz d = 1.2

800 MH to 2.5 GHz d = 2.3

Recommended separation distance

0.01

0.12

0.12

0.23

d = 1.2

0.1

0.38

0.38

0.73

1

1.2

1.2

2.3

10

3.8

3.8

7.3

d = 1.2



80 MHz to 800 MHz

d = 2.3



800 MHz to 2.5 GHz

100

12

12

23

where P is the maximum output power rating of the transmitter in watts (W) according to the transmitter manufacturer and d is the recommended separation distance in metres (m).

For transmitters rated at a maximum output power not listed above, the recommended separation distance d in metres (m) can be estimated using the equation applicable to the frequency of the transmitter, where P is the maximum output power rating of the transmitter in watts (W) according to the transmitter manufacturer.

Field strengths from fixed RF transmitters, as determined by an electromagnetic site survey,a should be less than the compliance level in each frequency range.b

NOTE 1 At 80 MHz and 800 MHz, the separation distance for the higher frequency range applies. NOTE 2 These guidelines may not apply in all situations. Electromagnetic propagation is affected by absorption and reflection from structures, objects and people.

Interference may occur in the vicinity of equipment marked with the following symbol:

NOTE 1 At 80 MHz and 800 MHz, the higher frequency range applies. NOTE 2 These guidelines may not apply in all situations. Electromagnetic propagation is affected by absorption and reflection from structures, objects and people. a

Field strength from fixed transmitters, such as base stations for radio (cellular/cordless) telephones and land mobile radios, amateur radio, AM and FM radio broadcast and TV broadcast cannot be predicted theoretically with accuracy. To assess the electromagnetic environment due to fixed RF transmitters, an electromagnetic site survey should be considered. If the measured field strength in the location in which the FM-DL 100 is used exceeds the applicable RF compliance, the FM-DL 100 should be observed to verify normal operation. If abnormal performance is observed, additional measures may be necessary, such as reorienting or relocating the FM-DL 100. b Over the frequency range 150 kHz to 80 MHz, field strength should be less than 3 V/m.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

IN-14

IN-15

4. TEMPORARY INSTALLATION 4.1

Carrying CAUTION

When moving the equipment over any bumps, move it slowly to avoid shock.

1. Clear the delivery path of the equipment and carry the equipment to the installation site.

4.2

Unpacking and Unloading CAUTION

The weight of this equipment is approximately 85 kg. Take the following precautions when moving the equipment, etc. • To prevent injuries resulting in back pain, pay attention to your posture during the work. • Be careful not to drop the equipment as this may cause serious injuries. • When lifting up the equipment, lift at the position shown in the following figure, hook fingers to the equipment firmly and then lift.

To ensure that the equipment can be carried out safely to the installation site, move any obstacle out of the way at the delivery entrance, in corridors and corners. Also make sure that the elevator is made available to move the equipment.



020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

IN-15

IN-16 4.2.1

Equipment Main Body

1. Cut the band and remove the cardboard box. 2. Remove the protective material covering the equipment main body.

3. Remove the separately packaged items.



4. Remove the equipment from the vinyl. Remove the vinyl after checking that the equipment has adapted to room temperature. {IN:3.1_Precautions on Installation n Prevention of Condensation}

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

IN-16

IN-17 4.3

Checking Components

n Options No.

n Equipment Main Body Name Equipment main body

DPX PRIMA TRAY = E Qty. 1

-

Name

Qty.

Remarks

1

Cutter

1

-

2

Guide pin

1

-

3

Cap

1

4

Fuse

5

Parts No.

Remarks

Film tray

898Y100546

Initial setting: 35x43 cm size

Cleaning roller

334Y0097

-

DPX PRIMA CART = E Cart

888Y100004

-

DPX PRIMA FLOOR FIX KIT = E

898Y100545

For earthquake-proof fixing

Remarks

n Accessories No.

Product Code

Fall prevention fixture kit Reference Guide CD

-

Power cable for U.S.A.

136Y9138

-

-

Power cable for EU

136N0449

-

1

1A

Power cable for U.K.

136N0450

-

Fuse

1

1.6A

6

Fuse

1

-

7

Fuse

1

2A

8

Fuse

1

3.2A

9

Fuse

1

5A

10

Fuse

1

10A

11

Screw (BR3x10)

2

-

12

Nut (Na3)

2

-

13

Operation manual

1

-

14

CD

1

Individual data CD

15

CD

1

Main unit software CD

16

Label

2

EC60825-1:2001/EN60825-1:2002 class 3B panel label #2

17

Label

1

Film size label

020-201-01(1)E

l Additional Film Tray No.

Name

Qty.

Remarks

1

Film tray

1

Film size setting: 35x43 cm size

2

Screw

2

-

3

Nut

2

-

4

Cap

2

-

5

Guide pin

2

-

6

Shutter

1

-

7

Label

1

Film size label

l Cleaning Roller No. 1

Name Cleaning roller

Qty. 1

Remarks -

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

IN-17

IN-18 l Cart No.

Name

Qty.

Remarks

1

Cart

1

-

2

Fixture

2

For securing the equipment

3

Screw (B5x12)

8

-

4

Fixture

2

Fall prevention fixture

5

Grip anchor

2

-

6

Hexagonal hole bolt (M8x20)

2

-

7

Washer (W8)

2

-

8

Spring washer (SW8)

2

-

9

Tie band

8

Spare x1

l Fall Prevention Fixture Kit No.

Name

Qty.

Remarks

1

Fixture

2

Same for left and right

2

Bolt (BQ5x16)

4

-

3

Hexagonal bolt (M10x30)

4

-

4

Nut (Na10)

4

-

5

Washer (W10)

4

-

6

Spring washer (SW10)

4

-

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

IN-18

IN-19

5. REMOVING SHIPPING FIXTURES AND INSTALLING OPTIONS 5.1

Removing Shipping Fixtures

1. Remove the rear cover and left cover. 2. Release the tray lock using slotted screwdriver. When manually unlocking the traylock, because the plate inside the rear cover cannot be removed, the inside of the equipment will not be visible as shown in the figure. Press the manual release arm as shown in the figure. The manual release arm can be unlocked just by moving the tip of the screwdriver lightly.

3. Pull out the film tray.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

IN-19

IN-20

4. Remove the tape securing the shutter, and pull out the shutter.

8. Remove the tape and open the right cover.



Insert the removed shutter into the base of the equipment.

5. Remove the tape securing the lower squeezing roller.

9. Remove the tape securing the magnet catch (two locations).



6. Insert the cap. 7. Install the left cover and rear cover. 10. Close the right cover. 020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

IN-20

IN-21 5.2

Setting Film Tray

This equipment can only be inserted with one film tray. By using spare film trays, up to five film sizes can be used. The optional film tray packaged with the equipment at shipment is set to 35 x 43 cm.

5.2.1

Affixing the Film Size Label

1. Affix the label of the film size used on the film tray.



020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

IN-21

IN-22 5.2.2

Changing the Film Tray Size

l Attaching Positions of Guide Plate and Guide Pin

To change the film size set at shipment (35 x 43 cm size), the attaching position of the guide plate and guide pin in the tray.

1. Change the installed position of the guide plate and guide pin in the film tray according to the film size used.

The guide plate and guide pin are secured with the nut (Na3) from the bottom of the tray. Attaching positions of guide plate and guide pin

l Removing/Reinstalling the Guide Plate

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

IN-22

IN-23 5.2.3

Setting the Tray Number

n Film Sizes Corresponded to Actuator Installing Position

The size detection actuator detects the size of films loaded on the film tray as a result of the film size detection sensors (SA3 to SA5) attached to the equipment detecting the attached position of the actuator.

Do not attach the actuator at the same position for several film trays, as this means that several same size trays exist, disabling the remaining number of films from being displayed correctly.

1. Change the attached position of the tray detection actuator according to the film size used.



2. Insert the film tray into the equipment.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

IN-23

IN-24 5.3

Installing the Cleaning Roller (Option)

1. Open the front cover, then open the right cover. 2. Open the upper conveyance unit open/close cover, install the optional

5.4

Installing the Cart (Option)

1. Open the card board box, remove the cart and accessory box.

cleaning roller.

At shipment, the equipment will be attached with a rubber roller instead of a cleaning roller. The rubber of the cleaning roller is black and that of the rubber roller is gray.



3. Close the upper conveyance unit open/close cover, right cover, and front cover.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

IN-24

IN-25

2. Place the equipment on the cart. 3. Temporarily secure brackets to the left and right sides of the equipment.

4. Adjust the position of the equipment so that the screw hole on the cart bracket meets the screw hole on the cart top cabinet.

Align the left, right and rear covers of the equipment to the left , right and rear sides of the top plate of the cart.



020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

IN-25

IN-26

5. Secure the equipment with screws.



020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

IN-26

IN-27

6. CONNECTING CABLES

2. Connect the network cable to the network cable connector.

6.1

Connecting the Network Cable

Use the 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX/1000BASE-T cable (UTP: Unshielded type) for the network cable.

CAUTION Do not connect telephone lines to the network cable connector of this equipment. Only IEC60950/UL60950 specification cables are suitable for connection to this connector.

1. Check that the main power switch of the equipment is at OFF position (O).

3. Connect the network cable of the equipment to the network in the hospital.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

IN-27

IN-28 6.2

Connecting the PC for Servicing (or CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL) to the Network

1. When using the PC for servicing, connect the network cable of the PC for servicing to the network to which the equipment is connected.

2. If not using the PC for servicing, check that CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V

CL is connected to the network to which the equipment is connected.

6.3

Connecting the Power Cable and Checking the Resistance

n Power Cable Information If the power cable is not packed together with the equipment, be sure to use a power cable that complies with the requirements stated below.

n Power Cable Use a power cable that complies with the requirements stated below.

l For U.S. and Canada • • • • •

Cable wire diameter: 16 AWG or larger, 3-conductor Rated voltage: 125 VAC or higher Rated amperage: minimum 15 A Cable Type: SJT Cable length: 3 m or less

l For U.S. Only • Label for receptacle grounding reliability according to UL60601-1 • UL-listed detachable power supply cable • Hospital Grade Plug

l For Canada Only • Plug: If molded on type – hospital grade complying with CSA C22.2, No.21. If hospital grade disassemble type – complying with CSA C22.2, No.42. • Cable: Complies with CSA C22.2 No. 21.

l For Europe • • • • • • •

020-201-01(1)E

Label for receptacle grounding reliability according to UL60601-1 Cable certified by a country in which the equipment is to be installed Cable wire diameter: 1.0 mm2 or larger, 3-conductor Rated voltage: 250 VAC or higher Rated amperage: 6 A Cable type: H05VV-F Cable length: 3 m or less

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

IN-28

IN-29 CAUTION If the eqiupment is to be installed in the patient environment, see “APPENDIX 1 ADDITIONAL PROTECTIVE GROUNDING” {IN:APPENDIX 2_ADDITIONAL PROTECTIVE GROUNDING}

1. Connect the power cable to the equipment. CAUTION Do not connect the power plug to the outlet at this point.

2. Secure the power cable with the clamp. 3. Set the main power switch of the equipment to ON ( I ). 4. Using the tester, measure the resistance between the terminals of the power plug or power cable.

Terminal Resistance

L-N 300 kΩ or more

L-E 9 MΩ or more

N-E 9 MΩ or more

5. Set the main power switch of the equipment to OFF (O).

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

IN-29

IN-30

7. SETTINGS OF THE EQUIPMENT 7.1

4. [Make]

Creating the Data Storage Folder

Create the storage folder for various data of the equipment.

1. Load the main unit software CD-R into the CD-ROM drive.

→ The “DPXPRICopyTool.exe” starts automatically and [DPX PRIMA Copy Tool] window is displayed.

If it does not start automatically, double-click “DPXPRICopyTool.exe” in the CD-R and start it.

→ Data strage folder is created and the [Success.] screen appears.



2. Enter the FTP site root directory at [Input drive].

{MU:2.1.3_Setting the FTP Site Directory of the PC}

3. Enter [Establish name] and [Printer host name].

020-201-01(1)E

• Data strage folder: “C:\Program Files\Fujifilm\DRYPIX\DPXPRIMA\Printers\Establish name_ Printer name” • The data storage folder contains the following four empty folders: • “Indv” folder: Location for storing individual data • “Log” folder: Location for storing log data • “Operation” folder: Location for storing equipment operation data • “Scanner” folder: Location for storing scanner data

5. [OK] 6. Close all windows, and unload the main unit software CD-R.

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

IN-30

IN-31 7.2

DRYPIX PRIMA Monitor Tool Settings (When Connecting CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL)

6. [Set]

FM-DL 100 does not have a display for showing messages, hence it cannot display equipment status. However, when CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL is connected, by installing the DRYPIX PRIMA Monitor Tool, messages can be displayed on the CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL monitor. Install the DRYPIX PRIMA Monitor Tool as follows.

If not installed as instructed below, installation will not complete normally.

1. Load the main unit software CD-R in CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL.

→ The “DPXPRICopyTool.exe” starts automatically and [DPX PRIMA Copy Tool] window is displayed.

If it does not start automatically, double-click “DPXPRICopyTool.exe” in the CD-R and start it.

2. Click the [Install] button. → [Success] appears.

3. [OK] 4. Enter the IP address of the equipment. 5. Select the language for the languages to be displayed on CR-IR 391CL/ CR-IR 391V CL.

020-201-01(1)E

→ The [Success] screen appears.

7. [OK] 8. Close all windows, and unload the main unit software CD-R. After completing installation, reboot CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL. The following icon will be displayed on the taskbar.

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

IN-31

IN-32 7.3

Setting the Firewall in CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL (When using CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL)

2. Click on the [Exceptions] tab and click [Add program].

If the DRYPIX PRIMA Monitor Tool has been installed, firewall settings are required.

1. Click [Control Panel] → [Windows Firewall]. 2. Click [Change settings].

3.

020-201-01(1)E

If [ART-PC] appears in the [Programs or port] list, select it and click [OK]. If not in the list, selected [Browse], specify “C:Program Files\ FujiFilm\DRYPIX\ART-PC\ART-PC.exe”, and click [OK].

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

IN-32

IN-33

4.

Check that the [ART-PC.exe] checkbox is selected.

5. 6. 7.

Click [Add port]. Enter the desired name at [Name], and enter [20053] at [Port number]. Click [OK].

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

IN-33

IN-34 7.4

Power ON

Start the equipment.

1. Connect the power plug to the outlet. 2. Set the main power switch on the equipment to ON position ( I ).

Normally, leave the main power switch at ON.

3. Press the stand-by switch on the operation panel.



→ “888” appears on the operatoin panel. → The pilot lamp on the operation panel lights up. The equipment will not have started up at this point.



020-201-01(1)E

→ When startup completes, the number of films remaining is displayed on the operatoin panel.

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

IN-34

IN-35 7.5

Connecting to the Equipment (Starting PCUtility)

Connect the communication of the PC for Servicing (or CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL) to the equipment.

3. Enter the following username and password, select the language and click [Login].

Login: dryprinter Password: fujifilm

1. Start Internet Explorer on the PC for Servicing (or CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL).

2. Enter the following address in the address bar, and then press the <ENTER> key on the key board.

http://172.16.1.30 (default IP address of this equipment):20051/USER/Login.htm

When entering the address, discriminate between upper and lower cases.

→ The PC-Utility starts and the maintenance tree is displayed.

→ The login screen is displayed.

→ When PC-Utility starts, [oFL] is displayed on the operation panel of the equipment.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

IN-35

IN-36 7.6

System Settings

Using the PC-Utility, perform the following system settings of the equipment. Skip items which can be left at their default values when operating the equipment. *DRYPIX PRIMA ┣ +System information and setup ┃ ┣ Setting1 ┃ ┃ ┣ Check Version ┃ ┃ ┣ Input Serial No. ┃ ┃ ┣ Set DICOM ┃ ┃ ┣ Set Network ┃ ┃ ┣ Display Mac address ┃ ┃ ┣ Registration service pc ┃ ┣ Setting2 ┃ ┃ ┣ Set Rem.Films ┃ ┃ ┣ Set Tray ┃ ┃ ┣ Enable QC ┃ ┃ ┣ Set Target Den. ┃ ┃ ┣ Printing Dmax ┃ ┃ ┣ Auto F.D.C. ┃ ┃ ┣ Set Film infomation ┃ ┃ ┣ Display indv. data ┃ ┣ Setting3 ┃ ┃ ┣ Set Date ┃ ┃ ┣ Ele Save Mode ┃ ┃ ┣ Set Alarm ┃ ┃ ┣ Reboot ┃ ┃ ┣ Film Characteristic ID ┃ ┃ ┣ Power Supply Voltage

7.6.1

Setting 1

Confirm details such as IP address and subnet mask with the network administrator of the installation site.

n AE Title Set the name of the printer (fixed at 16 digits) used in the DICOM protocol.

“DRYPIX” • If the number of digits entered does not add up to 16, spaces are set for the remaining number of digits. • Characters which can be entered for the AE Title are symbols from 20h to 7Eh in the 1-byte code table. • The following are not accepted. • All spaces • Space for the first digit

n Port No. Set the port number (decimal/5 digits) used for the network.

“17238”

Do not set the following port numbers as they are reserved. • 23 : Telnet port • 135, 445, 5000 : OS port • 20051, 20052 : PC-Utilityport Input range: 0 to 65535

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

IN-36

IN-37 n IP Address Set the IP address (decimal) used for the network.

“172.16.1.30” • •

Input range: 000 to 255 Values cannot be entered in the following way. • “000.000.000.000” • “255.255.255.255” • No value is entered.

n Subnet Mask Set the subnet mask (decimal) used for the network.

“255.255.0.0” • Input range: 000 to 255 • If no value is entered, it will be unaccepted.

n Gateway Set the gateway address (decimal) used for the network.

“0.0.0.0”

n Host Name Set the host name (maximum 16 digits) used for the network.

Set the host name entered at “7.1 Creating the Data Storage Folder” of the Installation (IN) section. {IN:7.1_Creating the Data Storage Folder}

“fujiprinter” • Characters which can be entered for the host name include alphabets (upper and lower case), numerals, and hyphen “-”. • The following are unaccepted. • Space • Less than 2 characters • First character is a number

n Display Mac address The MAC address of the CPU board is displayed.

“255.255.0.0” To connect CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL, there is a need to register the Mac address, IP address, and hostname using the FF-WakeOnLAN Utility of CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL. { CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL Service Manual (MC Appendix)}

• Input range: 000 to 255 • Invalid input: “255.255.255.255” • If no value is entered or “000.000.000.000” is entered, it will be taken as incomplete setting.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

IN-37

IN-38 n Registering the PC for Servicing/CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL Register the PC for Servicing (or CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL) to enable file transfer. Any unregistered PC for Servicing (or CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL) is limited in function and does not support “Transfer Indv. Data” and “File Transfer” of PC-Utility. Only one PC for Servicing (or CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL) can be registered. Only the one registered last supports file transfer.

1. 2.

Select [Registation service pc] in the maintenance tree. In [Establish Name], enter the establish name entered in “7.1 Creating the Data Storage Folder”.

“Hospital Name” {IN:7.1_Creating the Data Storage Folder}

Use one-byte alphanumeric when entering establish name.

3.

In [Service PC IP Address], enter the IP address of the current PC for Servicing (or CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL).

“172.16.1.20” Default IP address of CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL: “172.16.1.20”

4. [Execute]

→ The PC for Servicing (or CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL) is registered with the equipment.

7.6.2

Setting 2

n Set Tray Set which film size tray is used. As all film sizes can be used in the default setting, set the unused film size to “OFF”.

<Parameter> • [14x17]/[14x14]/[10x14]/[10x12]/[8x10] • [ON]/[OFF]

All [ON]

n Enable QC Set whether to enable/disable the image QC function. In order to use the image QC function using U-Utility, this setting must be set to “Enable”.

<Parameter> [ON]/ [OFF]

[ON]

n Set Target Den. Set the density of each step wedge used when recording the image QC pattern of U-Utility.

[Density 1: 48, Density 2: 120, Density 3: 192]

n Printing Dmax Set whether to enable/disable the “density 4” step wedge for density measurement in the QC test pattern of U-Utility.

<Parameter> [ON]/ [OFF]

[OFF]

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

IN-38

IN-39 n Auto F.D.C. Select the timing for executing automatic density correction.

<Parameter> [off]/ [every pack]

[every pack]

n Set Film information Set the position of the information to be printed on the film.

<Parameter> [Upper Left]/ [Upper Right]/ [Lower Left]/ [Lower Right]

[Upper Left]

7.6.3

Setting 3

n Set Date Set the system date and time.

n Ele Save Mode Set the timer value when this equipment shifts into the sleep mode.(unit: minute)

<Parameter> [0]/ [15]/ [30]/ [45]

[15]

n Set Alarm Set whether to enable/disable the operation panel beep.

<Parameter> [ON]/ [OFF]

[ON]

n Power Supply Voltage Set the voltage of the power to which the equipment is connected.

<Parameter> [ON]/ [110V]/ [120V]/ [200V]/ [220V]/ [230V]/ [240V]

[100V] The default value of the 200V model is “200V”.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

IN-39

IN-40 7.7

Rebooting the Equipment

Rebooting the equipment enables various system settings changed.

1. Select [Reboot] on the PC-Utility. *DRYPIX PRIMA ┣ +System information and setup ┃ ┣ Setting1 ┃ ┣ Setting2 ┃ ┣ Setting3 ┃ ┃ ┣ Set Date ┃ ┃ ┣ Ele Save Mode ┃ ┃ ┣ Set Alarm ┃ ┃ ┣ Reboot ┃ ┃ ┣ Film Characteristic ID ┃ ┃ ┣ Power Supply Voltage

2. [Reboot] → [Execute]

→ After “System off. Please close this page” appears in the PC-Utility window, close the window. → [End] is displayed on the operation panel. [End] means termination processing is currently being carried out. The equipment will reboot after about 75 seconds.



020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

IN-40

IN-41

8. CHECKING EQUIPMENT OPERATIONS

8.2

Checking Density

The data of the 17-steps pattern measured by the density measurement section is displayed on the PC-Utility. Check from this data that the density value is within the specification.

Checking Automatic Density Correction and Conveyance Operations

1. [F.D.C.] → [Check Density] → [Execute] 2. Check that the measured values are within the specified values shown

Output the 24-steps pattern for each tray, and perform automatic density correction for each tray according to the density data measured by the density measurement section. At the same time, check that there are no problems in film conveyance from each tray.

→ The 17-steps pattern is printed, and the x100 value of the 17-steps data is displayed on the PC-Utility.

8.1

1. Check that the equipment is in the standby state, push [ENTER] button on the operation panel, and pull out the film tray.

2. Load film, and push in the film tray. 3. Start the PC-Utility. 4. [F.D.C.] → [AUTO F.D.C.] → [Execute]

→ The 24-steps pattern is printing on film, and automatic density correction is performed.

At the same time, check that film conveyance operations are normal.

020-201-01(1)E

below.

Step

Dmax 3.0

1

fog

2

Density should be between densities of step 1 and step 3.

3

Density should be between densities of step 2 and step 4.

4

0.30±0.07

5

0.48±0.07

6

0.66±0.07

7

0.84±0.07

8

1.02±0.07

9

1.20±0.07

10

1.38±0.07

11

1.56±0.07

12

1.74±0.07

13

1.92±0.07

14

2.10±0.09

15

2.40±0.09

16

2.70±0.11

17

3.00±0.11

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

IN-41

IN-42 8.3

Checking Recording Image Format, and for Image Unevenness and Scratches

Print grid patterns from each tray, and check that the recording image format is within the specifications shown in the following figure. Also check that there are no unevenness and scratches on the output film.

1. [Output Film] → [Grid] → [Number of copies]: “1” → [Execute] → The grid pattern is printed.

2. Measure the recording image format of the film.

{IN:APPENDIX 1_SPECIFIED VALUE FOR EACH FILM SIZE}



8.3a Check when Using Multiple Film Trays If using multiple film trays, check each tray as described below.

1. Insert the tray shutter. 2. Press the [Enter] button to release the tray lock. 3. Replace the tray. 4. Perform the check procedures of 8.1, 8.2, and 8.3. 5. Perform these checks for all trays.

If the recording image format is out of the specifications, perform “[4-3-1] Scanning Width”, “[4-3-2] Scanning Position”, and “[5-2-2] Adjusting Subscanner” of “SERVICE MODE Volume”. {MU:2.4 [7-1]_Adjusting Main Scanner}

3. Check that there are no problems in the output film image.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

IN-42

IN-43 8.4

Checking the Interlock Function

Interlocks are provided at the front cover/right cover (SK1, SK2), and film loading unit (SA2). Whether the interlock is functioning normally can be checked by opening the cover while executing the PC-Utility. {MU:2.4 [9-4]_Interlock Function}

8.4.1

Front Cover, Right Cover Interlock Check

Executing [Inter Lock Check] of the PC-Utility starts MG1 drive and scanner test. Open the front cover during the MG1 drive and scanner test at this point to make sure MG1 and the LD being scanner tested stop, which indicates that the interlock function is working.

1. [Check Mechanism] → [Inter Lock Check] 2. [Execute] → MG1 drive and scanner test start.

3. After drive starts, open the front cover within 10 seconds. l Driving System Check that the MG1 drive sound stops.

l Scanner System Check that the following error messages are displayed on the PC-Utility. Command incompleted. Error Code : 512 Error Detail : 0



• Error code “512” occurs when the front cover is opened while scanner test is being executed. It means that when the cover is opened, the interlock operates normally, and the scanner stops, • If the front cover is opened more than 10 seconds after MG1 drive starts, “Command completed.” will be displayed as scanner test has been completed.

4.

020-201-01(1)E

Close the front cover.

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

IN-43

IN-44 8.4.2

Checking the Film Tray Interlock

1. Insert the shutter into the film tray. 2. [Check Mechanism] → [Other Actuators] 3. [ON] → [Execute] 4. Pull the film tray. 5. [OFF] → [Execute] 6. [Check Mechanism] → [Inter Lock Check] 7. [Execute]

8.5

Checking Fan Operation

The fans whose operations need to be checked are heat development unit cooling fan (FANG1) and power supply unit cooling fan. Check that the fan is operating and that the fan direction is appropriate.

Check that no operating sound of the MG1 can be heard.

8. Push the film tray.



Check that operating sound of the MG1 can be heard.

9. [Check Mechanism] → [Inter Lock Check] →Check that the MG1 drive sound stops. The interlock check operation stops in 30 seconds.

10. Pull out the shutter.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

IN-44

IN-45 8.6

Image QC Function

If the image QC function is set to “enable”, and if additional film tray is installed or the film tray size is changed, enter the format baseline value of the image QC function. {“DRYPIX PRIMA Reference Guide”} Format baseline values by film size (Allowable range: 5%) 35 x 43 cm: Format A; 304.0 mm, Format B; 406.0 mm 26 x 36 cm: Format A; 304.0 mm, Format B; 202.0 mm 25 x 30 cm: Format A; 202.0 mm, Format B; 202.0 mm 20 x 25 cm: Format A; 156.0 mm, Format B; 202.0 mm

020-201-01(1)E

8.7

Power OFF

Shut down the equipment once.

1. Select [Reboot] on the PC-Utility. 2. [Shutdown] → [Execute]

→ [End] is displayed on the operation panel. [End] means termination processing is currently being carried out. → “System off. Please close this page.” is displayed on the PC Utility.

3. Close the PC-Utility.

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

IN-45

IN-46

9. CHECKING CONNECTION 9.1

Checking the Start-up of the Equipment

1. Press the stand-by switch on the CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL. 2. Check that the equipment starts up. 9.2

Checking Film Output and Images from Connected Equipment

1. Output images from a divice on the network connected to this equipment, and check that films are output normally.



Check the following. • Images are output without errors. • Images are normal.

9.3

Checking the Termination of the Equipment

1. Turn OFF the power of the CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL. 2. Check that the equipment starts termination operations and its power goes OFF.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

IN-46

IN-47

10. INSTALLING THE EQUIPMENT 10.1 Backing Up Individual Data Save individual data as backup data immediately after installation in the PC for Servicing (or CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL). Data strage folder: FTP root directory\DRYPIXPRIMA\Printers/Establish name_Printer name\Indv *DRYPIX PRIMA ┣ +System information and setup ┃ ┣ Setting1 ┃ ┣ Setting2 ┃ ┣ Setting3 ┃ ┣ +Initialize ┃ ┣ +Log data ┣ +Transfer Indv. Data

020-201-01(1)E

10.2 Checking Error Logs Which Occur at Installation Check if errors have occurred during installation using the PC-Utility, then save the errors in the PC for Servicing (or CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL) as necessary, and delete then error logs. • Log data is send to the PC for Servicing (or CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL) at the following conditions. • When CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL is shut down • When equipment data is transmitted • Data strage folder: FTP root directory\DRYPIXPRIMA\Printers/Establish name_ Printer name\Log

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

IN-47

IN-48 10.3 Installing the Equipment Move the equipment to the place of installation to enable use by the user. Perform the following installation work. • If placing the equipment without fixing on the floor {IN:11.3.1_Installing the Equipment on the Floor without Using Fixtures} • If securing the equipment on the table {IN:11.3.2_Installing the Equipment on the Table and Securing with Fixtures} • If securing the cart on the floor

10.3.2 Installing the Equipment on the Table and Securing with Fixtures

1. Place the equipment on a table meeting weight-tolerance conditions. {IN:3.4_Specifications of Installation Table}

2. Secure the equipment with fall prevention fixtures and bolts.

{IN: 11.3.3_Securing the Cart with Fixtures

10.3.1 Installing the Equipment on the Floor without Using Fixtures

1. Ensure the required installation space around the equipment. 2. Move the equipment to the desired place of the user.

020-201-01(1)E



FM-DL 100 Service Manual

IN-48

IN-49 10.3.3 Securing the Cart with Fixtures

1. 2. Rotate the two adjustable foots of the equipment with the hand and

Move the equipment to the position for embedding the anchor nuts.

As an anti-earthquake measure, tighten the anti-earthquake measure fixture using the adjustable foot.

ground to the floor.

3. Rotate the lower nut of the adjustable foot with a spanner and adjust the height.

Rotate the two nuts equally. Adjust the amount the nut is adjusted so that even load is applied to the adjustable foot.





Rotate the nut until the caster distances from the floor.

4. Rotate the upper nut of the adjustable foot and push against the cart to secure.

5. Secure the power cable and network cable to the cart using the tie band.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

IN-49

IN-50 10.4 Cleaning the Equipment

1. Clean all covers with a moist cloth.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

IN-50

IN-51

APPENDIX 1. SPECIFIED VALUE FOR EACH FILM SIZE

(Unit: mm)

020-201-01(1)E

Position

35 x 43 cm size

35 x 35 cm size

26 x 36 cm size

25 x 30 cm size

20 x 25 cm size

B

27.0 ±1.5

27.0 ±1.5

32.3 ±1.5

51.1 ±1.5

25.5 ±1.5

C

300.0 ±1.2

300.0 ±1.2

300.0 ±1.2

200.8 ±1.2

150.0 ±1.2

D, E

14.5 ±1.0

26.5 ±1.0

27.5 ±1.0

25.8 ±1.0

26.0 ±1.0

| D–E |

≤1.2

≤1.0

≤1.0

≤1.0

≤1.0

F

413.0 ±1.0

325.2 ±0.8

226.5 ±1.0

200.0 ±0.4

225.0 ±0.5

| F–G |

≤1.0

≤1.0

≤1.0

≤1.0

≤1.0

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

IN-51

IN-52

APPENDIX 2. ADDITIONAL PROTECTIVE GROUNDING Additional protective grounding will be required if installing this equipment in the patient environment with the connected equipment in a non-medically used room. Refer to Medical System Standard, IEC60601-1-1. However, there may be cases where additional protective grounding is not possible. (For example in cases like non-metallic faceplate screws as well as boxes and isolated supply systems etc.) If this should happen, please refer to “Counter-measures for additional protective grounding” on the next page. This installation work should only be performed by persons certified to handle electrical facility construction. Definitions of “patient environment”, “medically-used room”, and “non-medically used room” are given below.

l Patient Environment Patient environment is the area for the patient to receive medical procedures (treatment, tests, diagnosis, monitoring). It is the space measuring 2.5 m in all four directions and 2.5 m in height from the area of the patient’s body. It excludes the space traveled by the patient to reach the medically-used room.

n Connection Locations of Cables for Additional Protective Grounding of the Equipment and Clamp Locations Please use power supply cord and clamp (which is required for keeping the additional protective ground cord in position) approved by the electrical standard of the country to which the equipment is to be installed. 1. Engage the services of a professional to make the necessary preparations for the connection of additional protective grounding. 2. If the connected device possess a hospital grade earth terminal and is mobile, move the connected device and replace with a power supply plug which has hospital grade earth terminal. 3. Install a isolating transformer to the connected device. In this way, the power supply from the connected device will be separated from the main power supply.

l Medically-Used Room Room equipped with protective grounding (medical use outlet or medical use grounding terminal) implemented by the medical grounding method. The protective grounding inside the medically-used room is equipotential, and the protective grounding of this medically-used room is equipotential to that in the other medicallyused room. Generally, a portion of the medically-used room is the patient environment.

l Non-Medically Used Room Areas outside the medically-used room are considered the non-medically used room.

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

IN-52

IN-53 BLANK PAGE

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

IN-53

CONTROL SHEET Issue Date

Revision Number

03.20.2009 04.20.2009 05.20.2009

00 01 01(1)

Reason

New release (00 (2) Edition) (FM5501) Revised edition release (FM5532) New release for the field (FM5546)

FM-DL 100 SERVICE MANUAL

PERFORMANCE CHECK (PC)

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

Pages Affected

All pages All pages All pages

PC-1

INSTALLATION OF THE FM-DL 100 Checklist

Checklist  3. WORK BEFORE INSTALLATION  4. TEMPORARY INSTALLATION

The purpose of this checklist is to document the steps preformed and record the values determined at the time a FM-DL 100 is installed at a site. This document is not intended to replace the installation checklist located in the FM-DL 100 Service Manual but to be followed concurrently. Before passing over this equipment to the customer, check the system connection and output image (from section 8 on) after service as well as at installation.

Installation Information Serial Number : ___________________ Software Ver.

: ____________________

Site Name

: ____________________

: ___________________ Installed by

Site Number : ___________________ Signature

: ____________________



4.3

Checking Components

 5. REMOVING SHIPPING FIXTURES AND INSTALLING OPTIONS 

5.1

Removing Shipping Fixtures



5.2

Setting Film Tray



5.3

Installing the Cleaning Roller (Option)



5.4

Installing the Cart (Option)

 6. CONNECTING CABLES 

6.1

Connecting the Network Cable



6.2

Connecting the PC for Servicing (or CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL) to the Network



6.3

Connecting the Power Cable and Checking the Resistance

Room Number : ___________________ Date Completed : ____________________

• Record resistance value measured: Resistance between L and N : ________Ω Resistance between L and E : ________Ω Resistance between N and E : ________Ω  7. SETTINGS OF THE EQUIPMENT

020-201-01(1)E



7.1

Creating the Data Storage Folder



7.2

DRYPIX PRIMA Monitor Tool Settings (When Connecting CR-IR 391CL/ CR-IR 391V CL)



7.3

Setting the Firewall in CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL (When using CR-IR 391CL/CR-IR 391V CL)



7.4

Power ON



7.5

Connecting to the Equipment (Starting PC-Utility)



7.6

System Settings



7.6.1 Setting 1



7.6.2 Setting 2



7.6.3 Setting 3

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

PC-1

PC-2  8. CHECKING EQUIPMENT OPERATIONS 

8.1

Checking Automatic Density Correction and Conveyance Operations • Check for film jamming



8.2

 Pass

 Fail

Checking Density • Record density value displayed:

Check that the measured values are within the specified values. Step Dmax 3.0 1 fog 2 Density should be between densities of step 1 and step 3. 3 Density should be between densities of step 2 and step 4. 4 0.30±0.07 5 0.48±0.07 6 0.66±0.07 7 0.84±0.07 8 1.02±0.07 9 1.20±0.07 10 1.38±0.07 11 1.56±0.07 12 1.74±0.07 13 1.92±0.07 14 2.10±0.09 15 2.40±0.09 16 2.70±0.11 17 3.00±0.11

020-201-01(1)E

35x43 tray

35x35 tray

26x36 tray

25x30 tray

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

20x25 tray

PC-2

PC-3 8.3



Checking Recording Image Format, and for Image Unevenness and Scratches • Check for image unevenness and scratches:

 Pass

 Fail

• Measure recording image format: Check that the measured values are within the specified values.

Specified values

35x43 tray

Position

35 x 43 cm size

35 x 35 cm size

26 x 36 cm size

25 x 30 cm size

20 x 25 cm size

B

27.0 ±1.5

27.0 ±1.5

32.3 ±1.5

51.1 ±1.5

25.5 ±1.5

C

300.0 ±1.2

300.0 ±1.2

300.0 ±1.2

200.8 ±1.2

150.0 ±1.2

D, E

14.5 ±1.0

26.5 ±1.0

27.5 ±1.0

25.8 ±1.0

26.0 ±1.0

| D–E |

≤1.2

≤1.0

≤1.0

≤1.0

≤1.0

F

413.0 ±1.0

325.2 ±0.8

226.5 ±1.0

200.0 ±0.4

225.0 ±0.5

| F–G |

≤1.0

≤1.0

≤1.0

≤1.0

≤1.0



8.4

Checking the Interlock Function



8.5

Checking Fan Operations



8.6

Image QC Function

020-201-01(1)E

35x35 tray

26x36 tray

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

25x30 tray

20x25 tray

PC-3

PC-4  9. CHECKING CONNECTION 

9.1

Checking the Start-up of the Equipment



9.2

Checking Film Output and Images from Connected Equipment



9.3

Checking the Termination of the Equipment

 10. INSTALLING THE EQUIPMENT 

10.1 Backing Up Individual Data



10.2 Checking Error Logs Which Occur at Installation



10.3 Installing the Equipment



10.4 Cleaning the Equipment

020-201-01(1)E



Summary Test:



Leave the final film at the customer site.

 Pass

 Fail

Test equipment: _________ Model:_________ S/N: _______ Calibration Due:_________ Test equipment: _________ Model:_________ S/N: _______ Calibration Due:_________ Test equipment: _________ Model:_________ S/N: _______ Calibration Due:_________ Test equipment: _________ Model:_________ S/N: _______ Calibration Due:_________

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

PC-4

PC-5 BLANK PAGE

020-201-01(1)E

FM-DL 100 Service Manual

PC-5

Related Documents


More Documents from "manolozamora"